Agile Coaches' Corner: Recent Episodes

Dan Neumann at AgileThought

Agile Coaches' Corner shares practical concepts in an approachable way. It is for agile practitioners and business leaders seeking expert advice on improving the way they work to achieve their desired outcomes.

View Details

This week, your host, Dan Neumann, discusses his perspective on the influence of Artificial Intelligence on Agile Teams. AI has created excitement and great expectations, undoubtedly changing how we perceive work and raising some concerns. In this episode, Dan dives deep into how Generative AI can impact Agile Teams’ work, describing AI’s use in this field and using valuable examples to describe several manners to incorporate AI to ease the work at different stages of an Agile process.

Key Takeaways

  • Generative AI, a new thinking partner to Agile Teams:
  • There are sensitivities around using the free AI models currently available.
  • AI could be considered a great partner in addition to Team Members.
  • The definition of done for each project cannot be delegated to AI, since the Team needs to determine the pros and cons, define the goals, and what it means to achieve them.
  • Miro AI can be used as a Retrospective partner to examine the retrospective data the Team has been collecting. It can also help provide different ways of facilitating Retrospectives.

  • AI is helpful to Delivery Teams in predicting releases.

  • Agile Teams can use the Monte Carlo Simulation to predict a Team’s velocity by looking at historical data to create a range of future possibilities.

  • Sprint planning could be simpler with the aid of AI.

  • An Agile Team can seek AI help to provide other work items that might support the original Sprint Goal, based on the product backlog.

  • How can AI assist in dealing with bottlenecks?

  • AI can help identify some bottleneck trends based on the existing delivery data.

  • AI as a tool for Product Owners and Quality Specialists to identify Acceptance Criteria:

  • AI can assist Product Owners and Quality Specialists in defying product backlog Item acceptance criteria.
  • To generate new acceptance criteria, test cases can be generated using an AI public tool or a technology ecosystem like Microsoft Copilot.

  • Using Microsoft Copilot, a Team can look at the sentiment in which you are engaging with your Teammates.

  • By searching the Team’s chat emails, AI can help you anticipate potential issues.
  • Ai can provide strategies to tackle a potential social challenge that might be reflected in the Team’s communication.

  • AI can use your historical information for risk management.

  • AI can help a Team identify risks and develop strategies to solve them or even when to accept those risks since the cost of mitigating them exceeds the Team’s capabilities.

  • Agile Teams can use AI for prioritization.

  • AI can explore big data, search for information on costs and benefits, and provide useful suggestions for prioritization.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, your host, Dan Neumann, is discussing how to maximize Team autonomy while maintaining accountability within Agile Frameworks. In this episode, Dan defines the importance of autonomy and accountability in Agile. He explains the challenge faced when too much autonomy leads to a lack of accountability while, on the contrary, too much control inhibits innovation and why leaders should prioritize this delicate balance.

Key Takeaways

  • What is Autonomy in Agile?
  • Autonomy is the ability to self-manage, make decisions, and drive solutions.
  • Give Teams the environment and support they need, and trust them to get the job done. Motivated individuals are the key to success!
  • A Manager must welcome changing requirements but needs the Team to maintain focus. Remember, a Team must harness change for the customer’s competitive advantage.
  • Autonomy benefits Agile teams by making decisions faster and fostering creativity and innovation.

  • The Role of Accountability in Agile:

  • Accountability in the Agile context means taking ownership of work, meeting commitments, and ensuring transparency.
  • An Agile Coach should account for progress toward the desired outcome. When things go wrong, slow, or burst, the coach should explain why it happened, what measures were in place to help prevent it, and what the team can do to prevent the problem from happening again.
  • Accountability keeps Teams aligned with business outcomes and stakeholders’ expectations.

  • Key Strategies for Balancing Autonomy and Accountability:

  • Clearly Defined Outcomes: Focus on the importance of clear goals, shared objectives, and transparency. Teams need freedom to achieve these goals but must stay accountable for delivering them. Tell it, write it, repeat it, and ask others to repeat it.
  • Create a Culture of Trust: Trust between leaders and Teams drives autonomy. Trust the Team to make decisions, and they will take accountability for their outcomes.
  • Use Agile Metrics Thoughtfully: Discuss key metrics like velocity, burn-down charts, and lead time. Always remember that metrics are tools for learning, not for punishment. Emphasize simplicity as the art of maximizing the amount of work not done.
  • Boundary Setting (Guardrails): How Agile coaches and Scrum Masters can establish non-intrusive guardrails (e.g., WIP limits, capacity planning) to ensure teams are free to work without getting lost or overcommitting.

  • Leadership’s Role in Supporting Autonomy and Accountability:

  • Some Leadership behaviors that empower teams are removing obstacles, giving space for innovation, innovation week, buffer in a Sprint, spikes, training resources, conferences, and coding retreats (among others).
  • Agile coaches must highlight the need for regular feedback loops, such as retrospectives, to align accountability without micromanaging.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann, your host, dives deep into how Managers can support and help their Agile Teams. We often fall into common misconceptions, such as believing that self-managing Teams do not need Functional Managers or finding that the Manager’s role is not well defined, making it difficult to identify how he can assist an Agile Team. In this episode, Dan shares many valuable tips for Managers trying to find the best ways to help an Agile Team.

Key Takeaways

  • Tip No.1: Encourage Team Involvement.
  • Involve the team in the solution process and respect their expertise and opinions.
  • Involving team members in decision-making processes can lead to better

alignment, trust, and quality of solutions.

  • Tip No.2: Support Learning and Development.
  • Provide time and resources for training and other activities to support the Team’s learning and development needs.
  • Give Team members time for training and attending relevant events to increase motivation and performance.

  • Tip No.3: Foster a Flexible and Adaptive Mindset.

  • Encourage managers to adopt a flexible and adaptive mindset and be open to change and feedback.
  • Being adaptable and responsive to changes in the Agile environment has remarkable benefits.

  • Tip No.4: Measure and Improve Workflow.

  • Identify wasteful activities like handoffs and delays and streamline the flow of value to customers.
  • Measuring the total time to deliver customer value and designing an effective workflow can improve Team efficiency.

  • Tip No.5: Align Teams with Common Visions and Goals.

  • Form networks of teams centered on common customers and products and push decision-making out to the network's edges.
  • A Manager should align teams with a shared vision and goals rather than top-down control.

  • Tip No.6: Celebrate Successes and Learn from Challenges.

  • Celebrate the team's successes and identify root causes for defects or challenges to improve continuously.
  • Celebrating achievements and learning from challenges fosters a positive Team culture.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann welcomes Mike Guiler to explore starting on the right foot and staying aligned during the delivery process. In this episode, Dan discusses the crucial activities that set the stage for a successful project inception. Whether starting a new project or re-initiating an existing one, these activities are essential for aligning your Team, stakeholders, and vision.

Key Takeaways

  • Understanding Project Inception:
  • Project inception is the initial phase of a project where we lay the groundwork for everything that follows. It’s about understanding the project’s goals, scope, and constraints.
  • This phase is critical because it helps ensure that everyone involved clearly understands what the project aims to achieve and how we plan to get there.

  • Key Activities in Project Inception:

  • Vision and Goals Workshop:

  • Gather key stakeholders to define the project’s vision and goals.

  • Discuss the desired outcomes and how they align with the organization’s strategic objectives.
  • Create a shared understanding of the project’s purpose and success criteria.

  • Stakeholder Identification and Analysis:

  • Identify all stakeholders on whom the project will impact.

  • Analyze their interests, expectations, and potential influence on the project.
  • Develop a stakeholder engagement plan to ensure effective communication and collaboration.

  • Scope Definition:

  • Clearly define the project’s scope, including what is in and out of scope.

  • Use techniques like user stories, use cases, and process flows to capture requirements.
  • Prioritize requirements based on business value and feasibility.

  • Risk Assessment:

  • Identify potential risks that could impact the project’s success.

  • Assess the likelihood and impact of each risk.
  • Develop mitigation strategies to address high-priority risks.

  • Team Formation and Roles:

  • Assemble the project Team and define roles and responsibilities.

  • Ensure that Team members have the necessary skills and expertise.
  • Foster a collaborative and supportive Team environment.

  • Initial Planning and Roadmap:

  • Develop a high-level project plan and roadmap.

  • Identify key milestones and deliverables.
  • Establish a timeline for the project’s major phases and activities.

  • Best Practices and Tips:

  • Engage Stakeholders Early and Often:
  • Regularly communicate with stakeholders to keep them informed and engaged.
  • Use feedback loops to ensure that their needs and concerns are addressed.

  • Be Flexible and Adaptable:

  • Be prepared to adjust the project plan as new information emerges.
  • Embrace change and use it as an opportunity to improve the project.

  • Focus on Value Delivery:

  • Prioritize activities and deliverables that provide the most value to the organization.
  • Continuously evaluate and adjust the project’s direction to maximize value.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann welcomes Nina Sossamon-Poghe to today’s conversation. Nina has an interesting background as a U.S. gymnast, a News Anchor, and a Corporate Leader with a unique perspective on resilience, mental health, and well-being.

In this episode, Dan and Nina discuss an innovative concept, Excellence Exhaustion, while they define and analyze its significance. Nina also shares the “Resilience Route Navigator,” a framework designed to help high achievers combat Excellence Exhaustion.

Key Takeaways

  • What is Excellence Exhaustion?
  • Excellent Exhaustion is different from burnout. Nina likes to define burnout as the mental exhaustion resulting from doing the same thing repeatedly.
  • Excellence exhaustion is the stress and anxiety experienced by high achievers who are driven to surpass their previous achievements.
  • Constantly advancing technology and perpetual connectivity are drivers of Excellence Exhaustion.
  • The Symptoms of Excellence Exhaustion are anxiety, mental fatigue, reduced motivation, and diminished productivity.

  • The Resilience Route Navigator:

  • The Resilience Route Navigator is a framework that helps high achievers combat Excellence Exhaustion through TIPS: Timeline, Isolate the Problem, People, and Story.
  • Timeline thinking: This step is needed to acquire perspective. Whatever is happening to you, put it in the timeline of your life; check on the life that came before this moment and all the blank space ahead for the years yet to come. This exercise is also a great way to gain appreciation for all you have done in your journey so far.
  • Isolate the Problem: Focus on your current situation and leave the past and the future out. At this stage, the present is the main event; this is the only area in which you can take action.
  • People: Who is in this struggle with you? You are not alone. Seek the assistance of others who can assist you in navigating the current situation.
  • Story: It is crucial that you choose the words you use to tell the story of what is going on in your life. Narrate the events in the most empowering and optimistic manner.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, your host, Dan Neumann, welcomes Mike Guiler to discuss a recent course on Kanban Essentials they experienced together. By the end of the classes, they encountered a common feeling in some participants: fear of failing. Often, acquiring new knowledge, embarking on a new journey, or using a new tool can trigger insecurities: What could happen if it is not right? Where do I begin?

In this episode, they encourage Agilists to face this first stage of hesitation, analyze the limitations, and consider the best scenarios for using a new tool or enforcing an innovative strategy through implementing Kanban.

Key Takeaways

  • Kanban Essentials:
  • Agilists might hesitate to incorporate Kanban into their projects for the first time. It is common to feel insecure and doubt whether it is implemented correctly and how effective it would be.
  • The whole Team has to take ownership of trying Kanban to solve an existing problem.

  • How to start using Kanban?

  • Start Kanban with matters you can control.
  • Make sure you identify the expected result from implementing Kanban and have a way to measure its effectiveness.
  • First, start using Kanban to solve a small problem. After solving it successfully, the Team will earn much more credibility and encouragement to use it to solve a more complicated issue.
  • You can start using your personal Kanban board and convince the entire Team to use it for the whole system.

  • The Problem of Local Optimization:

  • Sometimes, a Team optimizes its work, but this does not translate to the entire organization, resulting in one Team working more effectively when the rest isn’t on the same page.
  • There is a need to start small and locally but have the bigger system in mind.

  • Make your work visible.

  • It is crucial to agree on the definition of used terminology (for example, what does a Team define as “done”?).
  • A Team must stop and think about how they are doing what they are doing, and ways to improve it.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Kanban Essentials

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, your host, Dan Neumann, is joined by Norm Kerth, author of Project Retrospectives: A Handbook for Team Reviews. Norm Kerth wrote this book before Sprint Retrospectives were invented! In this episode, Norm and Dan explore the subject of Project Retrospectives. They discuss the learning opportunity within every major project event, especially in instances where things did not turn out favorably. Norm explains when and when not to have a Retrospective and how to prove its value to organizations reluctant to grant the necessary time to invest in them.

Key Takeaways

  • An unconventional career:
  • Norm realized that the best way to move up inside a corporation was not to be in line or follow other people’s paths but to find the void that other people were leaving in the company and fill it. This is an amazing way to contribute.
  • Norm wrote the book Project Retrospectives even before retrospectives and sprints were created.

  • Project Retrospective:

  • Learning from past experiences is quite valuable, which is why Retrospectives are so beneficial for a Team.
  • The first step is to assume that every member of the Team is doing the best they can according to their capacities and knowledge. If this is not the foundation, people will fear being blamed for mistakes or errors instead of focusing on the learning opportunity.
  • Once the Team has learned from past experiences, they can decide how they will operate differently in future circumstances.
  • Retelling the story is very crucial.
  • The necessary four questions: What went well? What did I learn? What do I want to do differently the next time? What still puzzles me?

  • Retrospectives need time, but organizations do not always agree.

  • When you reach the end of a project and are late starting the new one, don’t rush! Remember that if there is no reflection on the last project, the following will repeat its mistakes.
  • The best way to improve organizational processes is to involve the people doing the work.
  • Consultants must ask four questions: How did you get to where you are? How do you feel about where you are at the moment? Where do you want to go? What do you want to do differently? The Retrospective is the way to find the answers to these questions.

  • When is a Retrospective not needed?

  • There is no point in having a retrospective in dysfunctional organizations. It doesn’t matter how a Team changes its ways if the organization has major conflicts that are not addressed.
  • The manager needs to be involved in Retrospectives; if there is no collaboration from leadership, why waste the time?
  • Don’t do the Retrospective only because it is trendy to do it.

  • How can Retrospective’s value be demonstrated?

  • First, retell the story of the project, going through the most significant events. Search for the wisdom while answering the four questions.
  • Break the Team into naturally affinity groups (they will probably group together according to the area of work). These subgroups are encouraged to propose what they want to do differently. These suggestions have to be achievable and measurable so their value can be tested in the following Retrospective.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Project Retrospectives: A Handbook for Team Reviews, by Norm Kerth

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, your host, Dan Neumann, is joined by an external guest: Kristen Belcher, a Software Developer turned Agile Coach. In this episode, they discuss liberating structures, simple and subtle tools that can help everyone attending a group event contribute and be included. They dive deep into some of the Liberating Structures, such as 1-2-4-All, Drawing Together, Purpose-to-Practice, and TRIZ. Listen to this thoughtful conversation and get ready to apply some of these practices to the next event you facilitate.

Key Takeaways

  • Many structures we use with groups, like presentations, status reports, and even tight discussions, tend to fail because they don’t have space for all the participants’ voices or allow members to think “outside the box.” Sometimes, there is even no structure at all. Liberating structures are the tools that liberate everyone in the conversation to contribute and be included.
  • We all have different participation styles: thinkers, talkers, and quiet ones. We all communicate in unique manners, and our input is equally valuable.
  • There are 33 liberating structures.
  • One Liberating Structure is 1-2-4-All. You can apply it starting with 1: People have time to think on their own. Then 2: They pair up and discuss with another person. Then 4: The pairs will pair, generating themes and sharing what they learn. Finally, All: Where everybody can share their ideas. Even though everyone won’t be allowed to speak to the large group, they had the chance to contribute in the previous instances.
  • Another Liberating Structure is called Drawing Together. Everyone needs to draw a picture using the same shapes (no artistic ability is required). Every shape has a significance: Circles stand for wholeness, rectangles represent support, triangles represent goals, spirals represent changes, and the stick or star persons represent relationships. The group interprets a picture, and these views are the kickstart for a discussion.
  • Purpose-to-Practice is a tool for identifying our main purpose and rooting the members together. It helps realize who must be included to achieve a shared purpose.
  • TRIZ is the liberating structure created to assess the absolute worst scenario that can happen.

  • When choosing a liberating structure, you must match it with the problem you are trying to solve in a group.

  • First, you need to frame the problem to find the right tool to approach it.
  • It's a good idea to have a Plan A and a Plan B for facilitation.

  • How can you start applying Liberating Structures?

  • When approaching liberating structures, you will first learn what they are for, then how to approach the space, how people participate, groups, and the sequence of steps to be followed. The material also provides time allocations. You will receive minimum specifications of how the liberating structures are set up.
  • There is no specific script about how you should facilitate.
  • Be comfortable doing something uncomfortable and new.

Mentioned in this Episode:

LiberatingStructures.com

Download the Liberating Structures App

The Art of Gathering, by Priya Parker

The Fearless Organization: Creating Psychological Safety in the Workplace for Learning, Innovation, and Growth, by Amy C. Edmondson

Right Kind of Wrong: The Science of Failing Well. by Amy C. Edmondson

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, your hosts, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil, share seven tips for Agile Facilitation. Collaboration is necessary when solving a problem, and Agile Coaches and Masters work to enable a Team to cooperate. Every event is unique, which is why Facilitation could be considered a form of art.

Key Takeaways

  • Contextual Awareness:
  • Teams and events are filled with unique variables that the facilitator cannot always anticipate; as a result, reading the overall atmosphere of a room and the individuals’ body language is a fundamental skill for Facilitators.
  • Every Facilitator has to remember that they are facilitating for a specific audience. Who is this meeting for? What is the value for these participants?

  • Use Time boxes.

  • A Facilitator must master the flow of the meeting to achieve the goal in a timely manner.
  • A Facilitator should design the session with the intended activities, promote collaboration from collaborators, and be flexible enough to adapt to changes.

  • Mastering the act of active listening:

  • Listening is achieved when being fully present.
  • Seek to understand.
  • Facilitators must be able to paraphrase what they just listened to to ensure they understand what the collaborator is saying.
  • Are collaborators listening to each other? A Facilitator must also promote active listening among participants.

  • A Facilitator must foster an open and inclusive communication environment.

  • A Facilitator must become a master observer of the room. Who is participating? Who is silent?

  • Design a power start!

  • Set the purpose and the intended outcome for the meeting. This will improve participant engagement.
  • Specify how participants can engage.
  • Visual Facilitation tools are incredibly beneficial for a better Facilitation.

  • A Facilitator must handle conflict with grace.

  • Conflict is inevitable, especially in a collaborative environment.
  • Participants should be encouraged to learn from each other. Conflicting perspectives must both be validated.
  • A Facilitator must be clear about which behaviors are acceptable. Safe boundaries are essential to hosting a psychologically safe environment.

  • Facilitators must continuously improve their skills.

  • Facilitators must apply learnings in a setting first to realize how they can be improved.
  • Pairing with other Facilitators can be a great way to keep learning continuously.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Empowered: Ordinary People, Extraordinary Products (Silicon Valley Product Group), by Marty Cagan and Chris Jones

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, your host, Justin Thatil, welcomes Ned Pope, Director of Product Practice at Agile Thought. In this episode, Ned and Justin explore the most common challenges encountered while engaging with an enterprise client. Ned shares valuable insights regarding creating a new product effectively and timely, emphasizing the crucial value of openness and collaboration within a Team. Ned highlights the importance of focusing on the problem, the elements of the solution, and how they can be broken down to prioritize the most unique and highest value for clients and customers.

Key Takeaways

  • Enterprise clients are dealing with a massive sector of the marketplace.
  • There is a wide range of variance in what the clients are trying to accomplish, so it is important to ground them in their thinking around problem-solving. If you can remove even a minor inconvenience from someone's day, you add value to their life.
  • There must be a list of priorities from executive and senior leadership within the enterprise clients, along with the dates they will be needed. This road map is not based on capacity or capability to deliver a solution around a specific item to be delivered at a particular time.
  • Don’t get frustrated when trying to create a digital product. There is a reason this solution doesn’t exist yet, or in the form you are trying to build it.
  • Make sure everyone is aligned and on the same page.

  • Understand and respect the current processes within an Organization.

  • The organization has already figured out how to solve the problem in the current fashion, and you do not want to disrupt that but to provide something that makes that process more manageable, enhances that solution, and makes it more effective and scalable.

  • There are tangible elements that form a culture.

  • Empower teams to think creatively about a solution.
  • Openness, resourcefulness, and collaboration are critical elements of an Agile Team.

  • Move UX design and UI library components as visual references at the beginning of the process to save time and ultimately allow for a better product.

  • We often get to the details and the complexity of the work and then begin to get consumed with all the nuance and intricacy of the daily work, which can lead to overseeing the most basic aspects.
  • Remember, you are building a visual tool!
  • The vast majority of technology has some form of interface, which generates success and speed with quality and accuracy.
  • Provide visual references to align the Team with what you are trying to accomplish and execute. It is recommended that you bring in a highly skilled UX Designer to the heart of the Product Discovery. Don’t wait until the process is in development; the UX designer needs to join the process from the beginning.
  • Use a UI library.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Scaled Agile

Scrum.org

National Academy of Inventors

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, your host, Justin Thatil, is joined by Mike Guiler to explore complementary practices in Scrum. The Scrum Guide intentionally left many open questions for users to adapt and practice flexibility.

In this episode, Justin and Mike outline several practices, such as identifying the product vision, adapting the Kanban Board, and providing visual information regarding the production process. They also discuss the benefits of using Kanban’s lead and cycle time metrics and close this conversation by diving deep into the importance of identifying a shared definition of ready.

Key Takeaways

  • Product Vision:
  • Scrum is always about outcomes.
  • How do we find the right outcome to deliver to our customers?
  • First, we need to be clear about the product vision and what the organization considers a priority.
  • Second, the Team comes up with a plan to achieve that vision, which unlocks an organization's power.

  • Adapt a Kanban board.

  • The Kanban board helps to visualize the process at a particular sprint timebox.
  • Many benefits result from visualizing the steps in the Kanban Board.

  • Scrum with Kanban:

  • Stop starting and start finishing! Look at what you are doing and implement better Teamwork.
  • Kanban’s lead time and cycle time metrics give an indication of the system's progress and whether it is getting better. The cycle time measures the time it takes an idea since it enters a print backlog until it is delivered to the customer, while the lead time gives more of a system view.

  • Find your definition of “ready.”

  • What has to happen to make a product backlog ready?
  • Get to a shared understanding of what is considered ready within a Team.
  • Reduce the ambiguity about what should and shouldn’t be in the product backlog, resulting in a better sprint plan.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Listen to Episodes 277 and 279 of The Agile Coaches Corner.

Scrum with Kanban

Sprint: How to Solve Big Problems and Set New Ideas in Just Five Days, by Jake Knapp

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by the first-time guest, Jeannine Gonyon, a Performance Engineering Practice Lead at Agile Thought. This episode explores the differences between performance testing and performance engineering, emphasizing the crucial role of Performance Engineering in mitigating unnecessary risks and protecting the Organization’s reputation.

Key Takeaways

  • Performance Testing and Performance Engineering test:
  • Performance testing is the process that follows manual testing. After ensuring the application is working, testing for “non-functional” takes place, which is called performance testing.
  • Performance engineering tests go to an extra step of analysis to find out exactly where any kind of optimizations are needed.

  • Some Organizations are hesitant to invest in Performance Engineering.

  • Some organizations consider Performance Engineering to be a “luxury.”
  • Would you take a risk with your reputation? You will if you don’t perform performance testing on your product. Knowing the facts before production is priceless!
  • The earlier you do Performance Testing, the more you have the maneuverability to make any changes.

  • The costs of Performance testing:

  • Performance testing does not happen in a shared environment, which adds a cost.
  • There are ways of reducing the costs. You can spin the environment when you need it.
  • The cost is manageable if you do it earlier.
  • If you do performance testing, the earliest is the best way to mitigate risk (better than spending much money later).

  • What is the relationship between Performance Testers and the rest of the Team involved in developing a product?

  • Performance testers are technically aligned with manual testers because they need to know when the product is ready for testing.
  • Performance testers work closely with the development Team, must be involved with the product owners, and be present at every step of the workflow.
  • Performance testers need to know as much about the application as those using it.

  • Performance Testing and AI:

  • Currently, the engineering part can benefit from using AI tools for analysis in a more casual manner.
  • A quick growth of AI tools applied to Performance tests is expected.

  • Testing in Production versus Performance Testing:

  • Performance Testing prevents the risk of a bad user experience.
  • There is a place for performance testing before the product goes to production.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, your host, Dan Neumann, is accompanied by Gill Broza. Gil is known for simplifying the complex and making the implicit explicit so people can make better choices. He is a writer and never prescribes a single right way.

In this episode, Dan and Gil explore how to help teams grow and produce improved outcomes while diving deep into a discussion regarding Gil’s latest book, Deliver Better Results.

Key Takeaways

  • Agile introduced the concept that multiple ways exist to create, ideate, and deliver products.
  • The variety of Agile methods can be paralyzing
  • Gil proposes five levels of adoption to find the best “fit for purpose”
  • The primary purpose is to help the company succeed while doing it timely and showing adaptability.
  • Six aspects of fitness for purpose in the delivery process are throughput, outcomes, timeliness, adaptation, consistency, and cost efficiency.
  • The value lies in how well we serve the company and the effect of the work.

  • The people matter the most; they are the ones transiting the process.

  • The strategies proposed by Gil work because people start to behave differently.

  • Ways of working result from combining the tactics we use (process, practices, roles, artifacts, tools) and the mindset we employ while executing the tactics. The mindset is defined by choice-making, which has three components: purpose, beliefs, and principles.

  • Sometimes, you need to change tactics and mindset simultaneously. It requires hard work but could be the only way to work.
  • Decisions made in one place of the system can have ramifications everywhere else.
  • Gil prefers to use the term “way of working” instead of “process” since it is a bigger construct and includes the choice-making component. The words we use matter; they communicate the way that we work and how we approach tasks.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Deliver Better Result: How to Unlock Your Organization’s Potential., by Gil Broza

Chapter 1 of Deliver Better Results

Thinking in Systems, by Donella Meadows

The Drunkard’s Walk: How Randomness Rules Our Lives by Leonard Mlodinow

Random Acts of Medicine: The Hidden Forces That Sway Doctors, Impact Patients, and Shape Our Health, by Anupam Jena and Christopher Worsham

Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don't Have All the Facts, by Annie Duke

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Mike Guiler to continue the discussion on Norman Kerth’s book Project Retrospectives. In this episode, they explore the last three chapters, which are filled with exercises to apply at Retrospectives, specifically when sensitive topics are to be addressed.

Key Takeaways

  • Some Retrospective activities are designed to address emotionally charged topics.
  • Failure must be accepted and embraced in postmortem retrospectives; otherwise, no one would be open to discussing it.
  • As a facilitator, try to find the highest leader available in your organization that is willing to share with participants an instance in which they themselves faced failure and what he or she learned from it. This establishes that it is okay to talk about failure.

  • Becoming a Facilitator:

  • You have to “walk the walk”; facilitators are made by practice.
  • Ask for help when you need it! Don’t be afraid to ask for assistance when your capabilities are limited.
  • As a facilitator, you can also contact someone outside your organization for support.
  • A useful resource is getting feedback from a second facilitator about the Retrospective. Don’t be defensive; feedback is always an opportunity to grow.
  • Allow space for intense emotions during Retrospectives. Fostering the expression of emotions is healthy and cathartic for the organization, but sometimes, it can be challenging for the facilitator to deal with them during the event. Listen actively, assign a meaning to those feelings, and try to identify the feeling arousing about that feeling. Identify which feelings can be discussed at the Retrospective and which others should be addressed one-on-one.

  • Tools for Facilitators:

  • Ask for help.
  • When something isn’t working, try something different. Be humble enough to know when to pivot.
  • Avoid triangulation. Encourage people to talk to the person, not about the person.
  • Congruent vs. incongruent messaging: When delivering a message that describes a problem, first address how the problem is impacting you (the self), then the context, and finally, the intention and how this caused the problem. A similar approach is the Situation-Behavior-Impact framework.

  • What to do after Retrospectives?

  • Collect the readout: Make a summary of what was done in the Retrospective.
  • Collecting a library of Retrospectives can help estimate projects. Retrospectives contain a significant amount of useful data for the organization.
  • After recapitulating the event, think about what can be improved.
  • The information coming from Retrospectives is a great way for a better forecast.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Project Retrospectives: A Handbook for Team Reviews, by Norman L. Kerth

Intuitive Prediction: Bias and Corrective Procedures, Daniel Kahneman

Listen to Project Retrospectives: Book Exploration (Part 1) and (Part 2)

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Mike Guiler to continue their discussion of Norman Kerth’s book Project Retrospectives. In this episode, they dive deep into chapters 6, 7, and 8, analyzing some of the exercises and techniques described in the book and the immense value of learning to plan retrospectives for them to be fruitful. They close this conversation by addressing “postmortem” retrospectives and the importance of unpacking a failed project.

Key Takeaways

  • Chapter 6: Exercises and Techniques:
  • There are many ways to facilitate retrospectives and this chapter describes several intentional exercises meant to shake things up.
  • Norm addresses three essential parts of a retrospective: the readying, the past, and the future. The readying is meant to allow team members to prepare and bring forward relevant topics.
  • Teams often want to save time in retrospectives by skipping them or shortening their length. They do that because they find them ineffective and do not see the value in investing time and energy.
  • A Scrum Master must invest in making retrospectives into a much more impactful event for the team.

  • About facilitating better retrospectives:

  • Retrospectives need to take a longer time (three hours).
  • There needs to be “emotional freedom” in the group’s atmosphere to facilitate and enable members to participate; it’s crucial to be aware of different personalities and how they engage with others.
  • The topic’s sensitivity during the retrospective needs to be considered.

  • The postmortem retrospectives: When a project fails:

  • Be conscientious about not injecting your perspective; sometimes, it can do more harm.
  • An idea must be presented along with its benefits, strategy, and plan, including the costs and reasons why it is helpful to implement it.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Project Retrospectives: A Handbook for Team Reviews, by Norman L. Kerth

Agile Retrospectives: Making Good Teams Great, by Esther Derby and Diane Larsen

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Mike Guiler to share their continuous learning journey. They have been exploring the book Project Retrospectives written by Norman Kerth, and today, you will listen to them discussing chapters 3 to 5, where they dive deep into the role of Retrospective facilitators. They compare Norm’s guidance against their own experience and reflect how practices presented are still be relevant today as retrospectives are more widely practiced in the industry.

Key Takeaways

  • Retrospectives: Internal or external facilitators?
  • You can be present without necessarily having to share your opinions and thoughts.
  • An external facilitator for a Retrospective is not part of the Team but can be a well-informed outsider.
  • In the Scrum framework, very often it is the Scrum Master who facilitates the Retrospectives, but it does not have to be this way.
  • There is a conflict between a full contributor on the retrospectives and a facilitator, which is why an external facilitator can be significantly valuable.

  • Should Managers be in a Project Retrospective?

  • Managers must be allowed to be present at Retrospectives, but their involvement needs to be regulated.

  • Engineering retrospectives take time and effort.

  • Sometimes, the same feedback is received during several meetings, which is why it is important to plan retrospectives carefully considering Team Styles, the way the questions are brought forward, and any characteristics that can come up after thoughtfully observing the Team’s dynamics.
  • Identifying the most important topic for the Retrospective must be brought forward by the Team. The best achievement is when the Team expresses its needs as a result of the effective work of a facilitator (as opposed to someone dictating what the Team’s interest or need is).

Mentioned in this Episode:

Project Retrospectives: A Handbook for Team Reviews, by Norman L. Kerth

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Justin Thatil, your host, welcomes Mike Guiler and Anitra Pavka. Today, they address the product discovery phase and some of the challenges the engineering Team usually faces while identifying what they will build and which special skills will be required to perform the task effectively. Also in this episode, they explore interviewing techniques and usability testing.

Key Takeaways

  • Interviewing users is universally helpful.
  • Interviewing users is so important that it should be done every week.
  • We need to be informed, and the only way to do this is by talking to the users.
  • Before the interview begins, you need to make sure you know what you want to obtain from the conversation. A discussion guide might help to lead an interview and make it more consistent.
  • Focus on allowing people to keep on talking.
  • Engage in the conversation with active listening skills
  • Open-ended questions are ideal for promoting a deep conversation.

  • Fall in love with solving the problem and avoid fixating on a particular solution.

  • Put an effort into understanding the underlying motivations to solve a particular problem.

  • The organizational culture needs to promote the Discovery and Delivery Teams to talk to the customer and get feedback.

  • Encourage small experiments that try to address a problem from a different perspective and use a different tool to solve it. If the experiment is successful, the new approach could be applied to other matters.

  • Usability testing:

  • Was the product easy to learn? Was the user able to get through the product efficiently? Were there errors along the way?
  • Search to find out answers to questions about value.
  • You can use moderated and unmoderated usability tests to get the feedback the Team seeks.
  • Share the findings across the Team. They can influence how they approach the following prototype and evolve the solution.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or on X (Formerly Twitter) @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Mike Guiler to discuss the journey of a Project Manager shifting to fill the Scrum Master accountability. This episode mainly focuses on those Scrum Masters who are newer to this accountability and have a Project Management background. In this episode, they explore what happens when a Project Manager is assigned Scrum Master’s accountabilities which can develop differently depending on the person’s expertise and ability to learn and embrace Agile principles.

Listen to this episode to learn about the main aspects of a successful transformation.

Key Takeaways

  • It is common for the Project Manager (PM) to assume the role of the Scrum Master.
  • Scrum Masters who come from Product Management can incorporate their expertise in the process of shifting to Agility.
  • Product Managers often know a lot about the business domain.
  • PMs often have good relationships with the Team, which are crucial to initiating a transformation towards Agile.
  • You can’t easily hire for the business domain knowledge or the relationships.
  • It is often easier to have current staff learn a new way of delivering value.

  • A plan must be set in order to manage expectations between the development Team and stakeholders.

  • Many non-Agile do not know who the stakeholders are
  • Effective Scrum Masters will connect the team to the Stakeholders
  • The Scrum Master must ensure that the entire Scrum Team is engaged with its stakeholders, showing the development of software and articulating the plan.
  • The Scrum Master does not need to take ownership of the relationship with its stakeholders but should empower the Team
  • How do we create more and better channels of communication with stakeholders?

  • Project Managers often see success as being on time and on budget.

  • As a Scrum Master, being on time and on budget is not enough; the most important thing is delivering the business outcome.

  • Status reporting is another area where PMs must work in transitioning to Scrum Masters.

  • When an Agile Team operates well, progress should be transparent.
  • Even status reports could become less valuable if the entire Team works together and is aligned, working with Sprint Reviews and information radiators.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Inspired: How to Create Tech Products Customers Love (Silicon Valley Product Group), by Marty Cagan

Project Retrospectives: A Handbook for Team Reviews, by Norman L. Kerth

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by their colleague, Mike Guiler. In this episode, they explore how a Product Manager shifts from just management to leadership and how this transformation influences the role. Dan, Justin, and Mike discuss tools and strategies, including OKRs, Story Mapping, and Hackathons, among others.

Key Takeaways

  • Product management must study the market and users, becoming customer-centric and ensuring it is still viable for the business at the same time.
  • It takes more than one individual to effectively perform the discovery function. It's a Team effort (Product Designer, Product Owner, and a Technical member).

  • Discovery and design sessions are opportunities for Teams to unlock the art of the possible.

  • The Team has to learn from rapid feedback while ensuring steps are taken to not hurt organizational reputation.
  • A Product Manager must first understand how to help the Team approach a particular problem. A great way is to identify OKRs (Objectives and Key Results) and focus on the target market the Team is going after. Once the Team is aligned, the job can be done.
  • A Product Manager sets an objective for the Team and allows them to work autonomously toward reaching it.

  • Story Mapping: A Product Manager’s ally on the journey to product discovery.

  • Story Mapping is an easy way to frame what the Team is trying to achieve and the tool that might be the most efficient for that purpose.
  • Story Mapping can also help identify the target persona for which the Team is building a particular feature.
  • There is tremendous value in having the Team involved in Story Mapping and, as a result, immersed in and knowledgeable about the problem at hand.

  • Hackathons are a great way to keep a Team motivated.

  • Allow the engineers to explore; you will keep them engaged and motivated.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Fall in Love with the Problem, Not the Solution: A Handbook for Entrepreneurs, by Uri Levine

Inspired: How to Create Tech Products Customers Love (Silicon Valley Product Group), by Marty Cagan

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Mike Guiler to continue the conversation that started in the last episode, where it was discussed how organizations can support their Managers. This time, they explore how Managers can help their Teams to shift to a more Agile approach.

In today’s episode, Mike, Justin, and Dan dive deep into the reasons managers must be prepared to accompany their people in changing to Agile, sharing information, and asking the right questions to ensure the Team’s involvement.

Key Takeaways

  • When an Organization is shifting it is crucial to know what was the Perceived Value Proposition made by the Manager.
  • A Manager as a Leader wants his Team to be informed and involved in the upcoming changes.
  • A Manager must trust and value his Team’s opinions.
  • A Manager must be willing to share information as well as show curiosity about his Team’s points of view about the Organization and its objectives.

  • A Manager needs to support and empower Teams.

  • In the Agile Method, words matter. There is significance in the different frameworks and mindset that come with Agile.
  • A Manager needs to invest in creating amazing relationships with both the business and the technology sides of the organization.
  • A Manager fosters communication and connectivity among all levels of the organization.

  • Clarifying the roles, responsibilities, and what it means to be successful is a crucial part of a Manager’s obligations.

  • “Leadership is communicating people their worth and potential so clearly that they are inspired to see it in themselves.” — Captain David Marquet
  • A leader helps their Team to upscale, so they are not stuck with the tools they already have to rapidly create value, which needs new tools, mindset, and engineering approaches.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Mike Guiler to explore how organizations can better support their managers. In this episode, they discuss two adoption patterns, the grassroots and the top-down approach, and the distinction between being a Manager and a Leader.

Key Takeaways

  • The grassroots adoption pattern and the top-down approach in an Agile Organization:
  • Grassroots starts at a Team level.
  • The top-down approach begins with the boss.

  • If an Agile Team is self-managing: What does a Manager do?

  • A Manager must decide whether he wants to be just a Manager or a Leader because these are different roles. Leaders set clear objectives; they are not so focused on the daily chores but on the higher business-valued conversations. A Leader cares about how to build the environment.
  • A Manager needs to work his way to becoming a Leader and less about assigning tasks to Team members. A leader’s work should come from a mentorship place, sharing his knowledge and experience for the Team to explore (instead of being told what to do).

  • An Organization can support a Manager embracing Leadership and becoming a servant leader.

  • A Leader evaluates options and consults them with the Team; a leader does not impose practices. Communication is more valuable than processes and tools.
  • The organization must have a plan in mind but check first how the Team responds.
  • A Leader’s job is to establish the vision, shifting away from the “how.”
  • While the Team is busy executing the hypothesis, the Leader is thinking about the next step.

  • The Alignment of OKRs is vital for an Organization.

  • Ensuring that OKRs match the plans for the product and what the business wants to achieve is fundamental for companies. This way, everyone knows what’s most important.
  • How role descriptions are set up (performance reviews, salary adjustments) can influence the leader’s job.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Who Moved My Cheese?, by Spencer Johnson

What Got You Here Won’t Get You There, by Marshall Goldsmith and Mark Reiter

Team of Teams, by General Stanley McChrystal

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by an external guest: Seth Maust, President and Founder of Five Star Life, an organization that aims to change perceptions of education, sports, and culture. Seth began 20 years ago researching why so many children were dropping out of school because they did not value education and ultimately did not value themselves. Five Star Life focuses on dismantling this root issue by ingraining a different curriculum they created that guides students in developing successful mindsets.

Key Takeaways

  • Five Star Life focuses on attacking the root cause of student dropout.
  • Children are not motivated to continue their studies because they don’t believe in the current education system.
  • A good education teaches students how to think (not what to think).
  • A successful life begins with the right mindset.

  • Create new habits.

  • It is a 28-week investment.
  • The Five Star Life system teaches students to think critically.
  • The application of the learned knowledge is fundamental.

  • Students learn to handle conflict the right way.

  • Choose your hard! Ignoring conflict is hard, and confronting conflict is too.

  • Motivation is the result of vision.

  • What is the first step that you can take to achieve your goal?
  • Focus on taking small, incremental steps.
  • An excellent way to start is to make an image of what you want to achieve and pin it somewhere you can see it daily.
  • First, you must create a vision and then goals, but most of all, you must truly believe it will happen. When you attach emotion to an image, belief is born.

  • Everything you are now is the result of subconscious programming.

  • Unless you consciously choose to keep developing, you will remain what you are and you will repeat the same cycles.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, your host, Justin Thatil, is joined by three of his colleagues, Mike Guiler, Jim Beale, and Mariano Oliveti.

In this episode, they explore the topic of accountability in Agile Teams and organizations. These four Agilists share their insights and experience on the role of accountability while explaining the value of tools such as OKRs and KPIs and the influence of a true leader in encouraging Teams by involving them in the whole process, trusting them, and enabling them to be self-directed and reliant.

Key Takeaways

  • Why is accountability so important? How do we keep accountability in an organization?
  • Accountability is needed to identify who will be in charge of each task.
  • Accountability should start at the top but needs to be emphasized at all levels of the organization.
  • OKR (Objectives and key results) is a goal-setting framework that assists in keeping the Team accountable and provides a way to measure the outcomes.
  • KPIs are key performance indicators that also contribute to keeping accountability. KPIs measure a team's performance to ensure they are on track to meet their project objectives.

  • Leaders encourage accountability in Teams.

  • If a leader is willing to engage with a Team, he will share goals with them and the journey to achieve them.
  • Leaders need to value the involvement of every member and encourage self-driven work.
  • Keeping people informed of the “why” motivates them, while the “what” will only give them tasks.
  • A good leader holds his Team accountable and empowers them to make decisions. Overall, a leader trusts his Team.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Mariano Oliveti and Erica Menendez to discuss DevOps, mainly how it contributes to creating safety and providing feedback during an Agile product journey.

In this episode, they share their knowledge about how DevOps eases the work and ensures value delivery. Listen to this conversation among Agilists for actionable suggestions and amazing real-life examples of Agile Teams benefiting from DevOps.

Key Takeaways

  • The problems DevOps can help to solve:
  • DevOps can help solve inefficiencies such as the ones resulting from introducing a lot of bugs into the code or when there is a lack of Team Collaboration.
  • DevOps helps to break down the silos.
  • DevOps is a real time saver.

  • Opportunities that DevOps gives:

  • DevOps provides the opportunity for automation, testing early, and keeping a repeatable and reliable process that will work.
  • DevOps ensures that, at the end of the day, the result is a product that was built in an efficient way.
  • Employees working with DevOps are generally happier and more satisfied with their work, especially when automation makes their tasks easier to achieve and grants them the time to invest in the things that really matter.
  • Applying DevOps infrastructure allows us to scale in a repeatable manner.
  • DevOps is also a way to find what is wrong even before the customer does.

  • Starting with DevOps is free.

  • Begin with what you have and grow from there. Big changes are rough!
  • The more you work with DevOps, the better you will get at it.

Mentioned in this Episode:

ACF Coaching Certification

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Anitra Pavka, an Agile Coach with vast experience in product ownership and management. In this episode, Anitra discusses the value of prioritizing people in the software development journey and shares ways and strategies to communicate more efficiently among the Team and with users. She also outlines different approaches to engaging better with users to minimize risks and maximize time use.

Key Takeaways

  • Anitra emphasizes the importance of being human-centric in software development.
  • Always approach people with empathy and compassion.
  • Telling stories is a great way to reach people and communicate your message.
  • Be curious and open.
  • Be aware of who you are building a system for.

  • Capture users as a persona with a set of behaviors, goals, and motivations.

  • The Team needs to know who the user is.
  • The Team then can use its creativity and ideas to meet the needs of those users.
  • The whole Team contributes to the conversation.

  • Ways to engage with end users:

  • What are the end users doing daily to deal with the problem you are looking at solving?
  • Interact with people to see what they actually do instead of what they say they do.
  • Seek customer feedback sooner than later to reduce risk in the long run.
  • Learn to ask the right questions.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Mariano Oliveti joined Dan Neumann to discuss the importance of continuous learning and growth as an Agile Coach

In this episode, Mariano shares his experience growing as a Coach. Listen to this conversation where Mariano and Dan dive deep into the steps of this incremental journey, which begins with awareness, followed by proficiency, to achieve mastery later.

Key Takeaways

  • The first step is identifying how you would like to grow as a coach
  • At the beginning of your learning process, ask yourself: How do you intake and process information? What is your learning style?

  • The second step is to find the topics that best resonate with you.

  • To be an Agile Coach, you must perform specific skills at different levels, such as teaching, mentoring, facilitating, or coaching.

  • There are complementary skills that can help you along the journey to becoming an Agile Coach.

  • You need to have a good understanding of Agile practices and the Scrum framework.
  • Business knowledge is also necessary.
  • Be aware of your strengths and your opportunities.

  • How can you be intentional about your learning?

  • Being intentional is critical to mastering what you do.
  • Be honest with yourself about your goals and objectives and how you want to reach them.
  • Listening is the primary skill an Agile Coach needs to have.
  • Listening internally to how you react to the events around you and finding opportunities to grow.

  • Leaning is a journey, be patient with yourself and respect your process.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The 8 Stances of a Scrum Master

ACF Coaching Certification

DevOps Handbook

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by two external guests for Kanban University: Joey Spooner, Vice President for Community Development and Product Management, and Todd Little, Chairman of Kanban University.

In this episode, experts from Kanban University join the podcast to share their expertise with the audience. Listen to this conversation and learn about the trajectory of Kanban University and its fantastic community. Also, they dive into a profound exploration of what Kanban Methodology really is and how it can improve what you are already doing.

Key Takeaways

  • What is Kanban?
  • Kanban University has been educating a vast community on its method since 2013.
  • The Kanban method is often misunderstood. Some significant aspects characterize the Kanban Methodology. It is a way to visualize the workflow, called operational practice. There are also Management Practices, which consist of taking and managing policies effectively in an organization. The practices of collaboration and experimentation are also of crucial importance.
  • Kanban can also be used as a complementary practice to Scrum.
  • A fundamental principle of the Kanban Methodology is to Start with what you do now. If you have started with Scrum, you can improve it with Kanban. Kanban is fundamentally an approach to improving your process framework; it isn’t a framework itself.

  • The Kanban Method vs. the Lean Manufacturing:

  • Lean Manufacturing aims to remove uncertainty, which is conceived as a waste.
  • Sometimes, uncertainty does not need to be eliminated; it is inherited, and often, it is this uncertainty that brings value.
  • Kanban tries to understand knowledge work and its behaviors while still representing the workflow.

  • How does Kanban manage the predictability challenge while doing complex work?

  • There are three common challenges while working with complex work: Delay, Dependencies, and Dormancies. Every Team needs to explore possible solutions for these challenges.
  • Check Team reliability.
  • An approach to predictability: Do more and better estimates.

  • Advice for Scrum Practitioners starting to use Kanban:

  • You can use Kaban on top of what you are doing with Scrum for more efficiency.
  • Kanban tools allow Teams to stay focused and deliver consistently.
  • Find first what your struggle is at the moment and see how Kanban can help with it.

  • Learn to manage resistance to change and get accustomed to constant evolutionary change.

  • Learn from the water's capacity for adapting to its environment.
  • Agile needs to adapt to culture as much as a culture needs to adapt to Agility.
  • Take small steps.
  • You have to get your system under control, map it out, and ensure it is not overloaded. If a system is overloaded, it is not predictable.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by an external guest, James D Murphy, a United States Air Force Veteran, F15 Fighter, and instructed pilot. James founded a company called Afterburner Inc. and is now the CEO of Afterburner Capital; he wrote seven books and is an expert on the Agile Delivery Framework.

In this episode, they discuss the concept of flawless execution, meaning an execution that is as impeccable as possible (nothing is perfect!). James shares how he combined his military training with his work as an entrepreneur and expert in the Agile framework.

Key Takeaways

  • Flawless execution can’t be perfect; mistakes will take place.
  • Start with simple frameworks that are easy and scalable.
  • Find purposeful tasks and actions. Developing and effectively communicating the purpose of the Team’s job is crucially important.
  • Knowing more about the context and details is essential to prioritize the purpose. Intention and vision need to stay connected.
  • The Team needs to be involved in every step of the process.

  • The key to flawless execution is to have a common language to get work done.

  • The truth is more critical than artificial harmony.
  • Teams must foster psychological safety, which means that anyone can feel safe admitting an error without fearing reprimand.
  • Building a safe culture takes time.

  • Flawless execution needs a systematic approach.

  • The system followed must enable good execution as well as flexibility; in this matter, simplicity overpowers complexity. Complexity will decrease performance while augmenting the chance of errors.
  • First is the planning phase (who is going to do what and when). Once it’s over, no more brainstorming takes place.
  • After planning, the plan is briefed (repetition of what was planned and the accountabilities that come along with it).
  • Execute! Don’t get off track.
  • Debrief as soon as the mission is over. Debriefing is almost as important as the mission itself, leaving a lesson to the entire enterprise, not just a small Team. Is there a gap between the obtained results and what was imagined and expected from the plan? The Team should ask itself, how did the success occur? And why?
  • This entire process must be leader-led. It is the leader who first has to admit his/her mistakes. This transparency and honesty create the much-needed psychological safety at the Tream.

Learn More:

  • Afterburner website
  • Afterburner on YouTube
  • James D. Murphy on LinkedIn

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil, your hosts, are joined by Erica Menendez and Mariano Oliveti to discuss what it takes to deliver high-quality Agile Projects.

In this episode, they dive deep into what a successful Agile project looks like and describe the necessary steps to be taken in order to reach it.

Key Takeaways

  • Clarify the purpose
  • The company should have a purpose
  • The culture you create should be in support of the purpose
  • The products should align with that purpose
  • Deeply understand the real needs of your users and meet those

  • Adopting Agility can increase employee satisfaction

  • Empower team members to take action in support of the company’s purpose
  • Empowerment increases engagement
  • Engaged and empowered employees tend to lead to happiness.
  • Understand that the entire Team works towards a specific goal.
  • Focusing on people is a crucial aspect of a successful Agile Project, optimizing the relationship with people, ensuring there is collaboration among them, and granting space for people to open up in a psychologically safe environment.
  • Fear of criticism and resistance to feedback are barriers to address.

  • Working in an Agile way allows more predictability.

  • Agile Teams add transparency to their work and separate tasks into smaller parts, which enables them to look at things a lot more closely than traditional Waterfall.
  • Transparency must appear at all organizational levels, having realistic expectations and empowering everyone to make decisions.
  • Implement feedback loops. Be willing to pivot based on feedback.
  • Foster continuous learning
  • Embrace experimentation

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Coaching Trading Alliance: Life Coach Training and Certification

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Erik Lindgren to discuss the concepts of MVP (Minimum Viable Product) and MMP (Minimum Marketable Product) and the differences between them.

In this episode, they explore an example of a successful brand that started the simplest way possible and became a multimillion-dollar success a decade later!

Key Takeaways

  • Erik shares the story of Honest Tea, which grew into a multimillion-dollar company. They started with the MVP (making tea at Eric’s home to sell later), and ten years later, Coca-Cola bought forty percent for forty-three million dollars.
  • What is the simplest way to get to the market fast? Start with the minimum to get on the market and test your idea.
  • It is crucial to shift from an existing platform to a new one with the minimum risk possible.

  • What is the difference between MVP and MMP?

  • MVP: We are unsure if there is a market for this product, who will buy it, and how they will respond to it; for that, you put together a business hypothesis.
  • MMP: What is something that the market will really adopt broadly?

  • There is a considerable risk in taking the Big Bang approach to a project.

  • An integrative and incremental approach seems more effective than redoing the entire ERP system before going live. Grow a system organically instead of trying to do it all at once.
  • A team must ensure they know whom they are solving a problem for to focus£ on what matters most.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Watch Flamin’Hot Documentary

Scrum@Scale Framework

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Rich Hundhausen for the second part of a deep conversation about Nexus. Rich is a software developer, Professional Scrum Trainer, and co-creator of the Nexus Framework for scaling Scrum.

In this episode, they dive deep into how to deliver value in the form of a working integrated increment of product, the role of the Integration Team, and the characteristics of each Nexus Event. They share valuable stories exemplifying how Nexus works for an improved scaling experience.

Key Takeaways

  • Scale Scrum is still Scrum (plus additional features).
  • The Nexus Integration Team is not in the original Scrum framework.
  • The Integration Team is actually the Nexus’s Scrum Master. This team is responsible for ensuring that Scrum is followed as established in the Scrum Guide and that its work is effective.
  • The Integration Team works in a Scrum way by coaching, facilitating, teaching, and mentoring, but not hands-on (unless absolutely necessary). The Scrum Team’s Developers do the work.
  • The Integration Team does not do the integration, but it is accountable for it.

  • Integration can mean lots of different things.

  • Integration means solving any kind of dependency.

  • The Nexus Integration Team does not have to meet daily but only when required.

  • Everyone on the Integration Nexus Team has a daily job on the Scrum Teams and/or is the Product Owner, so when something does not go as planned, they bring it to the attention of the Integration Team when possible.

  • The Nexus Events:

  • First Event: Nexus Sprint Planning. This event aims to take another look at the upcoming work to ensure the organization of Teams and consider any last-minute changes. Big Room Planning takes place during this stage. All the planning at this moment is only for the current sprint (never beyond that). The output for the Nexus Sprint Planning is the Nexus Sprint Backlog for each Team, and the goal is to make any dependencies transparent to mitigate them daily.
  • Scrum of Scrums: Scrum Team members are allowed to talk at any given moment.
  • Second Event: The Nexus Daily Scrum. It is a Scrum of Scrums that occurs before the Daily Scrum. At this mandatory event, dependencies and integration issues are discussed.
  • Third Event: The Nexus Sprint Review is where Stakeholders give feedback on the done increment but in a big room event. This event is the time to share feedback on potential cross-team work.
  • The Last Event: The Nexus Sprint Retrospective. This event is an opportunity for the Scrum Team to inspect and adapt how they work, first through a pre-meeting with the representatives, then Teams have their individual retrospectives, and after, representatives meet again to make transparent any new experiments or improvements so the bottom-up intelligence can then be shared with the other Teams.

  • There are around 60 complementary practices to Nexus (but none are new).

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Nexus Guide

Listen to “Continuous Learning: Professional Scrum Facilitation Skills Training with Patricia Kong” and “The Nexus Framework for Scaling Scrum with the Scrum.org Team”

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, your hosts, Dan Neumann, and Justin Thatil, welcome an external guest, Rich Hundhausen, software developer, Professional Scrum Trainer, and co-creator of the Nexus Framewokr for scaling Scrum. This episode is the first of two parts, in which they discuss the features of Nexus and when and how to implement it.

Listen to this episode for a description of Nexus, how it started, and why it was developed. Rich, Dan, and Justin also dive deep into the definition of scaling, what is considered done, and the Nexus goal. Stay tuned for part two!

Key Takeaways

  • Why do we have a Nexus Scaling Framework?
  • Rich started working with Ken Schwaber, co-creator of Scrum, in 2009. Together, they created Scrum.org, “The home of professionals.” They later became interested in Scaling according to the Scale Agile framework.

  • Are you really in a situation where you need to scale?

  • Rule number one when scaling is “Don’t.” Let your Team tackle the problems first. Always start small and add as needed.

  • What is Scaling?

  • Scaling is simply one product owner and backlog and multiple Scrum Teams. Everything you learned about Scrum for a single Team still applies at Scale with the Nexus. Additional features, such as the exoskeleton, are required for scaling.
  • The number one reason to build Nexus was for dependencies on different areas (not only technical). Refinement has been a proof practice at single-team Scrum, and at Nexus, it has become a required event called Cross Team Refinement.

  • What is the definition of Done?

  • Everyone at Nexus is a creative person, and these people are motivated when they have space to implement their creativity. All Teams should have autonomy, purpose, and the ability to master their actions. Each Scrum Team can have its definition of done, but it has to stay on top of the unified set of items that the other teams share.
  • The Nexus Goal: Do everything you committed to in the product backlogs.

Mentioned in this Episode:

“Shu, Ha, Ri” Episode of The Agile Coaches Corner.

Dan Pink’s books and TedTalks

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Erik Lindgren to discuss scope creep, a term that everyone working in software development knows well. The expression refers to adding further features or functions of a new product, requirements, or work that is not authorized.

In this episode, they dive deep into the challenge of managing timelines and budgets and how frequently a Team can find itself off-track, which is undoubtedly an uncomfortable position. Erik, Dan, and Justin discuss the importance of prioritizing properly, including possible improvements and requirements. Scope creep can be a learning opportunity waiting to be embraced by the Team!

Key Takeaways

  • Scope Creep in an Agile environment:
  • In an Agile setting, new ideas must be added to the backlog for them to be prioritized. Once in the backlog, it is necessary to decide whether it is a high priority or not.
  • The stakeholder and client must know about the additional items so they can contribute to the Team in deciding what needs to be included and what can stay out. The involvement of the stakeholders can often be challenging for Agile Teams.
  • What is the most valuable idea to be implemented now? The fact that some ideas are not prioritized at a particular moment does not mean they won’t ever happen; they can take place at a different time.

  • Keeping open communication with stakeholders can sometimes be a challenge.

  • Often, Teams don’t want to feel “exposed,” which is why they withhold certain information.
  • Teams must share vital information with the customer; they can only tell what is essential for them.

  • The “all or nothing” delivery threatens adequate time and budget management.

  • A Team must focus on delivering new increments of value while balancing the inclusion of innovative features.
  • Wanting to achieve everything on the backlog and additional items might be unrealistic; something must come out.

  • Scope creep can be avoided with collaborative delivery. It can be a learning experience for the Team!

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil discuss Agility: How do you know if you truly are in an Agile environment? In this episode, they explore the meaning of Agile and the different features that make this framework unique, including Creativity, Teamwork, Mindset, Continuous Learning, and Psychological Safety.

Key Takeaways

  • Does Scrum allow creativity?
  • The Scrum framework was designed for complex situations where creativity is necessary since there is no “one right way” to solve a problem.

  • What does it really mean to be Agile?

  • Agile: Able to move quickly and easily. In the Agile framework, this is a constant guideline; the decisions must flow quickly and easily.
  • Autonomy is crucially important. Teams need to be self-sufficient to deliver value.
  • Inspecting and adapting the plan is necessary since a budget needs to be respected.
  • Agile Teams deliver value throughout the process.
  • Agile is about an actual team working on an actual problem (thinkers and doers are not working separately on finding solutions).

  • Agile mindset vs a fixed mindset:

  • Agilists learn by doing rather than over-analyzing before taking action.
  • Every Agilist is part of a Team working towards a goal, not a solo player.
  • By attending their daily Scrum, you can tell if a team is only Agile by name. They always work as a team rather than as individuals doing their jobs.

  • Alignment! What is really the Team’s approach?

  • What is the business opportunity the Team is trying to reach?
  • Effectively managing budgets can enable Agility

  • Continuous improvement:

  • There is no lifetime commitment to a particular decision. Instead, adjustments are made according to the needs.
  • Value progress over an attempt to design for perfection
  • Encourage ongoing learning

  • Psychological safety needs to be modeled within the Team, and a context of continuous improvement allows space for speaking up and accepting failures to readjust the course of action.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Justin Thatil is joined by two of his Agile colleagues, Mike Guiler and Mariano Oliveti, to discuss the tiredness and frustration that can sometimes be caused by following the Agile process. Some organizations can even be convinced that Agile did not work for them; how can this wound be healed?

Key Takeaways

  • Some organizations are sure that Agile didn’t work for them.
  • Sometimes, these organizations tried some Agile ways but never started from the beginning.
  • Was “moving faster” all the organization wanted? If you don’t adapt the values and behaviors, Agile will not be guaranteed to speed up the process. First, the organization needs to change its culture.
  • These organizations might need to consider that Agile is a process, a hard process.
  • Today’s transformations are different from what they were ten years ago.

  • Benefits of Agile:

  • Many organizations need help with accountability, while Agile proposes an excellent method to ensure it.
  • Agile is a way of approaching organizations to figure out what they can do for them based on their current needs.
  • Agile is the approach that assists an organization in transforming its culture into a long-lasting, durable one with self-managing teams that achieve the desired outcomes.

  • Doing Agile vs. Being Agile:

  • Doing Agile is about going through the motions and checking the boxes, but, for being Agile, it is critical to change the culture.
  • There has to be a need for change in the Organization, otherwise, Agile would not work.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Five Dysfunctions of a Team: A Leadership Fable, by Patrick Lencioni

Overcoming the Five Dysfunctions of a Team: A Field Guide for Leaders, Managers, and Facilitators, by Patrick Lencioni

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by an external guest called Rich Visotcky, President and Founder of Joint Insights, who is passionate about creating shared understanding. Rich is a Professional Scrum Trainer with Scrum.org.

In this episode, they explore the topic of cultural impact on transformation. We work in and for organizations that include several different cultures; this imposes challenges, resistances, successes, and opportunities to be seized, as well as other strategies to be used for better performance and communication while on the path of transformation.

Key Takeaways

  • It is essential to know what is foundational for each company and how it has contributed to its success.
  • Leadership can be the drive to success, but it is the culture that guides the Team to achieve its goals.
  • The first step for transformation is to find what the organization truly values.
  • Making changes doesn’t mean losing who we are.

  • Sometimes, it is necessary to take risks.

  • The fear of doing something wrong can keep a Team from trying new paths.

  • Self-management cannot be prioritized at the expense of accountability.

  • Self-management does not mean anyone can do whatever they want.
  • A Team needs boundaries (but not too many).
  • A Team’s success can be found in the balance between self-management, accountability, and well-executed boundaries.

  • Changes need to be aligned.

  • Leaders must communicate why the changes are important and back them up; they must often highlight what they are working towards. The company’s values must be used and reminded throughout the entire change path.
  • There can be two or three simultaneous initiatives to avoid confusing people with many variables.
  • Conflict is inherent to the process.

  • Attributes for a company to be truly Agile:

  • Cooperation.
  • Speed of decision making.
  • Engaging in Trials.
  • Empowerment.
  • Technology adoption.
  • Simplicity.
  • Knowledge sharing.
  • Innovation focus.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, your host, Dan Neumann, is talking about a prominent topic: are the times of remote working about to end? Today, he is solo hosting this episode to assist you in navigating this new trend and successfully surviving these changes.

In this episode, Dan discusses hybrid work and the trend of returning to in-person work. He shares some strategies to help Teams thrive in this new work scenario. Things are changing rapidly in this evolving landscape, and several companies require their staff to return to the office; listen to this episode and get some valuable ideas on adapting and succeeding in this ever-changing world.

Key Takeaways

  • The pandemic brought the remote working environment as a solution to many problems.
  • For many companies, remote working was not a choice; it was a matter of business survival.
  • Some benefits of remote working are time and money savings, freedom, and flexibility. Also, companies can attract more talent remotely.
  • The ability of companies to innovate was hindered by remote work.

  • Tips to work better in a hybrid environment:

  • The benefits of a hybrid working environment are the flexible location to perform a job and the possibility of choosing which hours someone would decide to work. These aspects imply both synchronous and asynchronous communication.
  • There can be a communication barrier between the in-work and remote workers; more spontaneity occurs in the office. Lacking non-verbal cues of remote communication can affect its effectiveness (video can help, but it is undoubtedly less accurate than in-person communication).

  • Remote work promotes more isolation, less communication outside of the direct work area, and fewer additions of new members to Teams.

  • Being onsite increases the opportunity to connect more to people in general, including those not strictly in our areas of expertise.

  • There is a need to establish explicit Team norms (Make them visible!).

  • When hybrid communication occurs in a Team, you must explicitly make room for the remote worker.
  • What are your Team’s agreements regarding responding to messages?

  • Good calendar hygiene is a factor that enables good remote communication.

  • Communicating clearly how a decision will be made can be challenging in a hybrid working environment.
  • Decisions are not made arbitrarily; ensure what will be decided and how.
  • Use mirroring for collaborating with the Team.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Business Insider: “The remote work era may be coming to an end — if companies can afford to keep their offices open”

“How Remote Work Affects Our Communication and Collaboration”

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Justin Thatil, your host, welcomes Quincy Jordan and Pamela Dukes, Olympic Athlete and Agilist, who engage in a thoughtful conversation regarding how these two areas of expertise intertwine and how the abilities applied to professional sports enhance her role as an Agilist.

In this episode, you will learn about Pamela’s journey as a professional athlete, the lessons learned, and the challenges that brought the knowledge that enriched her experience in the Agile arena.

Key Takeaways

  • Pamela shares her most significant lessons as an Olympian and Hall of Fame athlete:
  • “What got you here will keep you here.” You don’t need a Herculean effort to go on; you just have to stay consistent.
  • The Team has to support each other. If you are not competing, you are busy cheering for someone else.
  • Quincy, who also went through his athlete years, brings two of the most meaningful teachings he obtained from his coach:

  • All the way through (you don’t stop until you are done).

  • Run your race (stay away from comparisons).

  • The Scrum framework mirrors the structure of College Athletics.

  • The Head Coach was the Chief Product Officer, and his assistants were the product officers.
  • The Scrum Master was the Team captain.
  • The plans set for training could be weekly, monthly, or yearly, and once arranged, that was the guideline the athletes follow every day. Everyone knew the plan, but when circumstances changed, the plan was adjusted accordingly. These dynamics work similarly in Scrum; there are planned sprints and releases.
  • At the end of each week, they would do competition drills where performance was tested (which looks like a sprints review) followed by a talk, reflecting on what could be improved (a lot like retrospectives).

  • Get the lead, keep the lead.

  • It is easier to do well and keep doing well than getting into a technical or cultural debt and getting out of it.

  • Empower your Team:

  • The success criteria should be how well you teach others.
  • Practicing skill sharing is critically important.
  • Leaders should walk away from the dangerous “hero complex”; a true leader teaches others how to do what they do.
  • No one is particularly responsible; a Team succeeds and walks through challenges together.
  • Each Team member has to do their part for the entire Team to reach the goal.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Justin Thatil are joined by Misi Eyetsemitan. In this episode, they discuss the future of Agile, the advantages and challenges they see, and how far the Agile Methodology has come in the last two decades since its origins when it was created to achieve better and more efficient software development.

Listen to this episode and learn more about where Agile is going.

Key Takeaways

  • The Agile Manifesto was not created rigidly but was open for future updates.
  • Agile evolves powered by the problems that exist today.
  • The execution of Agile will remain applicable in the future.

  • In the future, Agilists will have to revisit the basics of Agile.

  • Future Agilists will have to know why they have chosen Agile and why they are leveraging Agile. Agile is never the solution but brings organizations to the solutions they seek.
  • Agile requires to have a transformative mindset.

  • What are some challenges in the future of Agile?

  • It will depend on the response of the Agilists. Agile is not a one-size-fits-all kind of methodology. The principles of Agile can be applied in various ways to tackle different problems.

  • Measuring the value an Agile Team delivers is still a challenge.

  • The key is to keep the focus on value. There are many ways to quantify value delivery.
  • It is difficult for organizations and Teams to identify the metrics to measure what success looks like.

  • The future of the diversity of Agile Teams:

  • Agile Teams will continue to be more diverse.
  • Diversity will also be needed to solve more complex issues.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Learn more about Systemic Coaching

Check the courses offered by the International Federation of Coaches

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and his co-host Justin Thatil are joined by Hal Hogue, who has transitioned from an Agile Coach position to a Managing role and today shares the features of such a shift.

In this episode, Hal discusses his journey from working with managing engineers to becoming one of them. He mentions the particularities of both of these roles, the overlaps between them, and how these positions can work together to advocate for Agility and fast flow.

Key Takeaways

  • What are Agile Coaches?
  • The Agile Coach is a leader (just like the Manager).
  • Agile Coaches are focused on letting others grow (individuals or Teams).
  • Agile Coaches also serve as teachers. Coaches teach the true meaning of being Agile by living the values and principles specified in the Manifesto.
  • Agile Coaches are change agents, helping organizations avoid becoming stagnant.

  • The manager role is not defined in the Scrum Guide, but that does not mean it cannot exit.

  • Manager accountabilities:
  • A Manager’s first responsibility is to know about the people part of the Team.
  • A Manager needs to know what motivates the Team and their aspirations. It requires a lot of active listening and asking questions. A Manager should set clear expectations and roles for the Team.
  • The Team should clearly know the reasons why they do their jobs.
  • There is a critical relationship between the Engineering Manager and the Product Owner. These two roles need constant communication, aligning goals not only for the product but also around quality.
  • A Manager should not decide things for the Team but should take essential matters to the Team and let them be part of designing the solution by giving them options and tools; this requires a lot of trust in both directions.
  • Managers can help with impediment escalation or performance issues.

  • The Engineering Manager and Product Owner is a critical relationship, as well as the Manager and Agile Coach or Scrum Master.

  • A leader must be a coach and a servant leader for the Team but also for the Product Owner.
  • A Coach can help a Manager understand what Agility is, its principles, and its values.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Team Topologies: Organizing Business and Technology Teams for Fast Flow, by Matthew Skelton and Manuel Pais

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two AgileThought colleagues, Justin Thatil, the show's cohost, and Lizmeth Rodriguez. They discuss the topic of how to achieve a seamless Value Flow, one of the SAFe principles, and the general importance of flow in a system. These three expert Agilists also assess the differences between Kanban and SAFe, especially regarding their approach to scaling.

Key Takeaways

  • Principles of SAFe:
  • Make value flow without interruptions.
  • Value has to move efficiently from start to finish.

  • What are the differences between Kanban and SAFe?

  • SAFe is a detailed plan for working with big companies using Agile methods.
  • Kanban is a simple way to make work run smoothly and always find ways to do things better.
  • Kanban is not as strict as SAFe.
  • SAFe and Kanban approach scaling at Agile differently. SAFe is a framework for large-scale Agile adoption, while Kanban is a more flexible methodology that can be adapted to various contexts and scales.

  • According to SAFe there are 8 flow accelerators:

    1. Visualize and limit WIP.
    1. Address bottlenecks.
    1. Minimize handoffs and dependencies.
    1. Get faster feedback.
    1. Work in smaller batches.
    1. Reduce queue length.
    1. Optimize time “in the zone.”
    1. Remediate legacy policies and practices.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Learn more about Measuring Flow with Flow Metrics

Actionable Agile Metrics for Predictability: An Introduction, Daniel S. Vacanti

The Heart of Business: Leadership Principles for the Next Era of Capitalism, Hubert Joly

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Dive into six rules for managing your product backlog with AgileThought’s Dan Neumann, Justin Thatil, and Mike Cooper. In the episode, Mike Cooper emphasizes the importance of managing expectations in Agile projects. The trio explores the principles of Agile scope management, the value of transparent communication, and the critical role of discipline in Agile success.

  1. Analogy for Setting Expectations:

  2. Mike Cooper emphasizes the importance of setting real expectations at the beginning of a project.

  3. He uses an analogy of buying a dream house but having budget constraints, likening it to building systems with a defined budget and timeframe.

  4. Scope Management:

  5. The concept of making everything transparent in the portfolio, deciding what's in and what's out.

  6. Six rules discussed:

  7. Everything goes in the backlog.

  8. Prioritize with the client or internal stakeholders.

  9. Provide estimates.

  10. Maintain transparency.

  11. Nurture what's not in scope.

  12. Say yes to everything, but place it in the backlog.

  13. Importance of Communication:

  14. Justin Thatil emphasizes that everything they discuss boils down to different methods of communication.

  15. The objective is to know what to build and how to solve the problems they're set to tackle as a team.

  16. Reminders for Development Teams:

  17. Mike Cooper reiterates the importance of including everything in the backlog.

  18. Teams often want to be accommodating, but they need to do so within the framework of the backlog.

  19. Cost and Context Switching:

  20. Mike Cooper talks about the cost of small adjustments and changes.

  21. The accumulation of tiny tasks over time can lead to significant workloads and stressed teams.

  22. Discipline in Agile:

  23. Mike Cooper and Dan Neumann discuss the misconception that agile means a lack of discipline.

  24. They stress that agile requires discipline and that "lazy agile" can be problematic.

  25. Continuous Learning:

  26. Mike Cooper shares his current read, "A Culture Map" by Erin Meyer, recommended by his boss.

  27. The book delves into understanding cultural differences, especially for those working across borders.

View Details

Dive into the intricacies of empowering teams with Justin Thatil, Mariano Oliveti and Erica Menendez. They unravel the ties between trust, psychological safety, and the overarching impact on organizational morale and performance.

Major Discussion Points:

Analogies & Metaphors in Team Dynamics

  • Concept of kick-starting a team.
  • Driving metaphor: Same route, varying challenges daily.

Trust in Teams

  • Importance and fragility of trust.
  • Danger of general punitive measures after one team's misstep.

Rules, Guardrails, & Accountability

  • Establishment and reassessment after failures.
  • Relationship between autonomy, self-accountability, and psychological safety.
  • Negative spiral from lack of psychological safety leading to a command-control environment.

Concept of Experimentation

  • "Fail fast, cheap, and forward."
  • ROI of experimentation and organizational risk tolerance.
  • Differences in approach for predictable vs. unpredictable industries.

Journey of Empowerment

  • The long process built on trust and time.
  • Dynamics of teams slowly evolving as trust develops.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Failing Well with Dr. Amy Edmondson

Listen to Mariano, Erica and Justin in a recent episode! Podcast Ep 249. Coaching vs. Mastering the Details with Mariano Oliveti and Erica Menendez

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

Share These Tweets!

“Self-Accountability begins with Self Awareness” — Mariano Oliveti

“Empowerment through trust and autonomy takes time” – Erica Menendez

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Erica Menendez and Phillip Lisenba to explore the Product Owner’s accountabilities, especially when they are filled by a highly technical professional, and how this can impact the Team’s work in positive and negative ways. They share their own Agile experiences dealing with mature Product Owners and what the Agile and the Scrum framework proposes for these cases.

Key Takeaways

  • Challenges and opportunities of dealing with a highly technical Product Owner:
  • The Product Owner’s relationship with the Team will determine the extent of the accountabilities on each side.
  • A strong Scrum Master can help balance the Team out due to the collaboration of a technical Product Owner who has brought a lot to the table and helped the Team create a solution. The Team and Product Owner working in a psychologically safe environment grow together in constant intercommunication.
  • A mature Product Owner helps maintain the balance.
  • A very technical Product Owner can be highly prescriptive and fall into the mistake of making highly predictive sprint plans, and, as a result, developers turn more into coders.
  • The Product Owner has to be able to transfer some of their knowledge to the Team since they won’t always be there to help them.

  • The Scrum Guide remarks that the Product Owner is the “what” person, and the Team is the “how.”

  • The entire Scrum Team is accountable for creating a valuable, helpful increment every sprint. The Product Owner is responsible for a backlog that optimizes value, and there could be a dysfunction if the Product Owner is disconnected and can’t contribute as a partner for a valuable sprint plan.
  • When the Product Owner and the Team can communicate directly, they can take advantage of everyone’s skills; that way, they can leverage everything the Team brings.
  • Everything depends on relationships and communication.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Listen to Podcast Ep 197. Approaching Vacations with an Agile Perspective

Get SAFe certified!

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Justin Thatil and Mike Dionne to discuss the topic of Agile assessments. Let’s assume it: No one likes to be assessed since it tends to feel deeply uncomfortable. In this episode, these three colleagues discuss the meaning of an assessment, its purpose (that changes according to different environments), and how to conduct assessments following the Agile methodology.

Key Takeaways

  • First: What are you trying to assess?
  • Remember that data can be changed and looked at in many different ways (what could be a problem).

  • The Assessments at the Scrum Master level are meant to evaluate the current state of a Team.

  • Start with a series of questions for a health check: Do you feel you are listened to by a Team? Do you feel you have a voice? Do you feel the Team acknowledges you? Do you feel safe in that environment? If the answer is “Yes” to all four questions on a 1-5 scale, give it a 5. If the answer is affirmative to only a couple of the questions, give it a 3 or 4; if the answer is ‘Yes” to only one, put a 0 or 1.
  • This process must be repeated, and you will realize that people answer with varying honesty over time. Over the journey, you will notice how the Team dynamics start to pick up.
  • As a result of the assessment, the Scrum Master becomes better informed in his or her role.

  • How is the Team performing?

  • Velocity isn’t everything! Other parts of the overall assessment can also give a good perspective regarding a Team’s performance.
  • Scrum enables problems to surface faster so that they can be addressed quicker.
  • Velocity is only suitable for predicting how long it can take to finish a group of backlog items.

  • Start with the Team’s identity and move to the things that improve the Team’s performance to reach the goal you had set. After that, find what you want to improve next. Repeat this process once a quarter.

  • We can control the process, not necessarily the outcome.
  • The whole organization needs to pull in the same direction.
  • The Team needs to be willing to participate in the assessment. If the Team feels the measurement is unnecessary or useless, the assessment won’t be used as a tool for improvement, and this metric won’t have the value that it was expected to have.

  • Assessments also exist for organizations.

  • How long does it take to develop an idea? Does the organization have the ability to improve?

Mentioned in this Episode:

Check this episode: “Jorgen Hesselberg on Data-Driven Continuous Improvement”.

The Tools: 5 Tools to Help You Find Courage, Creativity, and Willpower — and Inspire You to Live Life in Forward Motion, by Phil Stutz and Barry Michels

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Phillip Lisenba, Justin Thatil, and Erica Menendez to discuss the particularities of the Business Analyst role in a Scrum Team.

In this episode, they explore the valuable role of a Business Analyst and the crucial role of effective communication among Team members to maximize the efficiency and effectiveness of a Scrum Team.

Key Takeaways

  • The Three Scrum Accountabilities:
  • The first accountability of the Agile Team is the Scrum Master, whose responsibility is to help the Team form Scrum at the maximum level, providing interaction and coaching.
  • The Product Owner is responsible for the backlog’s value, priority, and order.
  • The Business Analyst can be considered as one of the Developers on the team.

  • Sometimes, the BA fills some of the Product Owner’s accountabilities regarding the backlog.

  • For a Healthy Backlog, the Team must know how to split responsibilities properly.
  • Every organization is different, sometimes, the BA works with the Team, and the product owner works with the Business and splits responsibilities up.
  • In sharing responsibilities, communication is critical.
  • Having clarity and alignment about the product goal and the sprint goal is fundamental.

  • Developers, Product owners, and Team members working together need structure and boundaries for everyone to accomplish their goals and responsibilities.

  • Keep the goodwill! Maintain the culture of communication; you never know when you will have to call up somebody for a favor.

  • Take advantage of refinement sessions with the developers to confirm what needs to be changed (as opposed to researching it yourself). Documenting everything is, most of the time, not necessary. It is only necessary to record some stories and some product backlog lines specifically for each goal.

  • Communication is a time saver; it prevents unnecessary documentation since developers are already informed about the process and implied accountabilities.
  • If people can figure things out by themselves, writing every detail down becomes less of a need.

Mentioned in this Episode:

SAFe: Scale Agile Framework Certification

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague and host of today’s conversation, Justin Thatil; Justin welcomes Mariano Oliveti and Erica Menendez to discuss a recurrent topic: Coaching versus Mastering the Details.

This episode addresses the complexities of coaching, especially considering the different maturity levels and even diverse areas of expertise within a Team. They also dive deep into the matter of a Scrum Master’s expertise, debating whether or not it is a requirement to perform the role better.

Key Takeaways

  • To coach anybody doesn’t necessarily mean you have to be the master of that specific topic, but it could be really beneficial in certain situations.
  • Coaching will depend on the maturity of the Team and even in which areas each Team shows more maturity than others.

  • Does the Scrum Master need to understand every single detail of the work the Team is doing? Certainly not, but it can help!

  • A Scrum Master must need to know a certain type of technology to be able to do the work.
  • A Scrum Master needs to show empathy to know the Team’s struggles and identify their challenges.
  • The Scrum Master must ensure the Team knows its purpose and how to reach it.

  • A Scrum Master is not defined by their technical background.

  • A Scrum Master needs to know the details regarding the Agile Methodology but learns with each new client the aspects of that particular business, process, tools, and overall product.

  • A Scrum Master encourages a continuous education mindset within the Team.

  • When a Team gets better at sharing information about their learning, it indicates a Scrum Master is fostering a psychologically safe environment.
  • A Scrum Master models vulnerability for the Team Members to feel safe to practice it, too.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Scrum Guide

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann welcomes his colleague, Justin Thatil, who hosts today’s episode. Justin is joined by Quincy Jordan and Phillip Lisenba to discuss Executive Coaching. In this episode, they address Executive coaching, its differences and similarities with regular coaching, how it is done, and how it can be encouraged. Listen to this episode, which contains actionable tips for your Agile practice!

Key Takeaways

  • Is Executive Coaching the same as regular coaching?
  • Both encourage, believe, and help Teams become even greater than they are.
  • An Executive Coach must have the business knowledge and the experience that relates to the struggles that the Team deals with. An Executive coach must know how to be a listener, too.
  • Continued improvement is an important aspect of Executive Coaching.
  • A Coach needs to manage timing and reading the group.
  • A coach must tell who is coachable and who isn’t and be curious enough about why someone shows coaching resistance.
  • An Executive coach must be adaptable and agile when encountering an opportunity to help the Team and become a better partner and friend to them.

  • The mindset of the CEO directly influences the work of an Executive Coach.

  • Before intending to coach, you need to invest in creating a relationship with each Team member.
  • An Executive Coach should try to help the Team out quickly.

  • Goal setting: How to set a vision to lead the Team toward:

  • Every leader should have the crisper possible vision.
  • Without a vision, people will feel scattered.

  • A Team led by an Executive Coach is a place where tough conversations are welcomed.

  • Nurturing a positive and healthy culture makes a great contribution to creating a psychologically safe space for a Team to grow.

  • An Executive Coach should invite the Team to give him feedback about the areas where he needs to improve.

  • Coach whom you can reach, coach whom you can coach, and whom you have access to. Improve that culture!
  • ABC: Always Be Coaching and Always Be Coachable.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, your host is Justin Thatil, and he is joined by Michael Guiler and Jim Beale to answer one of the listeners’ questions: What does “good” look like for a Team during a sprint planning, a sprint, a PBI, or a backlog?

In this episode, Justin, Michael, and Jim share functional tips and great examples of what is considered good (and bad) in different crucial Agile moments.

Key Takeaways

  • What does “good” look like for sprint planning?
  • A good sprint planning starts with a good PBI.
  • It needs to state what the desired outcome is clearly.
  • Make sure there is plenty of collaboration on the PBI.
  • You need to have a healthy backlog.
  • Separate some time to look ahead; a fair estimation is needed.

  • What does a “bad” sprint planning look like?

  • Writing PBIs in sprint planning or the sprint; when you are behind the curve, you are winding them in real-time.
  • PBIs are written by the product owner. Or business analyst outside of the Team (working in isolation).

  • What does a “good” daily scrum look like?

  • It is great when the developer accountabilities start talking to each other.
  • A good sprint goal is essential (PBIs align with them).
  • Pay attention to where people are directing their comments.
  • Remember, this is a Team work where everyone is working collaterally.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Lead without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams, by Diana Larsen and Tricia Broderick

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Dan Neumann welcomes Justin Thatil and Mike Guiler to today’s conversation.

This week, they are discussing estimation and sizing in an Agile environment. Both estimation and sizing are essential for Agile teams to plan their work, manage expectations, and adapt to changes in a flexible manner. They promote a collaborative approach to understanding the work ahead, fostering team communication, and enabling the team to provide more accurate forecasts without the rigid limitations of fixed time-based estimates. Listen to this episode for actionable tips and examples of how to best estimate and size for the best interest of Organizations and Teams.

Key Takeaways

  • Estimations can be inaccurate sometimes.
  • Pressure on the Team can cause the estimations not to be good in predicting the costs of a product.
  • Positivity bias can also influence estimations negatively.
  • Removing the contingencies does not make the estimation better.

  • The key to estimating is taking a project, breaking it down into details, estimating the number of hours, and adding them up.

  • All the sequencing and the dependencies are not considered.
  • Remember there is a Team working on that project; you can’t take only one member’s speed or ability under consideration, but the idea is to consider the issues the whole Team could confront.

  • The estimate process needs to be leveled up.

  • Establish a scale so you can evaluate the size of the project and its proper cost.
  • Remember to include the contingencies, the unknown.
  • Human ability to compare can only be achieved accurately when it is done among two known things.

  • Can story points be represented by hours?

  • A Team’s data can be normalized to take care of the next estimation.

  • Example: I am a product owner, how do I determine the cost of a featured leveled backlog? I have to identify a real value.

  • Add up the Featured Leveled Backlog times the Team Velocity, and that will equal the number of sprints, which will lead to a cost.
  • Does it need to be faster? Employ more than one Team!
  • Ask: How much do you want to spend and how quickly do you want to move?

  • Hours: Are they useful for estimation or, on the contrary, are they misleading?

  • It depends on the maturity of the Team.
  • Justin shares an example of a way to discover the average velocity of a Team.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Story Points — a mathematical perspective, Salman Ali Banani

Intuitive prediction biases and corrective procedures

Lead without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams Diana Larsen and Tricia Broderick.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Justin Thatil to talk about what good Scrum Masters do when an Agile Team reaches maturity.

In this episode, they discuss the features of the Emergent Collaboration Maturity Model, its stages, and how this relates to the role of the Scrum Master as a leader, facilitator, coach, manager, mentor, teacher, and change agent. A Scrum Master fills many roles; join Dan and Justin in this discussion to explore the benefits of having a Scrum Master and the risks of not having one.

Key Takeaways

  • What does a mature Team look like?
  • A mature Team knows how to self-organize and solve problems.
  • A mature Team understands its purpose.
  • A mature Team knows its members' strengths and features.
  • Scrum Teams become self-managing Teams; they are always encouraged to experiment.

  • Emergent Collaboration Maturity Model:

  • The different stages in the Maturity Model are Unaware, Exploratory, Defined, Adoptive, and Adaptive.
  • Justin shares the example of Patagonia.

  • What is the value of having a Scrum Master in an Organization?

  • The eight stances of a Scrum Master: servant-leader, facilitator, coach, manager, mentor, teacher, impediment remover, and change agent.

  • A Mature Team is a high-performance Team.

  • The Team must feel beyond happy about their work, pushing it further, wanting to constantly improve, and taking their work to the next level.
  • A mature Team has reasonable forecasts and manages stakeholders’ expectations.

  • Organizations are constantly experiencing changes and transformations.

  • A Scrum Master can be working with a Team for an amount of time and during that period, many changes take place; the number of the Team’s members, the product, and the challenges that the Team faces, all of these can change. A mature Team takes on the task/challenge that is presented, and evolves and changes in order to find solutions.

  • The Scrum Master’s accountability needs to be defined clearly.

  • It is a serious misunderstanding to believe that if a Scrum Master is really good he can take multiple Agile Teams.

  • What is a Scrum Master’s career path?

  • The Leadership of the future looks like the role of a Scrum Master, a leader who brings the best out of the people that they work with.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The 8 Stances of a Scrum Master

Quality over Quantity: Squirrel Burgers

Learn more about Jacob Morgan

The Female Brain, by Dr. Louann Brizendine

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague, Phillip Lisenba. In this episode, they explore the value that a Scrum Master can provide. Often, organizations reach a moment in their transformation when they question whether or not a Scrum Master is needed and how significant their role is. Listen to Dan and Phillip diving deep into the heart of the role of a Scrum Master and how it is essential for an organization’s success.

Key Takeaways

  • The Scrum Master Role:
  • The primary purpose of a Scrum Master is not administrative; it is to empower and help the Team self-organize and self-manage.
  • In a Daily Scrum, a Scrum Master is optional.
  • A Scrum Master should do more coaching from the back of the room than he does from the front. The Scrum Master empowers the Team to the point where they run the meetings independently.
  • At the beginning of his career, a Scrum Master can tend to do all administrative tasks and more to prove his value but later realizes his job is to empower the Team and set it up for success even when he is not around.
  • The Scrum Master role also reminds the Team that they are all together, not about pointing fingers but solving problems together.

  • Servant Leadership:

  • A Scrum Master must know how to influence the Team while serving them.

  • A Scrum Master finds ways to improve continuously.

  • The Team wants to create what the customer requested and innovate on the architecture to support that. Everyone needs to be on the same page and also be willing to pivot.
  • A Scrum Master needs to know the Team’s needs: What does the Team need? More ownership? More Process?

  • How do we know if the Team is actually improving?

  • Don’t confuse activity with results.
  • A Scrum Master should ask himself: Are we getting a good return on the investment? Are we getting increments of value?

  • The importance of conducting a Sprint Review:

  • The Sprint review is an opportunity for the Team to check on the work they delivered and work with the Product Owner, the business, and the stakeholders to verify they are receiving what they expected.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Renew your certification at Scrum.org

OKR Institute

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Christine Bush, an experienced Agile consultant, sharing how she got where she is on her Agile journey.

This episode is dedicated to those who might be new in the Agility field and are looking for guidance and inspiration to persist in moving forward on this continuous learning journey that the enables Agility. Listen to Christine’s testimony about a Special Education Teacher and Agile expert, who applies and combines her training to assist organizations following Agile principles.

Key Takeaways

  • Where did Christine start?
  • Her education started in history and political science, but then turned toward the field of special education, where she spent almost five years.
  • Special education requires teachers to build specific curriculums adapted to each student’s needs.
  • These skills are helpful now in Agile, while she helps clients achieve their particular goals.

  • The reasons Christine turned her attention to a technology-related field:

  • Writing a grant showed how passionate she felt about “management” tasks.
  • During her time in special education, she researched, learned, and taught others about brand-new computer software.

  • Christine started working for a Software Company.

  • Joined the PMI
  • Obtained her PMP
  • Later, she got her PMI-ACP.
  • Christine began her education on the Agile ways where she met all kinds of different professionals shifting to Agile.
  • Willing to try on different roles

  • What overlaps did Christine see between special education and a more technology-oriented environment?

  • The common points among these fields were:

  • Implemented robust frameworks.

  • Research-based studies are in both fields’ foundations.

  • Maslow’s hierarchy of needs.

  • Problem-solving in general.

  • Collaboration and communication.

  • Coaching a Team.

  • How is coaching similar in Special education and the Agile methodology?

  • Coaching is done in different parts of the organization.
  • Coaching is helping others grow; students or organizations.
  • People enjoy down-to-earth examples that coaches give to define abstract concepts.
  • Students of all ages love activities.

Mentioned in this Episode:

PAL (Professional Agile Leadership)

Blooms Taxonomy

Turn the Ship Around! - David Marquet

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Jamie Christoforou, Vice President of Portfolio Management at American Express.

In this episode, Jamie discusses her career, how she became Vice President of Portfolio Management, and how the company leaned toward an Agile methodology at the beginning of its digital transformation. Portfolios don’t stop; they are, by nature, the continuous flow of an organization. Jamie and Dan explore how an organization such as American Express underwent an Agile transformation emphasizing outcome and delivered value by bringing teams together and accelerating strategic alignments.

Key Takeaways

  • Jamie shares about American Express’s transformation from Waterfall to Agile.
  • Firstly, they ensured everyone was ready to shift their mindset to become an Agile organization.
  • They moved forward dynamically; not everything was planned.
  • The focus started to be the outcome that was tried to be achieved.

  • Bringing everyone together!

  • Stakeholders, product teams, and engineers came together in consistent forums. These forums were needed to understand what they were building, why they were doing it, and what was the outcome they were expecting.

  • What does it look like to manage a portfolio in a more Agile way?

  • Portfolio and product operations were critical.
  • Accelerating strategic alignment, bringing together the right people to deliver the same value to customers having the most possible impact.
  • Before Agile, teams worked independently and went through the significant shift of becoming organized by value streams; all the teams came together.
  • Dependency is Agility’s nemesis.

  • Find the right time to start upfront planning. It is important not to start too soon or too late.

  • Keep the focus on the outcome.

  • SAFe and program increments:

  • The SAFe model helps adapt and shift faster when new things occur.

  • Experimentation at a portfolio level:

  • The product needs to be tested to learn more about it.
  • The process needs to change if the outcome has changed, and everyone must agree.
  • Teams work to drive efficiency, optimization, and the right goals for customers.

  • What would Jamie wish she could have done differently?

  • In the beginning, do not create a structure that is confined to organizational nuances.
  • Define your point of departure and then try to figure out how you will get to your point of arrival.
  • Think about your tool sets; they shouldn’t hinder your journey but should be a way to communicate to have data and insights. (For example, automation is critical! Mainly operating at a big scale.)
  • Processes are only as robust as the outcome they drive.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Building For Everyone: Expand Your Market With Design Practices From Google’s Product Inclusion Team, by Annie Jean-Baptise

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Justin Thatil to discuss the connection between the popular series that just came to an end called Ted Lasso, and Agile Coaching. In this episode, Dan and Justin dive deep into Ted Lasso’s messages which are filled with wisdom. They analyze the many parallels that can be found in the main character’s approach to bring about change. His humorous ways of connecting with others amongst his many other tactics are certainly good examples that Agile Coaches can model after. (FYI: Relax! There are no spoilers contained in this episode!)

Key Takeaways

  • Working in conditions of uncertainty:
  • Ted says, “I can fill two internets with the things I don’t know about football.” which reflects the uncertainty that many Agile Coaches experience when they take on specific projects, specifically when doing brand-new product creation.
  • An Agile Coach has to move forward even in conditions of uncertainty.

  • The end goal needs to be clearly defined.

  • When Ted starts his job, even his boss sets him up for failure.
  • What does it mean for an organization to “be Agile”? What does success look like under Agile principles?

  • Effective vs. Efficient:

  • Sometimes the help available is good enough to move forward while waiting for an expert could be an unnecessary waste of time and delay in finding the solution to the problem at hand.
  • Be willing to experiment; sticking too much to your expertise could prevent your Team from moving forward.

  • Achieve Engagement:

  • First, Ted tries to heal the Team’s dynamics.
  • “You don’t have to be best friends to be good Teammates.”

  • Creating a safe environment:

  • Ted starts with the “suggestion box.” Sometimes it is easier to speak our minds anonymously.

  • Check for alignment:

  • An Agile coach needs to make sure that she/he is in alignment with what the Team also considers a priority.

  • Innovators, early adaptors, and laggers:

  • Ted appears to be against a number of laggers.
  • There is a need for early victories, celebrating those small wins is valuable in order to achieve the overall goal.

  • Believe!

  • You have to believe things can happen, things can change!

  • Have a 10-second memory like Goldfish: Let go! Don’t let your emotions take over.

  • Strive for excellence but don’t get paralyzed by the circumstance.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Surprising Power of Liberating Structures: Simple Rules to Unleash A Culture of Innovation, by Henri Lipmanowicz and Keith McCandless.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Buyi Kalala to discuss Agile teams and the fundamental agreements that help to build a strong foundation. In this episode, Dan and Buyi talk about teams, how they operate, how they conduct themselves, and how they achieve consensus about the ultimate goal for the team. Listen to this episode and find a discussion on the Team working Agreement and the value of having a definition of ready and a definition of done.

Key Takeaways

  • Team Working Agreement:
  • When creating a Team, you have to consider that you are dealing with many personalities. Every member has to agree on how they will relate to one another and how the team intends to operate.
  • The true intent of a Team Working Agreement is to make that team the most remarkable that it can be.
  • It is a working document designed to help the team be the best it can be.
  • Working agreements can be created for any group of people, including between teams and their stakeholders.
  • The Working Agreement should evolve over time.

  • What is the definition of ready?

  • A checklist of characteristics for a refined Product Backlog Item (PBI) can help ensure that the work is defined enough to include in a Sprint.
  • The team must have alignment and a shared understanding before backlog items are included in a Sprint.
  • There needs to be a structure that identifies who they are doing the work for, why they are doing it, and what that work entails. Remember: Who, What, Where, When, and Why.
  • Revise your Team’s definition of ready as needed.

  • Definition of Done:

  • The Definition of Done is included in the Scrum Guide.
  • This can be captured as a list of conditions that must be met before the PBI is accepted by the Product Owner.
  • The Acceptance Criteria are entirely different from the Definition of Done.
  • AC is specific to a User Story.
  • Characteristics of a Definition of Done applies broadly

  • What is done and what isn’t? New teams sometimes avoid drawing the line. Remember that 80% done isn’t done.

  • Move from implicit to explicit understanding.
  • We need to shift to value-based instead of activity-based.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Eric Landes to explore the ways in that Rolling Wave Planning can help organizations in their Agile journey. In this episode, Dan and Eric explore the meaning of rolling wave planning and how it can help you respond to changes when delivering projects with high amounts of uncertainty.

Key Takeaways

  • What is Rolling Wave Planning?
  • It consists in planning a piece that is known and understood at the present moment and rolling the other parts into the future.
  • Not planning at all is a misunderstanding of what Agility is.
  • Rolling wave planning involves looking into the future where everyone can see the plan and how it is adjusting.

  • Rolling Wave Planning and its connection to stakeholder management:

  • Rolling Wave Planning in a large organizations equals to multiple teams and even numerous product lines.
  • Agilists plan things and make informed decisions.
  • A programmed increment mechanism is similar to rolling wave planning.

  • Getting started with a Rolling Wave:

  • It is not enough to just bring people together and start. You need to do something before sprinting.
  • Can you deliver value in every Sprint? The best practice is to do some planning, but not too much, when looking ahead at how that value is going to be delivered.
  • It is essential not to over-plan for the future; there are many aspects you are not going to be able to predict.

  • Making sure you don’t get lost in the Rolling Wave:

  • Use some of the constructs within Scrum; first of all, identify your definition of done, and what risks you should mitigate.
  • Keep the alignment with organizational goals.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Extreme Ownership: How U.S. Navy Seals Lead and Win, by Jocko Willink

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Description:

This week, Dan Neumann shares the most downloaded episode from the Agile Coaches’ Corner podcast called What is Agile? where Sam Falco and Dan unpack the true meaning of Agile. You can’t miss it!

Key Takeaways:

  • Why was it necessary for the Agile Manifesto to be declared? What is the history behind it?
  • It was created in reaction to what was happening in the software industry in 2001 (predominantly waterfall and other predictive methods with lousy track records for delivering on time).
  • In response to “scope creep” (AKA changes or uncontrolled growth in a project’s scope at any point after a project begins).
  • Because it is tough to predict what you need to do when you’re trying to solve a new problem every time.
  • Out of necessity (as any work that requires creativity and a high degree of uncertainty about the outcome you’re trying to achieve [such as software development] is difficult without a set of principles and values).
  • Because every problem is unique with software development.

  • In the Harvard Business Review in 1986, an article was published titled “The New New Development Game” that outlined the need for a new way of working where teams could be given objectives instead of tasks, and they work together as a unit to accomplish their work.

  • The “relay race” method was clearly not working, and agility offered a better model, better compared to playing rugby.
  • “Agile wasn’t: ‘Let’s get together and think about a new way of doing things.’ It was: … ‘Hey, we’re doing some things. It seems to be getting better results than the industry as a whole. What are we doing that’s common across the different methods?’” — Dan Neumann

  • What is the Agile Manifesto?

  • Those that came up with the Agile Manifesto didn’t put it together to justify their existence; they put it together because they recognized the success they were having through its methodology and wanted to figure out the commonalities.
  • It’s the thing we point to when someone says, “What is agile?”
  • If you ask if something is Agile, you can reference the manifesto’s values and principles.

  • What is Agile?

  • It’s creating a competitive advantage and being the disruptive force.
  • Delivering working software as your primary measure of success.
  • A collection of values and principles as laid out in the Agile Manifesto.
  • It is the ability to respond to change and demand deliberately, not just react.

  • Controlling risk:

  • Building stuff that people actually want and will use.
  • Solve the problem that the customer has called for and not gold-plating everything.
  • Agile practices are simply that; practices — they’re good in some circumstances and not good in others.
  • Are you changing just to change or are you harnessing change for competitive advantage? Is change happening to you or are you creating the change?
  • Change is not just about keeping up with your competition but making your competition keep up with you.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Extreme Ownership: How U.S. Navy SEALs Lead and Win, by Jocko Willink

The New New Product Development Game, by Hirotaka Takeuchi and Ikujiro Nonaka | Harvard Business Review (January 1986)

Agile Software Development Ecosystems: Problems, Practices, and Principles, by James A. Highsmith

The Surprising Power of Liberating Structures: Simple Rules to Unleash A Culture of Innovation, by Henri Lipmanowicz and Keith McCandless

LiberatingStructures.com

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Misi Eyetsemitan to address the topic of Portfolio Management in an Agile ecosystem.

In this episode, they discuss Agile Portfolio Management as a dynamic approach that enables organizations to effectively manage and prioritize their projects, initiatives, and investments. Dan and Misi explore how Agile Portfolio Management embraces flexibility, adaptability, and continuous learning. This transformative approach empowers teams to respond quickly to changing market demands, seize opportunities, and deliver value incrementally. In this rapidly evolving business landscape, Agile Portfolio Management is a vital framework for organizations seeking to navigate complexity, drive innovation, and achieve sustainable success; listen to today’s episode and learn more about its implementation, benefits, factors, components, and even its challenges.

Key Takeaways

  • Challenges when implementing an Agile Portfolio Management:
  • Trying to do too much can be an obstacle.
  • Scaling can be complex when an organization is transforming to Agility.
  • Mindset changes are needed!
  • Context switching can be painful.
  • In the hands of the customer, everything cannot represent the same value.

  • Shifting from a project mindset to a product mindset.

  • Shift to a customer-centered practice; this is a paradigm shift. Ask: What kind of product does our customer want? What does this product mean to the customer?
  • Agile Portfolio Management is a Team Sport; it pertains to all the organization.

  • Agile Portfolio Management is a good platform for business Agility.

  • Organizations can deliver great value in the customers’ hands as a result of working with Agile Portfolio Management.
  • There is continuous planning since there is a constant evaluation of the ongoing process.
  • It is very useful to leverage insights from the market, the customer, and those executing the development.

  • Factors that need to be considered when making decisions in terms of what is most valuable:

  • Cost of delay.
  • Value in the hand of the customer.
  • What needs to be prioritized? What are our: Must haves, Could Haves, and Should haves?

  • What are the components of Portfolio Management?

  • Trust must exist not only for leaders but for those who execute.
  • There needs to be a system alignment in respect of what the priorities are.
  • Consistent communication and partnership, everyone needs to understand the “whys.”

  • How to get started in Portfolio Management:

  • It can be a challenge to hoard money at the beginning to realize later that it needs to be spent or there won’t be the same amount the following year.
  • To successfully implement an Agile Portfolio Management there needs to be transparency and trust.
  • Decentralization of decision-making, especially at the local level. Teams need to be able to scale the Agile Mindset across the organization.
  • Implementing customer-centric strategies all across the organization.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Agile Portfolio Management, by Jochen Krebs

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by one of the Principal Consultants at Agile Thought: Eric Landes. Training often appears as spending hours sitting behind a computer screen or in a classroom, absorbing information. However, Immersive Programs present a radically different approach.

In this episode, Dan and Eric delve into the key characteristics of an Immersion Program. They draw a comparison with a more conventional method, listing the advantages of this innovative and engaging approach that becomes a great means to maintaining alive a continuous learning process.

Key Takeaways

  • How is an immersion program different from a more traditional educational approach?
    • Traditional classes are not optimal for all practitioners.
    • The immersion program proposes a structure separated into parts, and the time is not linear since its dynamics involve reviewing previous concepts before continuing to move forward.
    • Immersion programs avoid long periods of instruction, framing the content into smaller sections that could be made up of two or three hours a week, and a whole program could last eight weeks.
    • Trainers dedicate their time and work to clients after the training as part of a coaching engagement.
  • Immersion is a way of getting continuous learning without stopping the rhythm of the work.
    • Immersion programs do not disturb the production of work.
  • The content in an immersion program does not change from Scrum Master or Product Owner.
    • Immersion programs offer a different format and consider diverse learning styles.
    • Immersion programs suit well into a community of practice.
  • Challenges of taking immersion classes:
    • How can you effectively do Scrum while taking an immersion program over the course of eight weeks? Eric shares how Immersion Programs coexist with an effective line of production.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Scrum.org

Running Remote: Master the Lessons from the World’s Most Successful Remote-Work Pioneers, by Liam Martin and Rob Rawson

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann, your host, is joined by Christine Bush. In this episode, Dan and Christine embark on an insightful exploration of Disciplined Agile, a domain in which Christine is certified. They unravel some of the intricacies of Disciplined Agile, addressing its profound impact on organizations.

Throughout the episode, you’ll gain a general understanding of what Disciplined Agile is, learn more about the six distinct life cycles that define this approach, and discover how they contribute to organizational growth and success. Tune in to today’s show and gain valuable insights that will guide your organization on its journey towards continuous improvement and enable you to navigate the ever-evolving landscape of Disciplined Agile.

Key Takeaways

  • What is Discipline Agile?
    • It is a tool kit rather than a framework.
    • Discipline Agile meets the organization where it is.
    • Discipline Agile finds the best ways of working for each organization.
  • The six life cycles in Disciplined Agile:
    • The Agile Life Cycle: A Scrum-based Project Life Cycle.
    • The Lean Life Cycle: A Kanban-based Project Life Cycle.
    • The Continuous Delivery: Agile Life Cycle.
    • The Continuous Delivery: Lean Life Cycle.
    • The Exploratory (Lean Startup) Life Cycle.
    • The Program Life Cycle for a Team of Teams.
  • Within an organization, different life cycles can be used by other business units.
    • Disciplined Agile focuses on: What is the team? What does it need?
  • Christine dives deep into the Agile Life Cycle.
    • The work is primarily for organizations looking for enhancements or new features.
    • An Agile Life Cycle allows users to Identify, Prioritize, and Estimate.
  • It is essential to analyze your context in Disciplined Agile.
    • The spiral diagram is one tool provided by this tool kit that considers the team size, geographic distribution, compliance needs, and technical and domain complexity.
    • It is necessary to evaluate technical complexity.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Find more about Disciplined Agile at Project Management Institute

Learn about DAC Certification (Disciplined Agile Coach)

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Justin Thatil to explore POWER Start, a great strategy to help you plan, structure, and run your meetings effectively.

In this episode, Dan and Justin dive deep into the structure of POWER Start and the fantastic benefits that result from using it as the most effective tool to make meetings productive and, even sometimes, the way of knowing when an event needs to be canceled.

Key Takeaways

  • What is POWER Start?
    • It is a formula that was created to allow people invited to a meeting to have the right frame in order to have a productive session.
    • POWER: Purpose, Outcomes, WIIFM (What is in it for the attendee?), Engagement, and Roles and Responsibilities.
    • POWER start is the formula for the host of the meeting to communicate to the folks who will be attending the event about the most important aspects of it, for example: How is the Team going to be engaging? What is the purpose of the meeting? How they will be contributing to it?
  • PURPOSE:
    • Knowing the purpose of the meeting is crucially important, which also lets you know why someone is invited to a particular meeting.
    • Knowing the purpose of a meeting means understanding the reason why people are getting together.
  • OUTCOME:
    • The outcome is explicit, and it refers to what could be deliverable.
    • What are we trying to achieve as a result of this meeting?
    • Sharing this information helps the assistants to prepare for it and be able to anticipate what the session will be like.
  • WIIFM (What is in it for the attendee?):
    • This section contains the benefit that each of the attendees can expect from a particular meeting.
    • Sometimes there is a concrete reward.
    • It can also be a reminder that there is a bigger purpose to what each of the attendees is doing.
    • You can engage and propose solutions; it goes beyond the idea of being lectured by someone.
  • ENGAGEMENT. How does POWER Start engage the participants?
    • The meeting’s host need to puts into practice facilitation techniques.
    • Sometimes staying concentrated is not that simple! Using the proper engagement tools is vital.
  • ROLES and RESPONSIBILITIES:
    • What is expected from the attendees of a meeting?
    • A Scrum master is expected to exercise the art of participation so members are encouraged to be engaged in their roles.
  • After the meeting:
    • The “after” should be based on the outcome you had set for the meeting.
    • What are the actions that I need to take after the meeting?

Mentioned in this Episode:

The 5 AM Club: Own Your Morning. Elevate Your Life, by Robin Sharma

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Ola Tunde joins Dan Neumann to explore the innovations on SAFe, which just launched the 6.0 version.

In this episode, they talk about the new features of SAFe 6.0, including new strategic themes. Dan and Ola Tunde dive deep into the benefits and advancements this latest version of SAFe offers Teams and Organizations.

Key Takeaways

  • Strategic Themes that SAFe presents:

    • Strengthening the Foundation for Business Agility
    • Empowering the Agile Team even in their responsibilities, giving decision-making authority to the Teams.
    • Accelerating value flow: How does a Team identify the bottlenecks? What is slowing down the value of delivery?
    • Enhancing business agility with SAFe across the business
    • Building the future with AI, Big Data, and Cloud
    • Delivering better outcomes with measure, grow, and OKRs
    • How does machine learning fit into SAFe 6.0?

    • SAFe 6.0 gives exposure to AI.

    • SAFe 6.0 enables and promotes the uses and practices of AI.
    • SAFe 6.0 focuses on measurements on every level before scaling.

    • Velocity is not what we should measure.

    • SAFe 6.0 empowers the Scrum Master but also holds it accountable.
    • A Scrum Master must help with the improvements of Flow by using metrics.
    • A Scrum Master must support the solutions in delivering each iteration.
    • SAFe 6.0 will help organizations hire more quality than hiring bodies.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Become a Professional Scrum Trainer

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Mike Guiler to discuss the benefits of Agility, including employee satisfaction, predictable delivery, and speed to market among others.

Key Takeaways:

  • Agility leads to employee satisfaction since every Team member is connected to the purpose of the work.
  • Sustainable pace is enabled by Agile Methods
    • Agile done well eliminates the “death march”
    • Deliver slices of value
    • Deliver the most valuable items first
    • Agile delivery is not “all-or-nothing,” enabling us to decide what we can release without
  • Predictable delivery is mostly assured with Agile, and even when the mark is missed it can be adjusted back in a brief period.
  • Reduction of Waste
    • The Increment is inspected frequently
    • We learn from what we deliver
    • You can stop and pivot when going down a path that is not what the customer needs
    • Make change easier
    • Validate assumptions early
  • Reduce Risk
    • Don’t build the whole thing before we deliver it
    • Reduce risk by gradually exposing your features to users versus an “all-or-nothing” release
    • Incremental deliveries reduce risk by validating assumptions.
    • You get real customer feedback.
  • Speed to Market
    • Deliver the right things, reduce waste, and get a slice delivered!
    • Do not expect that your developers will “code faster”
  • Faster Return on Investment
    • Generate revenue with small slices
    • Decide when to stop investing further in a product
  • When you decide to transform your business outcomes, you need to consider the benefits you are striving for when you make decisions within your organization. Keep the end goal in mind at all times.
  • We want to be efficient instead of effective.
    • Collaboration works wonders; a Team is more resilient and efficient when collaborating.
    • Some people are not ready to work in a Team; they need space and time to gradually start feeling more comfortable with teaming.
    • Scrum is often perceived as having a lot of meetings when in reality, the meetings required are the minimum necessary to keep the Team aligned toward achieving the common purpose.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Accelerate: The Science of Lean Software and DevOps: Building and Scaling High Performing Technology Organizations, by Nicole Forsgren Ph.D., Jez Humble, and Gene Kim

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is handing his role as a host to Buyi Kalala and Mike Guiler, who are leading today’s episode. Gerardo DeLaFuente and Eric Lindgren join them to discuss information radiators for leadership.

In this episode, they explore how information radiators influence a Team’s performance and the delivery of value when going from one engagement to the next. They also dive deep into the benefits and challenges of using these tools and list which tools are best, to begin with.

Key Takeaways

  • What are some of the best Agile engagement tools?
    • These tools provide excellent visibility of the work in different stages, from conception to delivery. This information will give us a good way of understanding how the Team is performing.
    • Value Generator: Some metrics can be used internally or when you are delivering a system to customers.
    • Sierra and Jira are great tools for the Team to update their work and show different types of progress (a feature, a sprint, a release). These tools require less time to manipulate the data.
    • DevOps.
  • How much value are we creating and delivering?
    • One of Agile’s advantages is that all the work can be shown. Using radiator information tools is a great way to obtain feedback and ensure the Team is on the correct path, make a turnover, and apply the necessary changes to adapt.
  • Leaders benefit from using engagement tools in several ways.
    • Leaders can decompose the work associated with features epics and highlight when the Team is expected to deliver the value related to the product goal by communicating that through a big information board to communicate with Leaders and Executives; this way, delivery dates can be anticipated.
  • How can a Leader explain the facts behind the metrics?
    • First, explain how the tool works (How many sprints at a given velocity?).
    • The number of sprints will increase while more unexpected situations arise in the process.
  • What type of information radiators are good to start with?
    • Burn Down chart shows what you have planned for the sprint and the progress towards that goal.
    • Burn Ups Charts can be used at the feature level because it shows the total backlog and the progress toward meeting it (and how much the backlog is growing).
    • Flow Diagrams are used to manage flow stability.
    • DevOps provide the ability to build dashboards that help identify velocity, lead, and cycle time.
  • Is there anything that prevents Teams from capturing information within a tool?
    • First, the Team needs to know how to update the information.
    • The Team needs to work with the parameters and make adjustments while advancing the work.
    • The Team has to be self-accountable to make all the necessary changes.
    • Without the complete set of data, you won’t get an accurate anticipation of the upcoming process.
  • Explain to the Team why these tools are beneficial.
    • Team members focus on delivering products, which is why they feel administrative work is a burden and a waste of time.
    • Scrum Masters need to be great communicators, explaining to the Team members the reasons to use these tools and also the benefits resulting from using them.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Check articles in Scrum Alliance and Scrum.org.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Buyi‌ ‌Kalala‌ to talk about the Scrum Master role and the misconceptions associated with it.

In this episode, Dan and Buyi address the personality types that seem more effective/successful in the Scrum Master role.

Key Takeaways

  • What do Scrum Masters really do?
    • There are a lot of misconceptions regarding the roles of a Scrum Master.
    • A Scrum Master guides Team members to find a more effective way to deliver work, improving what they do and ensuring they follow Agile principles.
    • Teams are diverse, and each Scrum Master is responsible for navigating different cultures, terminologies, and approaches.
    • A Scrum Master must observe the Team when they formulate their plans and go through a daily Scrum, seeing how they deliver value (which could be complicated in a highly remote work environment).
  • Personality types, training, and experience that match better with the Scrum Master role.
    • Some great Scrum Masters happened to be teachers in the past, and most are also parents.
    • Experience is as important as certifications for a Scrum Master.
    • The Scrum Master Certification needs to come from a reliable source, but it is just a stepping stone; putting the knowledge into practice is fundamental.
    • There are a lot of ways to deliver value, but there are some practices that certainly benefit the Scrum Master in the implementation of the process.
    • A Scrum Master needs to give to get, this is fully relational, and the foundation to really build a good relationship is trust.
  • Diversity enriches a Scrum Master’s work.
  • The role of a Scrum Master is all about presenting and delivering value to the Teams and building high-performance forming Teams.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Become a Professional Scrum.org Trainer

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Mike Guiler to talk about Teams. Dan and Mike explore the four types of Team topologies and the three different types of interactions among them. They also dive deep into how to design effective Teams and how to help them grow so they can move at the speed of the customer.

Key Takeaways

  • Why is a Team more than just a group of people?
    • Sometimes you can see a collection of people, not really a Team.
    • It is impossible for everyone to talk to everybody; the Team structure supports effective communication.
    • A Team must have the power to make decisions, which is called bounded autonomy. A Team has autonomy and uses its expertise to decide the most appropriate decision at a given time.
    • A Team can choose what it considers the right tool at a particular moment.
  • Team Topologies:
    • Four different types of Teams:
      • Stream-aligned Team: aligned to a flow of work from (usually) a part of the business domain. This type of Team is a lot like a Scrum Team.
      • Enabling Team: enables a Stream-aligned team to overcome impediments and can also notice missing capacities. This Team allows the stream-aligned Team to keep growing.
      • Complicated Subsystem Team: where significant mathematics/calculation/technical expertise is required.
      • Platform Team: a collection of other Team types which provide an exciting internal product to accelerate delivery by Stream-aligned Teams.
  • Three different interaction modes between Teams:
    • Collaboration: It is about working together for a designated time to discover new things (APIs, practices, technologies, etc.).
    • X-as-a-Service: Defines the scenario when Team A provides, and Team B consumes something “as a Service.”
    • Facilitation: It happens when a Team helps and mentors another Team.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Team Topologies: Organizing Business and Technology Teams for Fast Flow, by Matthew Skelton and Manuel Pais

“What is a Thinnest Viable Platform (TVP)?”

User Story Mapping: Discover the Whole Story, Build the Right Product, by Jeff Patton and Peter Economy

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Eric Landes addresses the challenge of doing Continuous Delivery on a Scrum team. Many teams and organizations struggle with Continuous Delivery, and some think that in a Sprint there can be only one release. Or, they struggle with getting their Increment good enough to be “potentially shippable.” What’s a Scrum Team to do?

Check out our public Scrum training courses if you want to attend Scrum training.

Key Takeaways:

The 2020 Scrum Guide talks about Scrum teams creating multiple increments within one Sprint. Now the Scrum Guide is encouraging frequent releases. Which makes my DevOps-focused heart sing!

What does this mean to your teams? In my opinion, aiming to deliver to production frequently helps your team focus on quality. The Scrum Guide does not specifically say to release to your customer. Potentially shippable is the term, but I encourage teams to aim for customer feedback through frequently releasing to production! If the team makes releasing to Production part of their DoD, they need to figure out what that means in their organization. How do they ensure high quality and safety for the product before it gets to the customer?

For software teams, this would include thinking of automated testing and automated deployments. Teams that adopt these practices include that work when decomposing PBIs into your Sprint plan. This thinking helps the team focus on how they can automate other requirements to meet organization standards and remove bottlenecks to production deployments. For instance, if your organization has compliance policies, your team may be able to automate compliance verification. This can be done using third-party tools, or your team can customize the automation necessary for compliance verification.

Discuss these options within your team. Help team members think outside the box for solutions. For organizations that have gates in place, like a change advisory board (CAB), talk through options that meet the requirements. For example, your CAB requires a list of new features that are being deployed. Use release automation to automatically create release notes and notify CAB members of the notes.

Most of the time, teams object to continuous delivery based on organizational impediments, not technical ones! Keep this in mind as you encourage your Scrum team to self-manage obstacles. Show others in the organization better ways to ensure the quality and safety organizations strive for in production.

Use PBIs to experiment with team members' ideas. As the Product Owner orders an experiment in the backlog and brings it into the Sprint, teams measure the experiment's impact toward continuous delivery. Continue to use the framework to your advantage to achieve Continuous Delivery. This is doable, teams, don't be afraid to use Scrum and Experiment toward Continuous Delivery!

Related to this Episode:

A complete list of the current Scrum Training by AgileThought.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague and friend, Adam Ulery, to talk about product backlogs.

In this episode, Dan and Adam explore the recent patterns showing interesting ways of using Agile terms, as it is an example nowadays that people call product backlogs the source of requirements for the Team, they discuss today the challenges that may arise as a result of this misinterpretation.

Key Takeaways

  • What are product backlogs? And why they are not just the source of requirements.
    • A product backlog is a list of all the things that will be needed for product development.
    • If you consider product backlogs the source of requirements, then the only action that can be taken is to deliver them, not leaving any room for creativity or flexibility. No new alternatives seem to be welcomed if “the requirements” are already set.
    • The product backlog often grows when items are added (this is one main distinction from a list of requirements).
  • Where’s the commitment point?
    • Adam advises differing that commitment point as far into the future as possible so the Team can make the best decision that they can.
  • Don’t forget the learning component.
    • We are building to learn, always trying to learn and to use that knowledge to inform what we do next.
    • We always update our plans based on what we are learning.
  • Do Teams have to have a hierarchical structure with epic and features?
    • Adam explains how this became a trend over time.
    • There is a need to organize the work to show to the client, but when encountering unexpected work that needs to be done, it does not need to appear in the user story format since it is simply not valuable.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Art of Prayer, Kenneth E. Hagin

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Quincy Jordan. In this episode, Dan and Quincy discuss the current state of events for the Agile movement, they dive into an insightful discussion about what Agility really means and what the key elements are that make a sustainable transformation to Agile. Quincy and Dan share how Agile works when an organization is true to its principles, follows its manifesto, and embraces its mindset.

Key Takeaways

  • Agile impasse point:
    • People are trying to decide whether Agile works or is it just smoke and mirrors.
    • Agile has proven outcomes with many successes across different organizations.
    • Those who truly embrace Agile (its principles, manifesto, and mindset) have reached success.
  • Transformation sustainability:
    • Some organizations have undergone a transformation, but without thinking about how things will change due to it.
    • Agile does not work as software you can install.
    • Agile is not cookie-cutter.
  • Agile requires collaboration and is also time sensitive.
    • Every generation decides which practices are going to be continued and embraced and which aren’t.
  • What happens when people are being “forced” into Agile?
    • The outcome will change according to the environment. Is it a supportive Agile ecosystem?
    • The collaboration of every member is needed for Agile to be successful.
  • Some organizations are going to differentiate themselves as a result of Agile really working for them.
    • People realize that Scrum is Agile, but Agile isn’t Scrum. Scrum is just one way, not the only way.
  • What does fully Agile actually mean?
    • It is probably just an expression, but it could either follow practices without following the true Agile meaning or without embracing the cultural aspect or behavioral changes.
    • Always keep an iterative approach: Stop and reflect: What type of things do we need to change? What are the tools that could be used that were never tried before? It is essential to keep the retrospect in the Agile transformation, to actually retrospect on the Agile Journey.
  • Some collateral Agile benefits:
    • Noticing you have significantly fewer problems than the organization used to have.
    • Noticing there are fewer struggles when people are coming back from vacation.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Coaching for Performance: The Principles and Practice of Coaching and Leadership, by Sir John Whitmore

The Fifth Discipline: The Art & Practice of The Learning Organization, by Peter Senge

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week’s Trainer Talk is with Olatunde, SAFe Program Consultant (SPC). A student asked about the importance of psychological safety in a scaled agile environment.

If you are interested in attending a training class, please view a list of our public SAFe training classes.

Key Takeaways

So, someone asked me recently, “why do you believe in psychological safety? Why is it important when you're working in an enterprise and have teams of teams?”

My answer is a simple one. Anytime you cannot bring yourself to work and be part of the team, you don't belong in that organization. Anytime your words are not valued, or your feedback is devalued, you have outgrown the organization. The organization might be operating in its winter season while you are operating in your summer season. Or, you might be in the winter season, and the organization is operating in the summer season. Did you get my gist?

Psychological safety means the ability for me to bring myself to work and add value to the organization as the organization adds value to my life. Without psychological safety, there's no trust. Without sociological safety, there's no passion. When you lose passion for what you do, when you lose passion for where you are, it means the organization does not have safety dealing with you. And, you as well don't have the safety to deal with the organization.

However, when you have psychological safety, the passion it brings with it brings innovation. Innovation brings new ideas. Where there are new ideas, it brings growth. Where there is growth, you bring multiple clients.

Psychological safety is important when you're working in an enterprise. When you come to any of my SAFe training, I always take half a day, maybe three hours, to talk about the importance of psychological safety, respect for people, and respect for cultures.

Related to this Episode:

A complete list of the current Agile Training by AgileThought.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Mike Guiler

In this episode, they answer a listener's question about how they might approach joining a new company. Times of change are exciting and create new possibilities. The next question is: "how might I approach it?"

Mentioned in this Episode:

Team Topologies: Organizing Business and Technology Teams for Fast Flow 

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Eric Landes addresses the challenge of getting team members who are inclined to be quiet, reserved, or “introverted” to collaborate for the betterment of the team and the product.

Check out our public Scrum training courses if you want to attend Scrum training.

Key Takeaways:

In the software development world, you may have noticed that many coders tend to be more introverted. If your Scrum team includes many of these personality types, your Scrum events might be quiet.

The Scrum guide does not specifically have anything to say about personality types in the Developer accountability. However, it does say - "The specific skills needed by the Developers are often broad … Developers are always accountable for:

  • Creating a plan for the Sprint, the Sprint Backlog;
  • Instilling quality by adhering to a Definition of Done;
  • Adapting their plan each day toward the Sprint Goal; and,
  • Holding each other accountable as professionals."

The fact that developers are accountable for the Sprint plan, and quality speaks to the need for good collaboration. Also, adapting the plan means teammates must speak up when something changes. I believe that good collaboration is needed in Scrum, so I recommend that Scrum masters help self-organizing teams ensure that all voices are heard.

If you have an introverted team, here are some suggestions for helping team members' voices be heard. Use anonymous methods. For instance, have team members use whiteboards to place post-it notes on a board, then read through them. Virtually this could be using a Miro board for a retrospective. Give team members a fixed time to post their notes, then ask for feedback and explanations when needed.

This helps voices be heard, even when they refuse to speak to their own notes. Another method is to have a one-on-one with all team members on a regular basis. Make sure to bring up any items mentioned in the one-on-one in an anonymous way at the appropriate Scrum event.

How do you encourage team members to find their voice in collaboration?

Related to this Episode:

A complete list of the current Scrum Training by AgileThought.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Andrea Floyd, who is about to start her retirement journey and today is sharing her excitement about this new stage in her life. In this episode, Andrea talks about the many ways in which her life was improved by Agile principles and the framework it provides to face different life scenarios and overcome obstacles.

Key Takeaways

  • Different phases of life involve different goals.
    • We wait for different stages in life with different plans.
    • We collect different tools that we expect will be useful in the new phase.
  • Don’t forget to show up with curiosity!
    • Ask questions; get inquisitive and curious.
    • Avoid taking things for granted or making assumptions.
  • An organization is a living entity that needs to change and adapt.
    • Agile is a more flexible framework that allows learning, pivoting, and adapting without breaking.
  • Some scenarios need to be repeated for consistent outcomes, keep in mind the Agile value behind each scenario.
  • Change doesn’t have to be a reason not to move forward.
    • Agile offers safety to explore, inviting people to experiment to go through a learning experience, knowing that it is OK not to know everything.
    • Take a moment to inspect a situation and learn from it.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Eric Landes addresses a question he received while training: “How many times should I refine a Product Backlog Item before it’s ready for a Sprint?”

If you are interested in attending Scrum training, check out our public Scrum training courses.

Key Takeaways:

How many times should a team refine a PBI before it is ready for the sprint? The scrum guide talks about refining as an activity and ongoing. So, the answer is that a team should refine backlog items enough so that they understand the item. It is ready when the team says it is, and the PBI can be completed within a sprint.

Here are some activities a scrum team might undertake to refine their backlog item to ready. Your team may have better ways for you. Remember the ongoing activity, but these are some ways to get started.

First, the Product Owner refines the item when first getting the PBI. Whether the PO entered the item or someone else did, some initial details can be entered. The Product Owner talks to people to help clarify what this is solving.

Sometimes this looks like a Product Owner having a feature that is broad in scope. She then decomposes the feature into multiple stories that she thinks solves the problem.

Second, the Product Owner runs the new PBI by the team in a refinement meeting. Giving the rest of the team some information about this new PBI, and getting feedback on their understanding of what is needed. If the team is satisfied with the answers, they might estimate the PBI during this refinement session. But if more clarification is needed, the Product Owner might elect to get more information.

Third, if the Product Owner needs more clarification, they get it, maybe doing research, talking to customers, or whatever is needed to clarify the PBI. After enough gathering enough information -

Fourth - The Product Owner brings refined PBI to the refinement meeting and the team asks any more questions. Hopefully, the team is confident the PBI can be completed within a sprint, and they estimate.

Now the PBI is ready for the sprint.

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by ChatGPT, a large language model developed by open AI. An AI language model, I'm designed to understand natural language and generate human-like responses to questions and prompts, trained on a vast amount of text data, and have knowledge of a wide range of topics including software development project management and Agile methodology.

ChatGPT shares his expertise and insights with Agile Coaches’ Corner listeners in this episode.

Key Takeaways

● ChatGPT shares what is most valuable for an Agile practitioner.

○ The most valuable thing for an agile practitioner is to embrace the agile mindset, which emphasizes the importance of collaboration, continuous Improvement, and flexibility.

○ Understanding Scrum and Kanban is crucial for Agile practitioners.

○ Ongoing learning is essential for Agile practitioners to stay current on techniques.

● Why can it be difficult for people to adopt an Agile mindset?

○ The agile mindset requires individuals to be open to change and embrace a culture of continuous improvement this means being willing to experiment, take risks and learn from failure.

○ Individuals are required to communicate effectively with others and be willing to share knowledge and expertise; for people who are used to working independently or in silence, this can be a challenging adjustment.

○ It requires focusing on bringing value to the customer/end-user and pivoting quickly in response to changes in requirements.

○ Adopting an Agile Mindset requires self-awareness and a willingness to be open to feedback and critique.

● The fixed mindset trap happens when individuals and organizations focus on what has worked in the past and show resistance to change.

○ To overcome this, people must be ready to look for new ways of thinking and working, willing to take risks, and learn from failure.

● Does science back up the growth mindset?

○ Some argue that the growth mindset concept oversimplifies the complex factors contributing to success. The emphasis on individual effort and motivation may overlook the role of systemic factors, such as social inequality and structural barriers.

○ Despite criticisms, many practitioners and organizations find value in the growth mindset concept as a way to promote learning collaboration and a focus on continuous improvement.

● How can leaders start to embrace the uncertainty that goes into important moments like budgeting, release cycles, and communication?

○ It is essential for leaders to recognize that uncertainty is a natural part of any complex project.

○ Rigid expectations can be counterproductive.

○ Leaders can shift the focus from fixing deliveries to outcomes.

○ A Leader can create a culture of psychological safety and experimentation where Teams can feel confident in taking risks.

● Why does ChatGPT name Scrum as a methodology?

○ Scrum is indeed a framework rather than a methodology.

● Can a Chatbot take the work of humans?

○ ChatGPT cannot fully replace a human since it doesn’t have human experience, empathy, and intuition that a human coach has.

○ Agile requires knowledge of human behavior, group dynamics, and organizational culture.

● Agile is a mindset and a way of thinking about work, it is about embracing uncertainty, continuously learning and improving, and collaborating with others to deliver value to customers.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week’s Trainer Talk is with Olatunde, SAFe Program Consultant (SPC). Tunde shares some reflections on how to merge the best of Kanban with the best of Scrum in an approach called “Scrumban.”

Key Takeaways:

Somebody asked me a question. The question was, “why do you need to Implement Scrumban?” First, I always ask, “what do you know about Scrumban?” They think it's a buzzword, a nice-sounding framework. But to answer their question, I've always encouraged them: What do you like about Kanban? They said they loved the transparency. Fantastic. They said they love the implementation of the WIP limits. They love the fact that they can see throughput. Throughput is the amount of work they have completed based on past data. What don't you like about Kanban? They will say, “we don't like that you don't have immediate benefit realization.” Their releases are two months. They don't like the fact that it doesn't have defined roles. They don't like that it is the delivery team, the Kanban team, and then the product owner. Then I pivot. What do you like about Scrum? Well, now they say they like the defined three roles. The Product Owner, the Scrum Master, and the Delivery team, the Scrum Team. They also like transparency and accountability. Well, if you like the best things that you love about Scrum added to the best thing that you love about Kanban, then merge them. Now you have Scrumban.

How do you implement it? Scrum always talks about early validation of working software as our greatest priority. That's principle number one behind the Agile Manifesto. So, for early validation, instead of three months in Kanban, move it to two weeks. Instead of two weeks, move it to three weeks. Instead of three weeks, you can move it to a month. Thirty days. That's it. And then you have backlog refinement. So, practice continuous refinement of your backlog and its priorities. Keep the WIP limit. Keep it. Do you like the Retrospective? Let's add it. You have daily stand-up, which creates daily accountability in Scrumban. You have backlog refinement and continuous refining of the product backlog. You have retrospectives, you'll always find other ways that we can get better. And once a month, always do a demo. Always do a demo to leaders. Always do a demo to stakeholders. And that is some of the biggest benefits of Scrumban. This is the way to go any time you want to merge the benefits of Scrum, plus the transparency and the continuous work-in-process of Kanban. Merge them, then you have Scrumban.

Related to this Episode:

A complete list of the current SAFe Training by AgileThought.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a long-time acquaintance and friend, Tricia Broderick, a leadership advisor and co-author of Lead Without Blame with Diana Larsen.

In this episode, Tricia talks about the book she wrote with Diana, their mission, and the most important messages that are carried in it, such as the true meaning of a Team, the relevancy of collaboration and connection, autonomy, metrics, and much more!

Key Takeaways

  • What makes a Team resilient?
    • Collaboration and connection are the foundations of an authentic Agile Team.
    • Online work does not make connecting to others any easier.
  • Do the leader’s team connections need to be cared for differently than the lateral connections between team members?
    • Power dynamics don’t have to be formal, it could be someone who the leader greatly respects or who has an influential power.
    • A psychologically safe environment welcomes everyone to express their true selves, even though it is impossible to assure emotional safety for everyone at all times since each Team member is unique.
    • Are you showing up with compassion?
  • Bounded autonomy:
    • You cannot empower someone to do something if they don’t have the knowledge or the skills.
    • Trust is required in both directions.
  • Information radiators and appropriate use of metrics are the right way of seeing trends.
    • Sometimes metrics are misused; they need to be used carefully.
    • Metrics need to help the team collaborate towards problem-solving and not as weapons.
  • A Team doesn’t become one only because it is named that way.
    • A group is not a Team, cooperation isn’t the same as collaboration.
  • You are a better leader because you are not perfect, own your mistakes and growth, since they have brought you to the point where you are today.
    • The only way it is impossible is if you stop trying.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Lead without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams, by Diana Larsen and Tricia Broderick

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Eric Landes addresses a question he received while training: “Should we have more than one ‘Definition of Done?’”

If you are interested in attending Scrum training, check out our public Scrum training courses.

Key Takeaways:

This week, let's talk about the Definition of Done. In one of our classes, we had a question about the Definition of Done. Specifically, how many Definitions of Done can a Scrum Team have? So, I went to the Scrum Guide, and here is what that says:

"The moment a Product Backlog item meets the Definition of Done, an Increment is born."

The guide does not say it meets the sprints Definition of Done or the potentially shippable definition of done. Instead, it states, "the Definition of Done," implying, in my mind, that there is one Definition of Done.

In class, we discussed whether there should be a definition of done for releases, for instance. When some organizations release the software, users need to be trained. Marketing materials might need updating, etc. And I understand that these things need to happen.

Having one DoD would reduce friction for releasing. No waiting for another team to complete work. The Scrum team controls when they can release. High-maturity teams and organizations are designed this way.

But not all organizations are in a place where we can have the Scrum team do everything necessary for release. So the team may have to grow into it. That is ok. Remember where you are headed and make improvements every sprint to put everything necessary for done into your definition.

Related to this Episode:

A complete list of the current Scrum Training by AgileThought.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Ola Tunde, AgileThought’s practice Lead for Agile Transformation and Coaching in Mexico and Costa Rica.

In this episode, Tunde shares his insights about the power of SAFe training. He describes various available courses and the outcomes attendees get SAFe Training.

Key Takeaways

  • ● SAFe Training: What is it like?

    • ○ When you assist with SAFe training, there should be three outcomes:
      1. Knowledge of real-life applications, 2. You will hear success and failure stories, and 3. Enthusiasm.
    • ● People who attend training often assume that their trainer is the best in the world and knows everything.

    • ○ When people come together, they all learn from each other; the trainer learns from the class, and the participants learn from each other.

    • ● What can a Product Owner expect from a SAFe class?

    • ○ The Product Owner changes its value according to which one has it.

    • ○ If a Product Owner attends a POPM class, they will leave the class knowing how to understand the market. The Product Owner will know the market's strengths, the competitors' strengths, threats, opportunities, and weaknesses (SWOT).
    • ○ We empower Product Owners to understand the market.
    • ○ It is a psychologically safe environment where Product Owners can learn.
    • ● SAFe Advanced Scrum Master Class:

    • ○ This class trains and empowers Scrum Masters to be a master in the market and with their clients, implement change within an enterprise, and collaborate with others at program and team levels.

    • ● Tools a SAFe Scrum Master would learn differently from the tools acquired at a Team Level.

    • ○ SAFe Scrum Master can influence change in an organization.

    • ○ RTE cannot be with the Teams at all times, coaching Product Owners and stakeholders to devise a plan of intent that is reasonable, delivers incremental value, does not constitute a risk, handles the technical data, and dictates what will not be done.
    • ○ PR planning needs the Scrum Master’s help (especially in large organizations).
    • ● Leading SAFe:

    • ○ When attendees leave the class, they should be able to influence their Teams to do backlog refinement by understanding the definition and estimates of the backlog.

    • ○ All SAFe classes include PI planning scenarios with them; they go from training to workshop.
    • ● Virtual classes:

    • ○ Everyone with internet service and a computer should be able to receive the class.

    • ○ Interaction between colleagues during classes is an excellent source of learning.
    • ○ Come hungry and open-hearted to the classes. A closed mouth is not fed.
    • Mentioned in this Episode:
    • Agile Thought Training and Certifications
    • The Leader Who Had No Title: A Modern Fable on Real Success in Business and in Life, by Robin Sharma
    • Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
    • Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
    • Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week’s Trainer Talk is with Tunde, SAFe Program Consultant (SPC). Tunde shares factors to consider when you are trying to decide if the Scaled Agile Framework is right for your business need.

Key Takeaways:

As a trainer, many people reach out to me and say, “Olatunde, why would you suggest SAFe?” Well, it’s easy:

  • Any time you are trying to deliver a large quantity of software into the market
  • You need the teams to synchronize and align on what they are delivering
  • You want your organization to gain an edge over the competitors in the market!

Finally, if you want your organization to understand the concept of “personas.” In the market that simply means “whom we are building this software for? What are their likes? What are their dislikes? Also, when you have competitors, you know what some of their strengths are, what are some of their weaknesses, what are some of the opportunities and what are some of the threats.

When you have all these criteria in mind, then I would suggest that you go SAFe. SAFe is not for every organization. And every organization is not for SAFe. Nonetheless, I will always suggest SAFe whenever you meet those criteria.

The best time to start your implementation of SAFe in your organization is now! There will never be a perfect time. There will never be a perfect season. You know there will not be. There will never be a perfect budget. Just start. And as you evolve, as you get better, you will start noticing that SAFe has a lot of potentials and a lot of benefits for your organization. So, when in the market, SAFe also has all the benefits that help you gain an edge over the competitors in the market.

Related to this Episode:

A complete list of the current SAFe Training by AgileThought.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by an internal colleague, Eric Landes, Professional Scrum Trainer and DevOps Coach at Agile Thought, and Brian Wawok, CEO and Co-founder at Listing Mirror, a multichannel e-commerce management platform.

In this episode, they get together to address a question posted by Brian. Brian has been working with Kanban with his team, they are looking to embrace the Scrum framework and are wondering how this transition would impact the CD.

Key Takeaways

  • Brian explains what Listing Mirror is and who its customers are. He shares the reasons why they are trying to transition to the Scrum framework.
    • CD was instrumental in the success of the company.
    • Brian explains the two environments they work with at Listing Mirror (development and production).
    • They started differently, thinking in the minimum amount of process to get the best results.
    • Brian explains why they will never have a QA Team.
  • Continuous Delivering in the Scrum framework happens at least once a Sprint.
    • Brian explains how he has been tracking metrics in his company.
    • Brian exemplifies their work at a Sprint review.
  • Does doing Scrum means having more meetings?
    • Avoid meeting fatigue by reducing them as much as possible and making them shorter than 30 minutes.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Build: An Unorthodox Guide to Making Things Worth Making, by Tony Fadell

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Eric Landes addresses a question about how the Definition of Done impacts Release Planning.

If you are interested in attending Scrum training, check out our public Scrum training courses.

Does the Definition of Done help the PO in Release planning? In a recent class, the idea of how the Definition of Done (DoD) affects a release plan and the Product Owner came up! So, I wanted to walk through what the Scrum Guide says, and impart some practical advice about planning with the DoD.

The scrum guide states that "The moment a Product Backlog item meets the Definition of Done, an Increment is born". Couple this with the Increment guidance, "an increment must be usable", this helps the Product Owner in forecasting when the increment gets in customers’ hands.

The Product Owner uses the team's throughput, or whatever complimentary metric they prefer in their forecasting. Then during Sprint reviews, the Product Owner shows stakeholders forecasts of when features and functionality can be delivered to customers. The Product Owner adjusts forecasts as more learning occurs through each Sprint.

The Definition of Done impacts the Product Owner's forecasts when it does not include quality steps to get the increment to that usable state. Product Owners want actual feedback from customers using the software in the wild, to help guide their goals. The transparency of the Definition of Done can be used by the Product Owner to help move toward a usable Increment.

For instance, if the team needs a compliance review before something can go to production, the Product Owner should ask how the team can include this in the DoD. The Developers might suggest collaborating with the compliance group on automated solutions. This might add some items to the Backlog to get that automation included in the team’s delivery automation. Now that this is in the Definition of Done the Scrum Team is in control of getting the Increment in front of the customer. This is one example of how the Product Owner can use the transparency of the Definition of Done to improve the value they deliver.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? I’d love to hear what you think. If you have a question or a comment, please email us at podcast@agilethought.com.

For more information on AgileThought's available courses, go to agilethought.com/services/training-certifications. This information is also available on the page of this podcast. Thanks for listening!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Quincy Jordan. In today’s episode, they address a fascinating topic: the relationship between Communities of Practice (CoP) and Agile Transformations in an Agile Journey. Quincy shares the components of the typical structure for CoP and its crucial value in an Agile Organization, especially when trying to introduce new ideas and encouraging people to experiment. Dan and Quincy also dive deep into the leadership role in supporting CoP.

Key Takeaways

  • An Agile transformation needs to have a level of sustainability to it.
    • Communities of Practice are vital for installing and sustaining an Agile Transformation.
    • A CoP needs to be a structured and intentional group. It needs to be part of the strategy throughout the organization, a mechanism needs to be in place.
  • Separate or general communities?
    • It depends on how large the organization is and in which aspect of the Agile Journey each particular organization is.
  • How to persuade an organization to invest in a CoP.
    • Sometimes a CoP can be seen as another meeting (on top of many others), which can be a reason for resisting it.
    • Leadership needs to be on board for a successful CoP. A leader has to advocate for the Community of Practice and also has to give permission for people to attend. Leaders must show interest in what happens at the CoP, what people are learning, and how they are experiencing them.
    • A CoP must be a psychologically safe environment.
  • What is a typical structure for CoP?
    • Forums: A forum is an event that happens every six weeks.
    • In each Forum, two to three concepts are introduced for people to get familiar with them and understand their benefits and risks. These forums are more of a lecture than a dialogue.
    • In between Forums, there are Core Practice Talks that occur every two to three weeks.
    • Core Practice Talks are a deeper dive into the concepts introduced in the Forums. The Core Practice Talk is where the dialogue takes place, it is a hands-on learning experience.
  • CoP are great places to introduce new ideas.
    • A CoP is an excellent place to encourage people to experiment.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Listen to “Communities of Practice with Quincy Jordan” and “Exploring an Experimental Mindset with Adam Ulery”

The Fifth Discipline: The Art & Practice of The Learning Organization, Peter M. Senge

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Eric Landes. Eric is a Professional Scrum Trainer through Scrum.Org.

In this episode, Eric and Dan talk about how Scrum.Org is approaching training. They also dive deep into the classes Agile Thought is offering for Developers, Scrum Teams, Scrum Masters, Product Owners, and Developers to help them improve their skills at the Scrum level.

Key Takeaways

  • What does a Scrum.org class look like?
    • Scrum.org offers training thought for adults.
    • While learning the fundamentals of Scrum, the trainees go through an experience.
    • During the exercises, you get to practice Scrum processes.
  • Applying professional Scrum for software developers:
    • Scrum for Software developers helps them use their engineering skills in a Scrum framework.
    • Not everyone participating in these classes has technical expertise (but many do).
  • APS or Applying Professional Scrum for Software Development?
    • If you are trying to decide between one of these classes, you should first identify your goal.
    • APS will be your best choice if you want to find how a Team works well using Scrum.
    • If you want to know how Scrum uses technical practices in the framework, then the APS-SD is the most suitable option.
  • Professional Scrum with Kanban (PSK):
    • Professional Scrum with Kanban is great for Teams who feel stuck.
    • You can try Kanban within the Scrum framework to get your Team to flow and become more predictable.
    • Kanban is a practice that helps bring flow to Scrum Teams.
    • If you are experienced, feel comfortable with Scrum, and have already taken Scrum training, PSK is your recommended training.
  • Who would benefit from Scrum.Org training?
    • New people to Scrum should consider APS training as a great place to start to help Teams operate with Scrum.
    • If you are learning independently, this training is a great way to professionalize what you are doing.
  • Why should someone consider a Scrum.Org class?
    • Taking courses is the way for most people to learn and get feedback.
    • The insights you can get into training from an experienced instructor are invaluable.
  • What does Scrum Training look like?
    • Whiteboard software is used where the Team collaborates.
    • There are both remote and online training.
  • Certifications:
    • APS certification qualifies for Professional Scrum Master 1.
    • APS-SD gives you a voucher to take the Professional Scrum Developer 1 Certification.
    • PSK gives you a voucher to take the PSK1 Certification.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Learn more about Agile Thought Training Services

Scrum.Org

Find more about the On-site training in Tampa, Florida, April 25‒26 for APS and 27‒28 for PSK

Industrial DevOps: Nine Principles to Build Better Systems Faster, by Dr. Suzette Johnson and Robin Yeman

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Eric Landes addresses a question he received while delivering a class on Applying Professional Scrum. The student was a security specialist and was trying to figure out how Scrum teams handle the work needed to maintain security and compliance.

If you are interested in attending Scrum training, check out our public Scrum training courses.

How Does Security Fit into a Scrum Team? When conducting Scrum training, teams ask about different roles and how they fit on a team that only has developer, Scrum Master, and Product Owner accountabilities. It is a valid question, when I introduce the Scrum framework, it can be confusing how current jobs fit into the Scrum framework accountability.

The good news is that the Scrum framework talks about accountabilities, not job descriptions. So, the writers of the Scrum guide understand that existing job roles are not necessarily supplanted by the accountability. But Scrum does say that your Scrum team needs to be able to complete their work to make it potentially shippable. A student asked how it could be shippable without their security group, InfoSec approving this. This specific organization, had to have a security review before any release could make it to production.

How does the Scrum framework handle these organizational constraints? The Scrum guide says "Scrum Teams are cross-functional, meaning the members have all the skills necessary to create value each Sprint." And the Scrum team self-manages to make sure they have the right capabilities for the team.

The Scrum guide is lightweight and not very prescriptive as you have probably noticed. I would answer that question using my experience, letting your team self-manage with this information. Practically speaking here are four ways your team could practice that self-management to help with this question:

  1. Add someone with security expertise to your team - The team would coordinate with the folks in charge of security to add that skill set to the team. This would involve coordinating when that person would be needed.
  2. Have someone knowledge transfer with security people - Similar to number one, by having a security expert work with the team for a sprint or two, knowledge transfer can happen. A team member volunteers to learn, the security folks agree on when this can be done, and now your team has someone with the skills to get those security policies implemented. The security Infosec team can now work with other Scrum teams to help them add these skillsets.
  3. Add security policies to your definition of done - Adding security checks to a team’s Definition of Done might help the team by providing guidance as to what can be done. In combination with 4, this might have the least amount of time spent learning for the team.
  4. Security gives teams automation to do security checks. - If your security organization is creating automation to validate security issues, your team should use this. So, a conversation or two or more, with the security folks is needed to validate what tools are available for your team. This could be the least intrusive option for your team.

These are 4 options that your team may want to adopt to help with Infosec or security requirements on a Scrum team. Your team may self-manage to a better option for your organization. Discussing what can be done within the team is a great first step!

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? I’d love to hear what you think. If you have a question or a comment, please email us at podcast@agilethought.com.

For more information on AgileThought's available courses, go to agilethought.com/services/training-certifications. This information is also available on the page of this podcast. Thanks for listening!

From

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague and repeated guest, Adam Ulery.

In this episode, Dan and Adam are exploring the true meaning of being Agile, which is often a subject of discussion. Dan recently found the work of two researchers named Corey Baham and Rudy Hirschheim on the theoretical cores of Agile which provides valuable information about the identity of Agile.

Key Takeaways

  • What does Agile mean?
    • The four cores of the Theoretical model on Agility in the mentioned research are validity, inspection and adaptation, working collaboratively, and continuous customer involvement.
  • Going superficially vs. deeply into Agile:
    • A superficial approach is when people go through the motions or practice Agile behaviors and activities, maybe not fully understanding the reason why they are doing what they are doing or the benefits implied.
    • Going deeper into Agile means seeking a better understanding of the reasons behind your behavior.
  • Agility at the Team level:
    • An example of a superficial approach to Agile can be when a person is named the product owner, then he/she gets a list of tasks to do, and maybe even is required to check before doing anything. There are cases when the new product owner also takes on the new role on top of a previous list of accountabilities, resulting in a very superficial approach to the functions.
    • Not going beyond the functions of your role can also be a superficial way to execute a role.
    • A deep way to develop the role is to begin to understand its true purpose and to remove the barriers preventing the achievement of those goals.
    • The whole Team must be aligned when the priorities change.
    • The environment has to add value to the Scrum framework.
    • A tight partner of alignment is discipline; the team has to say no to the things they shouldn’t be working on.
  • At the leadership level, the Scrum values have to be deeply understood.
    • Superficially, a leader has a general understanding of Agile, more in terms of a process, another way to manage projects.
    • An Agile Leader has an understanding of Agile as an effective tool to help the organization to achieve the outcomes it wants.
    • An Agile Leader removes the impediments for the Team to exercise the Agile values.
    • The whole Team must be aligned when the priorities change.
  • Change isn’t easy.
    • The whole Team must be aligned when the priorities change.
    • To experience great rewards you have to put in the effort and go through the pain.

Mentioned in this Episode:

“Issues, challenges, and a proposed theoretical core of Agile Software Development Research,” by Corey Baham and Rudy Hirschheim

Lead from the Future: How to Turn Visionary Thinking Into Breakthrough Growth, by Mark W. Johnson and Josh Suskewicz

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Adam Ulery for the first episode of 2023.

In this episode, they are talking about new beginnings and how they are the perfect opportunity to plan forward and set intentions for the future. Adam and Dan dive deep into the importance of goal setting and how to do it in the most effective way possible.

Key Takeaways

  • Goal setting:
    • It is important to set and reset goals when one cycle ends and another begins.
    • Sometimes New Year’s resolutions don’t last long.
    • A key element to achieving goals and being happy with your performance is just being intentional.
    • Even if you don’t achieve the goal, the benefit is the learning opportunities you found through the process.
    • Most of the time, preparing for goal setting is about taking the time to reflect and process your thoughts about what it is that you are trying to achieve.
    • Take action!
    • SMART goals: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-Bound.
  • When does a goal need to be reset?
    • Reassess your goals at the end of each cycle.
    • Measure along the way so you know where you are. These metrics are fundamental to knowing where your performance is around the goal.
  • How Teams and Individuals can be more effective in reaching their goals:
    • Allocate capacities for each goal.
    • Remember to be intentional about your goals.
    • Team members have to hold each other mutually accountable.
    • Surround yourself with high performers and your performance will elevate as well.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Way of a Pilgrim and A Pilgrim Continues His Way, Olga Savin

“How agile software development methods reduce work exhaustion: Insights on role perceptions and organizational skills”, Viswanath Venkatesh, James Y. L. Thong, Frank K. Y. Chan, Hartmut Hoehle, and Kai Spohrer

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Michael O’Reilly, SVP in IT within the financial services industry.

In this episode, Michael, an avid board game player, shares the similarities between Dungeons and Dragons and potentially the Scrum Framework. Michael and Dan explore this interesting analogy. The entertainment world is huge and very profitable; it is a serious business for a lot of people who are employed in this field. Also, some fun games make work much more entertaining and the learning experience easier.

Key Takeaways

  • Scrum has a framework and Dungeons and Dragons has rules and infinite possibilities to take.
  • Session Zero in Scrum can have a bad reputation due to how it is characterized. In gaming, it also has similar features.
    • Session zero is showing what we need to do before trying to do it, is this planning step really needed?
  • Everyone wants everybody to be successful, but there is this expectation of the role each one plays, the abilities, and how each member contributes. A session in DandD is like the increments of value in Scrum.
  • Transparency is always valued in Scrum as well as in any “good” constructed game.
  • House rules work for games and Scrum:
    • If you don’t follow certain rules, you are not doing Scrum.
    • Table rules and house rules are like the Team’s working agreements.
  • The Dungeon Master has a role that goes beyond the fun and the profits; his role is to arbitrate the rules and facilitate the adventure. What role is that in Scrum?
    • The Scrum Master could be the one facilitating the Scrum values on the Team but it is not quite the same as what a Dungeon Master does.
    • What does it take for a Game master to create a sense of agency? Michael explains how.
  • How do you plan for your session/sprint?
    • If you are the Game master, you need to make sure you have the characters there that will be introduced or met.
    • Players can prepare ahead for a game; oftentimes there is homework.
    • Everybody could decide to go one way and then change their minds.
  • Safety tools:
    • A lot of games provide safety tools for people to check in with their players while they are going.
    • In Scrum, a Team activity is about sharing what each member can offer and what they need, which is an effective way to clarify what each can bring to the Agile Team and in exchange ask for what is needed.
    • In the game, you attack the problem, not the people. In Scrum it is the same, you address a problem together as a Team to solve the challenges in the way to achieve the goal.
  • Fun activities are valuable opportunities to learn.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Improv for Gamers, by Karen Twelves

The Art of Agile Development, by James Shore

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Tarik Smajic from Machine Learning Team and by Justin Thatil, an Agile colleague. Justin and Tarik are both Scrum Masters but Tarik’s work is in Artificial Intelligence or Machine learning. In this episode, they explore together with Dan, the differences and similarities between Scrum and AI as well as how they complement each other by sharing valuable case examples.

Key Takeaways

  • What makes AI Teams different from the Scrum framework?
    • Scrum helps to reduce complexity, and certainly, machine learning is a very complex subject.
    • Scrum is a way to start establishing norms in AI teams.
    • In the traditional software development life cycle, there are established phases in order to build software and this includes an exploratory aspect.
  • It is more than data.
    • We give the client for free only the data that we are willing to give them, but there is even more data that you can think about that in the past was considered waste data.
    • There are patterns that can be found in data, that is why it is called predictive data.
    • We used to want all the data available but we started to figure out that not all that data is needed, and in case it is necessary to synthesize data that has any predictive implication.
  • The beautiful dance Scrum proposes:
    • Scrum works by just enabling the particular accountabilities to do their thing, to be empowered to shine in their field of action.
    • Once you stop trying to solve problems using predictive and prescriptive analytics and start understanding where the value lies and where models need to be built.
  • Case: A Team faces a product challenge.
    • Let the Team have the time to research (but it can’t be forever).
    • The Team needs to go through one cycle to establish a baseline.
    • It is better if you adopt Scrum, starting from scratch.
  • Sprint reviews in AI:
    • The race to the minimum viable product can look like looking at your data asset and learning from it.
    • Tarik shares several examples.
  • It is important to establish what the development phases look like while the ideation and intake Team handles the values assessments and figures out what use cases there are; prioritizing them is the product management Team’s work. Then the research aspects follow; you want the engineers to build the pipelines and then do the testing.
  • Scrum of Scrums:
    • Tarik shares how they use one Scrum of Scrums on a weekly basis that only lasts 15 minutes.
    • A necessary question to ask during a Scrum of Scrums meeting is: Am I putting anything in anybody elses’ duties?
    • How realistic are the expectations? The meeting produces a forecast of what can happen.
  • Application of Scrum in the AI and ML worlds:
    • Tarik shares his experience.
    • Everything in Scrum is iterative.
    • There are three phases of learning something. It takes a while to master things; patience is required.
    • It is OK to bend the rules, you don’t have to do it all by the book.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Link to a previous episode

Getting Things Done: The Art of Stress-Free Productivity, by David Allen

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Agile Santa (Dan Neumann) is the host of the Christmas Special Episode and he is accompanied by a special Elf (Misi Eyetsemitan) and by a fun group of Agile colleagues: Andrea Floyd, Kristan Chavious, Phillip Lisenba, Justin Thatil, Giovani Botarelli, and Olu Soyele.

In this episode, they are making profound Agile wishes for us all.

Key Takeaways

● Misi wishes organizations to find that the answers they are seeking have always been within them.

● Andrea wishes for curiosity for everyone on her Team, a curious perspective promotes learning and growth.

● Olu appreciates the blessings of this year; he shares his gratitude and he wishes his Team to keep on with their continuous learning and expand even more their Agile mindset.

● Kris hopes for everyone to have the courage to be more transparent about what they think without fearing the repercussions that might follow.

○ Experimentation is a better way to encourage people to innovate instead of telling them to do something different.

○ To be innovative you have to be courageous.

○ Innovation grows in a safe environment.

● Philip is thankful for his family and their health, for his work at Agile Thought, and for the opportunities to continuously improve.

○ Philip wishes for more people to adopt Agile Methodologies across the board, not just in their work but also in their personal lives.

● Giovani asks Agile Santa to replace the command and control mindset with a more Agile mindset.

○ Effective communication is the way to spread the Agile way.

● Justin has two wishes, one is for Agilists to be the source of change and growth and for everyone to keep gratitude always in mind.

○ Gratitude changes attitude.

○ As global citizens, we need to be conscious and aware of the impact that social media has on our society and how our view of reality is being altered by it.

Mentioned in this Episode:

How to Stand Up to a Dictator: The Fight for Our Future, Maria Ressa | CEO of Rappler

The age of surveillance capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power: Barack Obama’s Books of 2019, by Shoshana Zuboff | American author, Harvard professor

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Diana Larsen, who has made amazing contributions to the Agile community. She is also the author of Agile Retrospectives: How to Make Good Teams Great and recently published a book called Lead Without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams.

In this episode, Diana is talking about leadership, not only in the Agile community but also in the general community. Diana talks about how leaders come in different shapes and sizes and how they can avoid blame and shame in the workplace to reach better efficiency.

Key Takeaways

● Diana talks about Lead Without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams.

○ This book is directed not only at the Agile community but at the general public.

○ The mission of this book is to think about how we can improve our systems rather than pointing fingers at Teams or Leaders.

○ This book is meant to be useful (not theoretical) and to help anyone in their day-to-day struggles.

● Leaders come in many shapes.

○ Whatever kind of leadership role someone is filling, there are certain things that need to be understood in order to avoid blame and judgment and ultimately to aim for everybody to be more effective.

● Shame and blame in the workplace:

○ If people see blame happening anywhere, they will spend time trying to prevent being the one that takes the blame, deflecting that energy somewhere else.

○ If people internalize the blame in the workplace then shame follows.

○ We tend to look for people making mistakes instead of trying to find where they are doing well.

● What are some alternatives to the blaming and shaming approach? Purpose, autonomy, and co-intelligence.

○ Leaders can help people learn and develop better skills in blocking blame.

○ Diana talks about the difference in motivation between Teams and individuals

○ Understand why we are doing what we are doing. Does everybody understand the same purpose?

○ Preserve Team autonomy.

○ Co-intelligence: Together as a Team, collectively, we have the skillsets that the Team needs. Lots of leadership and tactical skills are needed in a Team in order for it to be successful.

● How do Retrospectives help to build resiliency in a Team?

○ There are many ways for supporting retrospectives; Diana describes some of them.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Agile Retrospectives: Making Good Teams Great, by Diana Larsen and Esther Derby

Lead Without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams, by Diana Larsen and Tricia Broderick

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is delighted to be joined by a new guest, James Shore, the author of The Art of Agile Development and co-creator of the Agile Fluency Project with Diana Larsen. His contribution is invaluable to the Agile field.

In this episode, James talks about the second edition of The Art of Agile Development, which was published in 2021. This edition is a fully rewritten version that shows the influence of the Agile Fluency Model, including the different zones Agile Teams can occupy, such as Focusing, Delivering, Optimizing, and Strengthening, and practices for Teams to become fluent in each area.

Key Takeaways

● James rewrote The Art of Agile Development for its second edition.

○ He rewrote the book around the ideas of the Agile Fluency Model.

○ It includes updated practices.

○ In the book, you can find out how to influence people to make a change, to try Agile ideas, and even advice when you are in a situation where you are not very Agile.

● What is the Agile Fluency Model?

○ There are four different zones that teams or organizations can occupy: Focusing, Delivering, Optimizing, and Strengthening. A Team can exhibit fluency in any of these zones.

○ A behavior is fluent when you can perform it unconsciously, naturally, as a default behavior.

○ A Team can demonstrate fluency but only the Organization can make it possible.

○ It is not a maturity model, you can be fluent in one of the zones and not the others.

● The Agile Goal:

○ For many organizations, it may be Focusing plus Delivering together.

● James talks about the structure of the book.

○ The first part of the book is about how to introduce Agile ideas.

○ Most of the book is about the practices for the Focus and the Delivery zone.

○ Alternatives and experiences can be found at the end of every practice.

● Learn the rules, break the rules, and then, ignore the rules.

○ After learning the rules you have to experiment because every Agile Team goes through a unique situation and process.

● How long does it take to achieve a level of fluency?

○ It takes time to become fluent.

○ In general, it takes two to six months to reach Focusing fluency. Have under consideration that there is a one-to-four-month period of decrease in performance while people learn.

○ During two to six months, performance will be affected while trying to reach fluency in Delivering in an expected period from three to 20 months.

○ When Optimizing fluency it takes one to two months of performance affectedness and three to nine months for reaching fluency in this area.

○ It takes one or two years to deliver reliably.

○ All these time frames overlap.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Follow James Shore.

Check the second edition of The Art of Agile Development.

Agile Fluency Project

FAST Agile

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his colleagues, Mike Guiler and Eric Landes,

In this episode, they are answering a listener’s question: Senior Leaders want to measure how Agile they are, which will allow them to demonstrate if they are becoming more Agile. These Leaders are looking for metrics they can use that can show release frequency, show how responsive they are, and allow them to show or measure if what they are releasing is valuable to the customers. They would love to have numbers that they can update at the end of every month if possible. To summarize, this listener wants to know how leaders can explore their agility and see how it changes every month; listen to this episode and find out what Dan, Mike, and Eric have to say.

Key Takeaways

  • Metrics and statistics could be made the same.
    • Let’s not try to measure Agile.
    • An Agile transformation is hard work, are you achieving your goals? Measuring things appropriately can be challenging.
    • If the organization identifies a target but there is a lack of safety, those metrics can become manipulated and consequently unreliable.
  • Let Teams come up with the right metrics for them.
  • How can metrics be useful?
    • A Team wants to move at the speed of its customers, so why not get feedback from customers to know how the Team is doing?
    • Does the Agile transformation have the customer and his needs as a priority? The Team should seek transformation because they want to make the customer’s life better.
  • Deployment frequency metrics are necessary.
  • DevOps research and assessment metrics:
    • Deployment Frequency: How often an organization successfully releases to production.
    • Lead Time for Changes: The amount of time it takes a commitment to get into production.
    • Change Failure Rate: The percentage of deployments causing a failure in production.
    • Time to Restore Service: How long it takes an organization to recover from a failure in production.
    • Reliability.
  • A committed vs an inspirational OKR
    • OKR is a popular management strategy, it defines objectives and tracks results while assisting to create alignment and engagement around measurable goals.
    • For the organization at the Team level, it is important to have OKRs that communicate what we are looking for at a higher level.
  • Once a Team starts measuring a thing, do they continue measuring it forever?
    • Is it useful? If it is not, there is no reason for continuing to measure.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Industrial DevOps

Consulting to Team-Based Organizations: An Organizational Design and Learning Approach, by Kay F. Quam

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Adam Ulery, Eric Landes, Andrea Floyd, Erica Menendez, and Kris Chavious. In this episode, they are celebrating Thanksgiving by sharing what they are thankful for from an Agile Perspective.

Key Takeaways

  • Adam is thankful for the great people he met in the Agile Community and for Dan for making this podcast!
  • Andrea is reflecting on the previous year and shows her appreciation for those who show up with curiosity.
  • Eric is thankful for being able to coach with two special colleagues.
  • Kris stops to appreciate his Agile colleagues, their unique perspectives, and how they teach each other while respecting each other’s opinions.
  • Erica is thankful for the Scrum Values, to have them, and to be able to use them in everyday life.

Mentioned in this Episode:

No: The Only Negotiating System You Need for Work and Home, by Jim Camp

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his co-worker Ola Tunde. In this episode, Dan and Tunde are addressing a most important topic, which is the matter of learning to ask and identify powerful questions. Knowing how to frame a question correctly can lead to better outcomes; a leader needs to know how to make inspirational questions that will encourage paradigm shifts.

Key Takeaways

  • Framing a question correctly can deliver an outcome in three stages: curiosity, discovery, and introspection.
  • How can you tell apart a regular and a powerful question?
    • The right question will promote a paradigm shift.
    • Lead by asking inspirational questions to help you reach your goal.
    • Move away from tactical questions and ask inspirational ones, a leader inspires the workers.
    • A powerful question can be the seed to help a worker grow, or reach a discovery from a place of curiosity and knowledge.
  • How is a powerful question constructed?
    • Intent, outcome, and empathy should be involved in the act of asking a powerful question.
  • Be aware of assumptions that can sneak into the questions that are being asked.
  • Remember to test your question first.
    • How would you feel if you were asked the same question?
    • Why are you asking the question? A powerful question is constructed from the heart; ask it because you really care.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Lead Without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams, by Diana Larsen and Tricia Broderick

Tunde’s PDF with examples of powerful questions

The Art of Agile Development second edition, by James Shore

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Sam Falco to celebrate four years of podcasts. In this episode, Sam, who was a co-founder of the Agile Coach’s Corner Podcast, is talking about some of his experiences throughout his professional journey; he dives deep into various lessons learned and the challenges overcame.

Key Takeaways

  • Sam shares the ups and downs in his professional journey:
    • Sam learned not to interfere, but instead to listen and observe.
    • Keeping a curious perspective is always positive.
    • Learn how Teams operate; please avoid jumping in and telling them what “needs to be done.”
    • Learn, as a Scrum Master, how you can affect your Team.
  • In a “remote” world, we miss running into somebody.
    • “Can I reach out to you again?” is a good way of staying in touch with people and following up on various topics.
  • Some programs are teaching Scrum in a bad way.
    • Scrum Masters should watch and learn from Teams, it takes a lot to be able to be silent.
    • Access your ignorance, you don’t know what the Team has been going through.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Lakota America: A New History of Indigenous Power (The Lamar Series in Western History), Pekka Hamalainen

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Sam Falco to celebrate four years of podcasts. In this episode, Sam, who was a co-founder of the Agile Coach’s Corner Podcast, is talking about some of his experiences throughout his professional journey; he dives deep into various lessons learned and the challenges overcame.

Key Takeaways

  • Sam shares the ups and downs in his professional journey:
    • Sam learned not to interfere, but instead to listen and observe.
    • Keeping a curious perspective is always positive.
    • Learn how Teams operate; please avoid jumping in and telling them what “needs to be done.”
    • Learn, as a Scrum Master, how you can affect your Team.
  • In a “remote” world, we miss running into somebody.
    • “Can I reach out to you again?” is a good way of staying in touch with people and following up on various topics.
  • Some programs are teaching Scrum in a bad way.
    • Scrum Masters should watch and learn from Teams, it takes a lot to be able to be silent.
    • Access your ignorance, you don’t know what the Team has been going through.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Lakota America: A New History of Indigenous Power (The Lamar Series in Western History), Pekka Hamalainen

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Eric Landes, Andrea Floyd, Alba Uribe, Erica Menendez, and Justin Thatil. In today’s episode, they are celebrating Halloween by talking about some scary good Agile Stories, unlike previous Halloween episodes where the lessons learned after challenges and difficulties were addressed, this time, you will hear about crazy great Agile experiences that are worth sharing.

Key Takeaways

  • Do you want to hear something scary? Doing Agile without digital tools!

    • Feel the transformation.
    • Don’t forget what Agile looks like from the interpersonal relationship aspect.
    • Focus on the toolset that you have and your perspective will get wider.
    • Sometimes taking a small step into something that you are uncomfortable with is the beginning of growth.
    • The failing product story:

    • Justin tells the story when after a long time working trying to get a product right and being at the point of almost reaching the so-wanted outcome, the executive Team decides to cancel the project.

    • A Scrum-But Situation:

    • The state of the Team was the scariest at the beginning, there were problems releasing, and they were not finishing on time. This Team was doing Scrum, but poorly. Eric and Dan were part of the engagement part of this Team, they talked with the client, and the outcome was good. The client went beyond what was suggested and better Scrum was starting to happen.

    • When Agility sneaks up on you!

    • Andrea was working with a client, and there was a pause when she stepped away for the client to continue the journey alone, but then she was invited back. When she resumed work with the client she found that a reset had happened; she was asked very basic questions and even doubted if it was Agile that they were really doing. Andrea decided to stay curious and realized the Team was doing great things respecting the principles and practices of Agile, which are very foundational. They were, in fact, mastering Agile!

    • The Team start to self-identify Agile improvements by looking for the what and the why behind what they were doing and the outcomes.
    • Enabling communication and transparency can create a scary amazing effect on a Team.

    • There was an organization that went 100% into Agile, it covered the organization, the Team, and also the physical location. Everything the Team needed was in place, they even have an additional TV to track progress on releases. They worked on the proof of concepts.

    • Scary good collaboration!

    • No one is taking the lead and everyone knows what they need to do. The lead is there to answer questions, it is so scary good when the leader does not know what to do because everyone is doing so great!

Mentioned in this Episode:

Lead without Blame: Building Resilient Learning Teams, Diane Larsen and Tricia Broderick

Agile Retrospectives: Making Good Teams Great, Diane Larsen

The Art of Agile Development, James Shore and Shane Warden

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleagues Mike Guiler and Justin Thatil to talk about the dopamine and satisfaction that follow after accomplishing a goal; reaching a purpose is very satisfying and can be conquered in and out of the work environment.

In this episode, Dan, Mike, and Justin explore the process of identifying the goal that you want to achieve from a behavioral and an outcome perspective, followed by working towards the objective, to finally arriving at the conquering of the goal and experiencing that rush of excitement we all enjoy so much.

Key Takeaways

  • Reaching a goal is a dopamine booster.
    • Firstly, the goal needs to be identified. What are you trying to achieve?
    • Secondly, chose the priorities: what has the most value?
    • Thirdly, you can start working towards achieving that goal. Seeking the next win can be addictive.
  • It is important to take a moment to celebrate your victories (even the small wins)!
    • Try to avoid falling into the habit of always looking at what comes next.
    • Reaching a business outcome is a result of the internal satisfaction of a Team that was working towards that goal.
  • Seek the satisfaction of the Team; happier people do better work, are more productive, and stick with the organization longer.
    • Happier Team members make customers happier, it just becomes a self-fulfilling loop.
    • If a Team is overworking it will eventually start working less effectively.
  • Measure your achievements.
    • Did your plan turn out as expected? Measure that process so you can reproduce that expected outcome.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Sir Arthur Conan Doyle: Complete Works

The Spirit of Kaizen: Creating Lasting Excellence One Small Step at a Time, by Robert Maurer

Agile + DevOps East Conference, November 6-11, 2022. It’s OK to be UnSAFe – Scale Without Using Someone Else’s Framework. Dan Neumann, AgileThought

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleagues Mike Guiler and Justin Thatil to talk about the dopamine and satisfaction that follow after accomplishing a goal; reaching a purpose is very satisfying and can be conquered in and out of the work environment.

In this episode, Dan, Mike, and Justin explore the process of identifying the goal that you want to achieve from a behavioral and an outcome perspective, followed by working towards the objective, to finally arriving at the conquering of the goal and experiencing that rush of excitement we all enjoy so much.

Key Takeaways

  • Reaching a goal is a dopamine booster.
    • Firstly, the goal needs to be identified. What are you trying to achieve?
    • Secondly, chose the priorities: what has the most value?
    • Thirdly, you can start working towards achieving that goal. Seeking the next win can be addictive.
  • It is important to take a moment to celebrate your victories (even the small wins)!
    • Try to avoid falling into the habit of always looking at what comes next.
    • Reaching a business outcome is a result of the internal satisfaction of a Team that was working towards that goal.
  • Seek the satisfaction of the Team; happier people do better work, are more productive, and stick with the organization longer.
    • Happier Team members make customers happier, it just becomes a self-fulfilling loop.
    • If a Team is overworking it will eventually start working less effectively.
  • Measure your achievements.
    • Did your plan turn out as expected? Measure that process so you can reproduce that expected outcome.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Sir Arthur Conan Doyle: Complete Works

The Spirit of Kaizen: Creating Lasting Excellence One Small Step at a Time, by Robert Maurer

Agile + DevOps East Conference, November 6-11, 2022. It’s OK to be UnSAFe – Scale Without Using Someone Else’s Framework. Dan Neumann, AgileThought

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is talking about the frequent topic that when addressing Agile and Waterfall sometimes seems that it is used as a weapon to keep people away, and to advocate for the usage of one way (Agile or Waterfall) against the other.

In this episode, Dan will explore how to begin a constructive conversation regarding moving forward using Agile or Waterfall when facing a challenge that needs to be overcome.

Key Takeaways

  • Agile vs Waterfall
    • When deciding which approach to use, think about what the goals are, and then decide what tactics you will apply.
    • In a complex domain, where is a lot of uncertainty, and collaboration and exploration are needed, Agile will be the most suitable approach.
    • If you need to repeatedly deliver a consistent product, Waterfall is the most efficient approach.
  • What is the distinction between project management through an Agile and a Waterfall perspective?
    • Project management has a place in Agile delivery even though in the Scrum framework there is no room for a project manager.
    • Companies have budgets and need the ability to forecast; they need to be able to adjust as learning happens, so thinking about how a project gets managed in an Agile ROAM is relevant. Don’t fall into thinking that project management is only a Waterfall approach.
  • Situations where coaches and Scrum Masters enter into an organization.
    • Check where people are before trying to “fix them.”
    • Try to understand what is happening in the environment first.
    • Be curious about the structure and how effective it is.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Release Train Engineer

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is talking about the frequent topic that when addressing Agile and Waterfall sometimes seems that it is used as a weapon to keep people away, and to advocate for the usage of one way (Agile or Waterfall) against the other.

In this episode, Dan will explore how to begin a constructive conversation regarding moving forward using Agile or Waterfall when facing a challenge that needs to be overcome.

Key Takeaways

  • Agile vs Waterfall
    • When deciding which approach to use, think about what the goals are, and then decide what tactics you will apply.
    • In a complex domain, where is a lot of uncertainty, and collaboration and exploration are needed, Agile will be the most suitable approach.
    • If you need to repeatedly deliver a consistent product, Waterfall is the most efficient approach.
  • What is the distinction between project management through an Agile and a Waterfall perspective?
    • Project management has a place in Agile delivery even though in the Scrum framework there is no room for a project manager.
    • Companies have budgets and need the ability to forecast; they need to be able to adjust as learning happens, so thinking about how a project gets managed in an Agile ROAM is relevant. Don’t fall into thinking that project management is only a Waterfall approach.
  • Situations where coaches and Scrum Masters enter into an organization.
    • Check where people are before trying to “fix them.”
    • Try to understand what is happening in the environment first.
    • Be curious about the structure and how effective it is.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Release Train Engineer

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Adam Ulery to discuss the topic of accountability. In this episode, they address the concept of accountability that could sometimes be misunderstood and even carries some misconceptions.

Adam and Dan talk today about how leaders can foster accountability in organizations and which practices are the most effective to support this work. During this insightful conversation, they dive deep into the meaning and extends of ownership, setting clear expectations, and the value of honoring vulnerability as a necessary exercise to avoid the fear of making mistakes.

Key Takeaways

  • Is accountability negative?
    • Many people treat the concept of accountability as if it is negative, but it actually is very positive, once it is experienced in a high-performing Team.
    • Accountability can be disguised in blame in some unhealthy Team environments.
    • Fear in an organization makes it hard for it to foster accountability.
    • Fearing failure is counterproductive since making mistakes is the way for humans to grow.
    • Making a good decision doesn’t necessarily lead to a good outcome and sometimes bad decisions end up in a good result.
  • Accountability is ownership.
    • Owning your decisions and part in the decision-making is showing accountability.
    • Accountability is to be willing to face the consequences that come with the outcome, success or failure.
    • Accountability is also doing what you said you would do.
  • Leaders must model accountability.
    • Leaders must be honest with themselves and be vulnerable in order to encourage those behaviors in others.
    • Leaders can increase the level of accountability in an organization by empowering people to succeed, giving them the resources they need, expecting them to take action, and then making it safe for them to make mistakes.
  • Can people negotiate what can they be accountable for?
    • It is important to communicate expectations clearly in order to align people with them.
    • Open communication is vital since it allows a mutual understanding of where ownership begins and where it ends.
  • The SBI Model is great to build accountability.
    • The SBI model is one of the most effective to provide positive and negative feedback.
    • Saying how something made you feel is a way of modeling vulnerability.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don’t Have All the Facts, by Annie Duke

SBI Model

Listen to Episode 35 for more about the SBI Model

Leading Change, John P. Kotter

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Adam Ulery to discuss the topic of accountability. In this episode, they address the concept of accountability that could sometimes be misunderstood and even carries some misconceptions.

Adam and Dan talk today about how leaders can foster accountability in organizations and which practices are the most effective to support this work. During this insightful conversation, they dive deep into the meaning and extends of ownership, setting clear expectations, and the value of honoring vulnerability as a necessary exercise to avoid the fear of making mistakes.

Key Takeaways

  • Is accountability negative?
    • Many people treat the concept of accountability as if it is negative, but it actually is very positive, once it is experienced in a high-performing Team.
    • Accountability can be disguised in blame in some unhealthy Team environments.
    • Fear in an organization makes it hard for it to foster accountability.
    • Fearing failure is counterproductive since making mistakes is the way for humans to grow.
    • Making a good decision doesn’t necessarily lead to a good outcome and sometimes bad decisions end up in a good result.
  • Accountability is ownership.
    • Owning your decisions and part in the decision-making is showing accountability.
    • Accountability is to be willing to face the consequences that come with the outcome, success or failure.
    • Accountability is also doing what you said you would do.
  • Leaders must model accountability.
    • Leaders must be honest with themselves and be vulnerable in order to encourage those behaviors in others.
    • Leaders can increase the level of accountability in an organization by empowering people to succeed, giving them the resources they need, expecting them to take action, and then making it safe for them to make mistakes.
  • Can people negotiate what can they be accountable for?
    • It is important to communicate expectations clearly in order to align people with them.
    • Open communication is vital since it allows a mutual understanding of where ownership begins and where it ends.
  • The SBI Model is great to build accountability.
    • The SBI model is one of the most effective to provide positive and negative feedback.
    • Saying how something made you feel is a way of modeling vulnerability.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don’t Have All the Facts, by Annie Duke

SBI Model

Listen to Episode 35 for more about the SBI Model

Leading Change, John P. Kotter

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his colleagues, Erica Menendez and Justin Thatil, to talk about the intersection between Professional and Agile Coaching as well as their differences and similarities.

In this episode, Justin shares his knowledge that comes from his own experience in the field of Professional Coaching that started 10 years ago. Dan, Erika, and Justin also explore the particularities of each role, the Agile and the Professional Coach, while exploring real-life scenarios and sharing powerful examples to illustrate both roles.

Key Takeaways

  • Professional Coaching:
    • It is about guiding someone towards the results they are looking for by asking powerful questions.
    • The coachee's agenda must be the single guiding light of the coaching relationship. The coach’s experience has to stay aside (this is one of the biggest differences between an Agile and a Professional Coach).
    • The coachees need to be inspired to take the next step and be accountable for that move.
    • The arc of a conversation has a beginning, a middle, and an end. The beginning is to identify who you are going to be coaching, and then identify the subject that will be addressed. After that, the situation must be examined and explored (this takes place in the middle of the conversation). Towards the end of the conversation, the coachee must commit to taking a step and become accountable for what is going to happen next.
  • Agile Coaching:
    • The coach’s agenda must be laid to guide the coachee to use Agile well.
    • Facilitation comes along with a Scrum Master’s work.
    • As an Agile Coach there are numerous stances that you can take: the consultant, coach, counselor, change agent, facilitator, trainer, lean leader, and mentor.
    • An Agile Coach is an expert in Agility, not in the coachee’s domain.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Lyssa Adkins

What is an Agile Coach?

Powerful Questions

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his colleagues, Erica Menendez and Justin Thatil, to talk about the intersection between Professional and Agile Coaching as well as their differences and similarities.

In this episode, Justin shares his knowledge that comes from his own experience in the field of Professional Coaching that started 10 years ago. Dan, Erika, and Justin also explore the particularities of each role, the Agile and the Professional Coach, while exploring real-life scenarios and sharing powerful examples to illustrate both roles.

Key Takeaways

  • Professional Coaching:
    • It is about guiding someone towards the results they are looking for by asking powerful questions.
    • The coachee's agenda must be the single guiding light of the coaching relationship. The coach’s experience has to stay aside (this is one of the biggest differences between an Agile and a Professional Coach).
    • The coachees need to be inspired to take the next step and be accountable for that move.
    • The arc of a conversation has a beginning, a middle, and an end. The beginning is to identify who you are going to be coaching, and then identify the subject that will be addressed. After that, the situation must be examined and explored (this takes place in the middle of the conversation). Towards the end of the conversation, the coachee must commit to taking a step and become accountable for what is going to happen next.
  • Agile Coaching:
    • The coach’s agenda must be laid to guide the coachee to use Agile well.
    • Facilitation comes along with a Scrum Master’s work.
    • As an Agile Coach there are numerous stances that you can take: the consultant, coach, counselor, change agent, facilitator, trainer, lean leader, and mentor.
    • An Agile Coach is an expert in Agility, not in the coachee’s domain.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Lyssa Adkins

What is an Agile Coach?

Powerful Questions

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Patricia Kong in today’s episode. Patricia is the Product Owner, Enterprise Agility, and Learning Enablement for Scrum.Org.

In this episode, Dan and Patricia are exploring a new training class Scrum is offering called Professional Scrum Facilitation Skills Training which is directed not just to Scrum Masters but for all levels including all leaders and Team members too.

Key Takeaways

  • What is Learning Enablement?
    • It is the place to improve your profile and skills by learning from the experiences of the individuals who are actually doing the work.
    • Learning enablement is directed at people who are really looking to develop people and Teams, specifically improving some of their own skills so they can help others.
  • What is the Professional Scrum Facilitation Skills Training about?
    • Professional Scrum Facilitation Skills is an interactive course designed to help Scrum practitioners develop a facilitator’s mindset and proficiency in facilitation skills, and learn when and how to select effective techniques for various circumstances.
    • This class takes all real-life scenarios to help Scrum Masters facilitate the solutions that Teams need to get to agreements.
    • This course includes the five principles for facilitation.
    • The target of this course is for individuals on a Scrum Team but it could be great also for people in management roles.
    • The training takes one day (equivalent to 8 hours) which includes some in-person and some virtual experiences.
  • The matter of meetings...
    • Most leaders think their meetings are great (when they are not).
    • The purpose of the meeting needs to be clear, and the meeting should be avoided if the content could be in an email or a video.
    • Facilitation skills are useful when nobody is providing feedback or they don’t even show up to the meeting.
  • Conflict isn’t bad!
    • If you are in a creative space, there will be conflict, since different members will come up with different ideas.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Scrum.Org

Professional Scrum Facilitation Skills™

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Patricia Kong in today’s episode. Patricia is the Product Owner, Enterprise Agility, and Learning Enablement for Scrum.Org.

In this episode, Dan and Patricia are exploring a new training class Scrum is offering called Professional Scrum Facilitation Skills Training which is directed not just to Scrum Masters but for all levels including all leaders and Team members too.

Key Takeaways

  • What is Learning Enablement?
    • It is the place to improve your profile and skills by learning from the experiences of the individuals who are actually doing the work.
    • Learning enablement is directed at people who are really looking to develop people and Teams, specifically improving some of their own skills so they can help others.
  • What is the Professional Scrum Facilitation Skills Training about?
    • Professional Scrum Facilitation Skills is an interactive course designed to help Scrum practitioners develop a facilitator’s mindset and proficiency in facilitation skills, and learn when and how to select effective techniques for various circumstances.
    • This class takes all real-life scenarios to help Scrum Masters facilitate the solutions that Teams need to get to agreements.
    • This course includes the five principles for facilitation.
    • The target of this course is for individuals on a Scrum Team but it could be great also for people in management roles.
    • The training takes one day (equivalent to 8 hours) which includes some in-person and some virtual experiences.
  • The matter of meetings...
    • Most leaders think their meetings are great (when they are not).
    • The purpose of the meeting needs to be clear, and the meeting should be avoided if the content could be in an email or a video.
    • Facilitation skills are useful when nobody is providing feedback or they don’t even show up to the meeting.
  • Conflict isn’t bad!
    • If you are in a creative space, there will be conflict, since different members will come up with different ideas.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Scrum.Org

Professional Scrum Facilitation Skills™

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his colleagues Erica Menendez and Justin Thatil to today’s episode.

This time, they are exploring the scenario when Scrum Masters enter a New Team, an event that Dan, Erica, and Justin know by experience. Listen to this episode to hear valuable real-life examples of how a Scrum Master can successfully transition into a new Team.

Key Takeaways

  • Duties that a Scrum Master needs to attend to when entering a new Team:

    • A Scrum Master must establish his credibility, meet the Team, and create relationships with its members.
    • Entering a new Team is different every time.
    • A Scrum Master should observe and learn about the new Team he is joining, before attempting to start dictating. How much do Team members know about Scrum and Agile?
    • Understand why the organization wants you on that Team.
    • After knowing the Team, the Scrum Master needs to devise a plan to tackle the Team’s needs.
    • Stay curious (rather than judgemental).
    • What does improvement look like for the organization?

    • A Scrum Master needs to explore communication styles within the new Team and identify the organization’s expectations not only about the Scrum Master’s performance but also about the Team.

    • Is it helpful to have someone helping the Scrum Master transition to a new Team?

    • Everyone is different, someone might notice aspects that another person didn’t.

    • Sometimes it is better not to be influenced by someone else’s experiences or understanding of a particular member or a Team’s dynamics; a new approach brings a new perspective that can be beneficial for the Team.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Scrum Fieldbook: A Master Class on Accelerating Performance, Getting Results, and Defining the Future, by J.J. Sutherland

Man Enough: Undefining My Masculinity, by Justin Baldoni

The Wayback Machine

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his colleagues Erica Menendez and Justin Thatil to today’s episode.

This time, they are exploring the scenario when Scrum Masters enter a New Team, an event that Dan, Erica, and Justin know by experience. Listen to this episode to hear valuable real-life examples of how a Scrum Master can successfully transition into a new Team.

Key Takeaways

  • Duties that a Scrum Master needs to attend to when entering a new Team:

    • A Scrum Master must establish his credibility, meet the Team, and create relationships with its members.
    • Entering a new Team is different every time.
    • A Scrum Master should observe and learn about the new Team he is joining, before attempting to start dictating. How much do Team members know about Scrum and Agile?
    • Understand why the organization wants you on that Team.
    • After knowing the Team, the Scrum Master needs to devise a plan to tackle the Team’s needs.
    • Stay curious (rather than judgemental).
    • What does improvement look like for the organization?

    • A Scrum Master needs to explore communication styles within the new Team and identify the organization’s expectations not only about the Scrum Master’s performance but also about the Team.

    • Is it helpful to have someone helping the Scrum Master transition to a new Team?

    • Everyone is different, someone might notice aspects that another person didn’t.

    • Sometimes it is better not to be influenced by someone else’s experiences or understanding of a particular member or a Team’s dynamics; a new approach brings a new perspective that can be beneficial for the Team.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Scrum Fieldbook: A Master Class on Accelerating Performance, Getting Results, and Defining the Future, by J.J. Sutherland

Man Enough: Undefining My Masculinity, by Justin Baldoni

The Wayback Machine

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann welcomes you to celebrate episode number 200! The Agile Coaches’ Corner Podcast began back in 2018 and the journey continues! During these years there were many guests, an increasing amount of listeners, and numerous Agile topics were explored. Thank you for being part of these first 200 shows!

In this episode, Dan is exploring a typical situation: Trying to explain the benefits of the Agile ways to someone who is not immersed in the Agile field. Referring to the Agile principles, values, or even the Agile Manifesto won’t help stakeholders. Listen to this episode and learn to communicate how Agile can help an organization to meet its needs (without mentioning the word Agile!)

Key Takeaways

  • It can be challenging to communicate the benefits of using Agile to stakeholders not referring to Agile.
  • If you are operating in an area of high uncertainty (or a complex environment) Scrum is the answer.
    • The Scrum framework works to deliver increments every sprint, and by receiving feedback to make sure the product developed works and meets the definition of done. This helps to have more certainty and get closer to a solution for the customer.
    • The Scrum Framework is a great assistance in reducing risks.
  • When working with an organization in helping them to be more effective, you need to understand what “effective” looks like for them.
    • First, you need to know what is valuable for the organization in order to help them along the journey of becoming more effective.
    • Beginning with the end in mind helps you learn what is important and form tactics and strategies needed to assist an organization in a better way.
  • Dan talks about the presentation he will do at The Agile + DevOps East Festival: It is OK to be unsafe: Scaling without using somebody else’s framework.
    • Dan will talk in this presentation about what needs to be explored in order to help an organization meet its needs, and choose the strategies and tactics that make more sense in that specific context (Scrum is a great framework but it might not be the right for everyone).

Mentioned in this Episode:

Listen to Agile Coaches’ Corner’s most popular show: What is Agile?

No: The Only Negotiating System You Need for Work and Home, by Jim Camp

Begin With the End in Mind: Habit 2 of The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, by Stephen Covey

Find more about The Agile + DevOps East Festival

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

Contact Dan Neumann on Twitter.

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann welcomes you to celebrate episode number 200! The Agile Coaches’ Corner Podcast began back in 2018 and the journey continues! During these years there were many guests, an increasing amount of listeners, and numerous Agile topics were explored. Thank you for being part of these first 200 shows!

In this episode, Dan is exploring a typical situation: Trying to explain the benefits of the Agile ways to someone who is not immersed in the Agile field. Referring to the Agile principles, values, or even the Agile Manifesto won’t help stakeholders. Listen to this episode and learn to communicate how Agile can help an organization to meet its needs (without mentioning the word Agile!)

Key Takeaways

  • It can be challenging to communicate the benefits of using Agile to stakeholders not referring to Agile.
  • If you are operating in an area of high uncertainty (or a complex environment) Scrum is the answer.
    • The Scrum framework works to deliver increments every sprint, and by receiving feedback to make sure the product developed works and meets the definition of done. This helps to have more certainty and get closer to a solution for the customer.
    • The Scrum Framework is a great assistance in reducing risks.
  • When working with an organization in helping them to be more effective, you need to understand what “effective” looks like for them.
    • First, you need to know what is valuable for the organization in order to help them along the journey of becoming more effective.
    • Beginning with the end in mind helps you learn what is important and form tactics and strategies needed to assist an organization in a better way.
  • Dan talks about the presentation he will do at The Agile + DevOps East Festival: It is OK to be unsafe: Scaling without using somebody else’s framework.
    • Dan will talk in this presentation about what needs to be explored in order to help an organization meet its needs, and choose the strategies and tactics that make more sense in that specific context (Scrum is a great framework but it might not be the right for everyone).

Mentioned in this Episode:

Listen to Agile Coaches’ Corner’s most popular show: What is Agile?

No: The Only Negotiating System You Need for Work and Home, by Jim Camp

Begin With the End in Mind: Habit 2 of The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, by Stephen Covey

Find more about The Agile + DevOps East Festival

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

Contact Dan Neumann on Twitter.

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann welcomes his colleague Michael Guiler to today’s episode.

In this episode, they will be answering questions regarding several Agile topics, such as leadership, effective communication, Team readiness, best practices, motivation, and transparency, among others. Join this fun and insightful conversation with Dan and Mike!

Key Takeaways

  • What is a good-to-go technique to help leadership transition from being tactical to being more servant leaders?
    • Enable people who are closer to the work to make decisions in their field.
    • Ask questions instead of giving directions.
    • Rewire the communication path to be more practical and direct rather than following a hierarchy where there are chances of getting “lost in translation.”
  • What does a Team that is ready look like?
    • A Team that is ready is open to a conversation, they have an Agile Mindset where they know they need help, and they are open to discussing it.
    • An Agile Mindset is keeping the curiosity high at all times and the readiness to run an experiment.
  • What are best practices for?
    • Best practices are just resources but certainly not “the way” of doing things correctly.
    • Best practices are ways that have been used successfully in the past, and when used again they are not assuring their efficacy; a Team needs to test them to see if they apply to that particular situation.
  • What does it take to help leadership transitioning to the model of motivation that Daniel H. Pink proposes in his book Drive?
    • Daniel H. Pink proposes three pillars for motivation: autonomy, mastery, and purpose. He also addresses the distractions to motivation that organizations can fall into.
    • Know your purpose at all times.
  • Is there such a thing as “too much transparency”?
    • There is no such thing as too much transparency; be open, get to know the people, share, and then you can moderate.
    • Make sure that you are sharing information with people who can handle it.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us, by Daniel H. Pink

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann welcomes his colleague Michael Guiler to today’s episode.

In this episode, they will be answering questions regarding several Agile topics, such as leadership, effective communication, Team readiness, best practices, motivation, and transparency, among others. Join this fun and insightful conversation with Dan and Mike!

Key Takeaways

  • What is a good-to-go technique to help leadership transition from being tactical to being more servant leaders?
    • Enable people who are closer to the work to make decisions in their field.
    • Ask questions instead of giving directions.
    • Rewire the communication path to be more practical and direct rather than following a hierarchy where there are chances of getting “lost in translation.”
  • What does a Team that is ready look like?
    • A Team that is ready is open to a conversation, they have an Agile Mindset where they know they need help, and they are open to discussing it.
    • An Agile Mindset is keeping the curiosity high at all times and the readiness to run an experiment.
  • What are best practices for?
    • Best practices are just resources but certainly not “the way” of doing things correctly.
    • Best practices are ways that have been used successfully in the past, and when used again they are not assuring their efficacy; a Team needs to test them to see if they apply to that particular situation.
  • What does it take to help leadership transitioning to the model of motivation that Daniel H. Pink proposes in his book Drive?
    • Daniel H. Pink proposes three pillars for motivation: autonomy, mastery, and purpose. He also addresses the distractions to motivation that organizations can fall into.
    • Know your purpose at all times.
  • Is there such a thing as “too much transparency”?
    • There is no such thing as too much transparency; be open, get to know the people, share, and then you can moderate.
    • Make sure that you are sharing information with people who can handle it.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us, by Daniel H. Pink

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Phillip Lisenba, who recently joined the Agile Thought Team.

In this episode, Dan and Phillip are exploring how Agile ways could be applied to the home setting. The heart and soul of Agile can be used to achieve goals efficiently not only on a professional level but also at home in our personal lives. Listen to this episode to find many tips to reach your personal objectives with less effort!

Key Takeaways

  • First, make a list (without the things you do on daily basis).
    • Include the small, medium, and bigger things that you need to do.
    • Keep it simple! You can do it on paper or digitally, and get creative in finding something that works for you.
    • Organize your tasks by priority, what creates more value for your family should go first. Everybody’s list is going to be different.
  • Top ten tips to make your list:

  • Create a list of things to do.

  • Prioritize them.
  • Break large projects into small tasks.
  • Create a sense of urgency.
  • Do something every day.
  • Set a timebox for the work.
  • Review the master list daily and reprioritize.
  • Review your process and change as needed.
  • Have fun with the work and process.
  • Reward yourself.

  • Eight Agile Tips to use at home:

  • Tell yourself you can do hard things.

  • Don't schedule regular daily activities unless you are creating a daily habit.
  • After 30 days, once the daily habit is a habit, you can stop scheduling it.
  • Take a break when frustration starts.
  • Keep a record of what you have accomplished.
  • Reward yourself for each day's accomplishments.
  • Reward yourself for large accomplishments.
  • Make the most important thing the most important thing!

  • Remember to be flexible’ sometimes you have to pivot when challenges appear in order to keep moving forward. Consider changing your methods when they are no longer effective.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The 5 Second Rule: Transform your Life, Work, and Confidence with Everyday Courage, by Mel Robbins

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Phillip Lisenba, who recently joined the Agile Thought Team.

In this episode, Dan and Phillip are exploring how Agile ways could be applied to the home setting. The heart and soul of Agile can be used to achieve goals efficiently not only on a professional level but also at home in our personal lives. Listen to this episode to find many tips to reach your personal objectives with less effort!

Key Takeaways

  • First, make a list (without the things you do on daily basis).
    • Include the small, medium, and bigger things that you need to do.
    • Keep it simple! You can do it on paper or digitally, and get creative in finding something that works for you.
    • Organize your tasks by priority, what creates more value for your family should go first. Everybody’s list is going to be different.
  • Top ten tips to make your list:

  • Create a list of things to do.

  • Prioritize them.
  • Break large projects into small tasks.
  • Create a sense of urgency.
  • Do something every day.
  • Set a timebox for the work.
  • Review the master list daily and reprioritize.
  • Review your process and change as needed.
  • Have fun with the work and process.
  • Reward yourself.

  • Eight Agile Tips to use at home:

  • Tell yourself you can do hard things.

  • Don't schedule regular daily activities unless you are creating a daily habit.
  • After 30 days, once the daily habit is a habit, you can stop scheduling it.
  • Take a break when frustration starts.
  • Keep a record of what you have accomplished.
  • Reward yourself for each day's accomplishments.
  • Reward yourself for large accomplishments.
  • Make the most important thing the most important thing!

  • Remember to be flexible’ sometimes you have to pivot when challenges appear in order to keep moving forward. Consider changing your methods when they are no longer effective.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The 5 Second Rule: Transform your Life, Work, and Confidence with Everyday Courage, by Mel Robbins

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Justin Thatil and Erica Menendez. In this episode, they are discussing the fun topic of vacations and how their planning and unfolding can be done in an Agile way. Dan, Erica, and Justin highlight the importance of always keeping your goals in mind, and considering the expectations of everyone involved in the plan. Listen to this episode and find out how following different Agile Principles can help you plan and enjoy your time off!

Key Takeaways

  • Have a goal for your vacations.
    • Even if a proposed vacation looks exciting, don’t forget to check in with your goals to make sure they are aligned with the vacation plan.
    • Brainstorming ideas is a great way to find your ideal vacation destination, to later analyze the particular characteristics of each option to make sure it is congruent with the family goals.
  • The product owner role is played by the one organizing the vacation.
    • Doing the research is key to planning a successful trip that meets everyone’s expectations.
    • There might be a lot of ideas about things that want to be done on a vacation, but being realistic and selective is crucial to managing expectations.
    • Remember, flexibility is crucial, changes might be implemented at the last moment in order to make the best out of the experience.
  • What can you learn along the way as you are taking the vacations?
    • There are many learning experiences waiting to happen on your vacation plans.
    • Learning and discovering are tasks that you will embrace better after practicing them several times.
    • Remember the maturity of the tool is not the same everywhere you go. (Justin shares his own example while traveling with his wife through Puerto Rico.)
    • Experimentation is necessary in order to take the best out of each situation.
  • Your Daily Scrum can be breakfast.
    • The first mealtime of the day can be a great time for planning the activities.
  • Retrospectives can be done along the way.
    • What goes good and what goes bad can be taken into consideration for planning the next activity or vacation.
  • Don’t forget to embrace the new experience you are living with excitement.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Scrum Fieldbook: A Master Class on Accelerating Performance, Getting Results, and Defining the Future, by J.J. Sutherland

Professional Coaching for Agilists: Accelerating Agile Adoption, by Damon Poole

No: The Only Negotiating System You Need for Work and Home, by Jim Camp

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Andrea Floyd to explore the concept of change.

In this episode, Andrea and Dan talk about the critical importance of change, since as an Agilist, what needs to be embraced as always present is change. Change is involved in every part of an Agile journey, it is a way of working and a way of dealing with people. They also address the significance of being mindful of the impact change can have on people and the organization.

Key Takeaways

  • Change is constant, make it accessible.
    • Change doesn’t have to feel threatening, instead, it needs to invite curiosity and engagement.
    • If you are considering change, think about how you are presenting the topic so you are inviting people in, rather than making them want to run from the conversation.
    • First, it is important to set a safe environment to start the dialogue, then invite diverse ideas and thought.
    • Explore your today before trying to think in a different future.
    • Incremental change is a way to make people comfortable with the change they are making.
    • Understanding the intention behind the change is a key part of its success.
  • Change is hard.
    • While you are changing, life doesn’t stop, the train is still moving down the track.
    • Keep in mind that every person reacts to change differently.
    • Inspection and adaption are critical. Start with small changes!
    • Keep your goal in mind and come up with a road map for the change you are looking for.
    • Don’t forget to celebrate the achievements and the people who contribute to making that change possible.
  • Once a change is going, how do you prevent people from reverting?
    • An organization needs people who offer support and reinforcement when things are chaotic.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Agile Alliance 2022, Nashville, Tennessee

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Jim Beale and Gerardo de la Fuente to follow up on a conversation started in a previous episode where the constitution of a high-performing team was addressed and its direct relation with following the Scrum Values.

In this episode, Jim, Gerardo, and Dan explore the importance of trust, and how it can only be encouraged by the presence and exercise of the Scrum Values in a Team.

Key Takeaways

  • What does the Scrum Guide say about trust?
    • Trust is just an outcome of living the Scrum Values that are reflected on the Team.
    • When someone starts working with a Team, it starts as a stranger, and what helps build that trust is not only sharing the Scrum Values but also being an example by practicing them.
  • How can a Scrum Master help to build trust in a Team?
    • Have one-to-one sessions with each Team member, holding an open conversation about themselves and how they feel about the work.
    • Building trust requires time and consistency.
    • A Scrum Master must be honest in admitting when he had failed to follow the Scrum Values.
  • How to overcome the first dysfunction of a Team?
    • Absence of trust is the first dysfunction to address, none of the other four (inattention to results, avoidance of accountability, lack of commitment, fear of conflict) can be managed until trust is recovered.
  • Examples of the absence of trust:
    • A Team member avoids sharing an issue as a consequence of fearing being judged.
    • When there isn’t trust, a lot of personal conflict arises in Team meetings.
    • Backchannel conversations appear often as a result of a lack of trust.
    • People take feedback in a personal way.
  • Other tactics to encourage trust-building in a Team:
    • Motivate people to be open and to make questions.
    • A Scrum Master needs to be willing to share that he does not know everything.
    • Avoid asking people why did they do something, which tends to create defensiveness, and instead be curious about what they found interesting in the decision they made.
    • Ice breakers help build trust.
    • Share the prime directive in the retrospectives.
    • Assume everyone is doing their best possible in the situation at hand, this is a way to avoid being judgmental.
    • What is celebrated is repeated, so taking the time to highlight when Scrum Values are practiced is a good way of promoting them even more.
    • Opening the cameras when meeting virtually.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Listen to “What Does a High-Performing Scrum Team Look Like?” with Erica Menendez and Justin Thatil

Overcoming the Five Dysfunctions of a Team, by Patrick Lencioni

Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Lisa Adkins

Fixing Your Scrum: Practical Solutions to Common Scrum Problems, by Ryan Ripley

Scrum Mastery: Agile Leadership to Take Your Team’s Performance From Good to Great, by Jeff Cohn

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Christine Bush, a brand new Agile thinker.

In this episode, Dan and Christine are discussing Agile Transformations. As Lyssa Adkins describes, an Agile Coach is someone who has seen lots of different success and failure patterns over time. Change is never easy, and that is the reason why Dan And Christine are diving deep into the necessary features of a well-conducted Agile transformation.

Key Takeaways

  • What is important when an organization is looking for an Agile Transformation?
    • Transformations have to come from the top and leadership has to be committed to them.
    • The leadership has to be ready to invest in education for the Team members of the organization and to guide them through the Transformation.
    • Transformation cannot be an option.
    • Middle-level managers are key to a successful Transformation, they need to be trained and guided in the process.
  • What is next after the training is over?
    • Agile Coaches are crucial in this stage since the application is a whole different story.
  • Change can be scary.
    • Let’s experiment, instead of thinking about it in terms of winning or losing.
    • Keep your eyes on the goal.
  • Are some other roles instrumental when transitioning?
    • There could be a lack of clarity on some roles at the beginning.
    • All Team members are working together to deliver outcomes in short cycles with rapid feedback loops.
    • The business stakeholders help with the requirements but sometimes they get confused by the new events.
  • “Don’t just give them the title, buy them the tool, and expect the Agile process to work.”

  • Organizations want to be Agile but they don’t give them the necessary coaching and facilitation that people need to be successful.

  • Providing support is what enables Teams to become self-organizing and successful.
  • Be patient; small victories can get a long way.

Mentioned in this Episode:

“What is Agile Coaching?” by Lyssa Adkins

Scrum: The Art of Doing Twice the Work in Half the Time, by Jeff Sutherland

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Michael Cooper, Agile Thought’s Chief Architect.

In this episode, Dan and Mike explore the topic resulting from the previous conversation they had regarding technical debt, which is, once you identify the debt, what do you do about it? Michael presents three possible strategies: the most common, the undesired, and lastly, the pragmatic and practical solution.

Key Takeaways

  • In response to technical debt, the first thing you can do is nothing.
    • Not doing anything about technical debt is the path chosen by many people.
    • Doing nothing is a pragmatic approach, but only works if you are planning to do nothing with the product.
  • Often a complete replacement is the way chosen to respond to technical debt.
    • This could be considered a relatively undesirable strategy since it is an extremely risky approach.
    • What if the developers that wrote the code are dead? How can you know what was in the original product?
  • Coming up with a completely new product (not a duplication) could be a response to technical debt.
    • This is a safe alternative but depends on whether the stakeholders will accept it.
    • It should not be just a replacement strategy but a comprehensive innovative solution, a game-change strategy.
    • This strategy would cost about twice the budget.
  • The practical solution: Slowly strangling the product.
    • This is a long and pragmatic process, where you may decide to leave parts of the system.
    • This strategy will preserve the functionality of the system and produce the expected result over time.
  • What is the cost to change?
    • It is very difficult to anticipate the costs.
  • How do you train the Team to approach technical debt?
    • The Team makes the decision whether they are capable or not to take the task.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Listen to What is Technical Debt? With Michael Cooper

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two colleagues, Hal Hogue and Misi Eyetsemitan.

In this episode, they explore a question that came up in a Coaches’ practice recently that was about the differences between a Product Owner and a Business Analyst. Are both the same? Do they have different business accountabilities? How do both enter the big picture?

Key Takeaways

● Product Owner and a Business Analyst are totally two different roles.

○ They vary by responsibility and by definition of functions; they are two entirely different roles.

○ Both roles can help in the accountabilities of Scrum.

○ Exploring the history, we traditionally had Business Analysts and Project Managers. The Scrum Framework does not have either of these titles. this

○ The Product Owner focuses on the vision and the profitability/marketability of the product (all about value).

○ The Scrum Master is all about the framework.

○ The Development Team has the accountability to develop the product and the process that will ensure that the product or task is addressed in an achievable way.

○ Business Analysts can help the Scrum Team by making sure that the backlog is representative of the vision of the product and the input of the users, stakeholders, and the Developers.

● Business Analysts are valuable when there is a scale in Agile.

○ When there is a robust product that has multiple Teams working on it, a BA is valuable.

● Is the need product- or experience-driven?

○ The answer may depend on the organization and on how Teams are set up. If the organization already has the operational role of a BA embedded within the Scrum Team, you can’t ignore it, it is part of the structure of that Team.

● Exploring each Team member’s accountabilities and responsibilities is a great way to prevent problems and safely scale. The Herculean Doughnut is an effective practice to determine roles and their reaches.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Learn more about the Herculean Doughnut

Zombie Scrum Survival Guide, by Christiaan Verwijs

Find what Dan Harmon’s Story Circle is about.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two guests, Mariano Oliveti, and Hal Hogue to talk about a topic that was inspired by a listener who recently was in a meeting where this question came up: What does a Scrum Master do with a Team that is very mature?

In this episode, Dan, Mariano, and Hal explore the concept of the maturity of a Team; does the continuous learning journey ever reach an end? Can Scrum Masters fully accomplish their work? Listen to this episode to find the answers to these very thought-provoking questions.

Key Takeaways

  • What does a Mature Team look like?
    • A mature Team has a growth mindset, members are always trying to improve.
    • A mature Team fails occasionally, they learn from these experiences and are not afraid of failure.
    • Members of a mature Team often actively listen to each other, they have healthy conflict, and they are not competing against each other.
    • Mature Teams focus on the outcome of what they are doing.
  • Can a Scrum Master still provide value to a very mature Team?
    • A Team might be great, but it will never be perfect; there is always an opportunity for continuous improvement.
    • If the Scrum Master is achieving a point where he believes there is nothing more to contribute to a Team, maybe he is confronted with his own fixed mindset; did this Scrum Master lose his curiosity?
    • A Scrum Master is part of the Team; he needs to self-reflect on his role constantly in order to do things differently and better for the entire Team.
    • Inviting a third party to facilitate activities for the Team and give an outside perspective is very valuable.
  • A Scrum Master must nurture an experimental mindset in their Team.
    • Trying something different is always an enriching experience.
    • A Scrum Master must provide a safe environment where Team members are not afraid of failure.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Learn more about Agile2022, Nashville

The Agile Mindset — and Beyond, Linda Rising

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Agile’s Thought Chief Architect, Michael Cooper to explore the topic of Technical Debt.

In this episode, Dan and Mike share how Technical Debt has become a dirty term among technical and non-technical people, where it can be considered to be a waste of time and money. Mike is here to demystify Tech Debt and talk about the necessary steps to take when encountering it, like finding its root cause and advancing a strategy to address it.

Key Takeaways

  • ● What can be some indications that technical debt is present?

    • ○ The first sign is that things are not going right, people can be unhappy about some aspect of the platform, system, or project.
    • ○ One indicator is that the velocity is slowing down.
    • ○ When decisions are procrastinated we accumulate tech debt... is this a deliberate choice? Not really, but we still refuse to make decisions to address it.
    • ○ Stress is an indicator of Tech Debt.
    • ○ The passage of time will create Tech Debt.
    • ○ When defect rates get to a point that they are no longer tolerable or acceptable, you have to consider the decisions that were put off in order to reach that state.
    • ● How to avoid technical debt:

    • ○ Automated Testing

    • ○ Unit Tests for capturing the developer’s intent
    • ○ Static Code Analysis tools (such as SonarQube) for generating metrics about code complexity.
    • ● Most code in the world has high-tech debt. However, it is not an issue because people don’t need to change it.

    • ○ Software becomes “hard” when it gets enough tech debt.

    • ○ The most used strategy is to do nothing when encountering tech debt, and if you are not making changes to the code, it is an acceptable and reasonable approach.
    • ○ The highest reach approach is trying to change and rewrite the entire codebase. You are likely to lose the functionality that you originally had.
    • ○ One way of approaching tech debt is to make slow changes only when you hit that piece of code again.
    • Mentioned in this Episode:
    • What is technical debt? By Chris Cairns and Sarah Allen
    • Applied Software Measurement: Assuring Productivity and Quality, by Capers Jones.
    • Agile Estimating and Planning, by Mike Cohn
    • Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
    • Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
    • Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his friend and co-worker Ola Tunde.

In this episode, Dan and Tunde are exploring the matter of burnout, which sometimes is not that noticeable, and as a consequence, can pass unnoticed among co-workers. Burnout can result from many personal issues combined with the pressure of working in a small or big organization, and it can translate into a general loss of interest and motivation. Listen to this episode to find the difference between stress and burnout, and how to invest in yourself in order to rescue yourself from burnout.

Key Takeaways

  • How can you tell if you are feeling burnout?
    • Burnout is physical, emotional, or mental exhaustion, accompanied by decreased motivation, lower performance, and a bad attitude towards oneself and others.
    • Burnout is different from depression.
    • Burnout results from prolonged exposure to stress. It is a chronic state, a place of exhaustion.
  • There are three negative psychological impacts that burnout has on a person’s life:
    • Depersonalization.
    • Emotional exhaustion.
    • Lack of personal achievement.
  • There is a close relationship between stress and burnout.
    • When you are under stress you can still control the situation, but when you experience burnout you don’t have the energy to even address certain circumstances.
    • There is a healthy type of stress that promotes getting closer to solving a situation.
  • Leaders need to identify and understand those employees who are feeling burnout.
    • Good leaders (not managers) approach those who are acting differently and showing signs of burnout to find how they could be assisted, starting by giving them the chance to take a break.
  • We are our worst critics, we need to learn to prioritize our needs, and take care of ourselves.
    • Stop for a moment and set the goal of being kind to yourself, shift your mindset.
    • Take care of yourself: workout, take a break to go for a walk, take two days out of work, and take more time off!.
    • Do what relaxes you.
    • Seek help.
    • Leadership needs to create autonomy and empowerment; that is the reason why leaders need to encourage Team members to let their voices be heard.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Read more about burnout in this Psychology Today article.

The Leader Who Had No Title: A Modern Fable on Real Success in Business and in Life, Robin Sharma

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two Agile colleagues: Erica Menendez and Justin Thatil.

In this episode, they discuss the features of a high-performing Scrum Team and how this closely interacts with following and honoring the Scrum Values of openness, commitment, focus, courage, and respect. Dan, Erica, and Justin share valuable examples of their own Agile Journeys to define the main characteristics of a mature Scrum Team.

Key Takeaways

  • A great Scrum Team:
    • Follows Scrum values: openness, commitment, focus, courage, and respect.
    • Knows how to focus.
    • Identifies the goal to be achieved and works in a self-organized way in that direction.
    • Is about having the psychological safety to be open about feelings, difficult circumstances, and even celebrations.
  • Social time at the Daily Scrum is up to each Team to determine.
  • The Team must volunteer to take action.
    • Scrum Team members must be able to recognize each other’s strengths.
    • Team Members can help each other with their personal goals.
  • How does a mature Scrum Team behaves when things don’t go well?
    • Courage and respect are needed to face the problem.
    • Team members know how to respectfully disagree.
    • Identify what is going to be improved, changed, and done differently.
    • A Scrum Team must be willing to try something different, experimenting together.
  • A Scrum Team is committed to working together in all of the different Agile values.
    • A Scrum Team is also willing to fail when trying to solve a problem with an innovative approach.
  • Trust lives in a Scrum Team.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Agile Selling: Get Up to Speed Quickly in Today's Ever-Changing Sales World, by Jill Konrath

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Gerardo De La Fuente to talk about Agile and what it looks like to really embrace this Agile methods.

In this episode, Dan and Gerardo discuss those cases when Agile seems to be assumed but actually, it turns out to be just a shallow performance. Are people just showing up or joining with heart and soul in the Agile ways? Listen to this episode for a great synopsis of what truly is to embrace Agile.

Key Takeaways

● Showing up vs Embracing Agile

○ Agility for a Scrum team requires an understanding of all of the different roles in order to have the right expectations. Everyone has different accountabilities!

  • When Teams are challenged, the Scrum Master might be tempted to provide solutions, but that does not help in the long run. Teams should come to their own conclusions.

  • A Scrum Master has to know how to facilitate and listen, as well as to make the right questions.

  • A Scrum Master does not have the leading role in the play, the star is the Team. A Scrum Master needs to embrace the role of a Servant Leader.

● Teams need to understand the purpose of Scrum, its values, and its pillars (transparency, inspection, and adaptation) in order to fully realize the benefits of this Agile method.

● Scrum Masters find a valuable resource in collaborating and sharing situations and ideas.

○ Receiving feedback is crucial!

○ There needs to be psychological safety on the Team so people can be open to feedback.

○ In a Team, all members are peers collaborating with each other.

○ Collaboration also takes place with the Product Owner.

● Admitting you don’t know is tough.

○ It takes courage to provide insides about aspects that are not understood or are being done incorrectly. Being open from the beginning saves a lot of trouble.

○ When there is a knowledge or skill gap, it is helpful to reach out to someone else in the organization for help.

● Agile Teams commit to delivering value

○ The entire Team works together and contributes towards reaching the goal.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Leader Who Had No Title: A Modern Fable on Real Success in Business and in Life, Robin Sharma

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann, your host, is answering a very common question: Why would an organization use Kanban or Scrum?


In this episode, he explains the benefits of both approaches, describing each of them and identifying which of them is more suitable for an organization.

Key Takeaways

  • ● The kind of work an organization is doing will define the methodologies or approaches to take.

    • ○ Scrum is an excellent framework for organizations that are doing complex work, as it is creating software.
    • ○ If you are in conditions of uncertainty, you want to deliver value frequently, and de-risk your approach, a Scrum framework is the most applicable.
    • ○ The Kanban method is more thana board with signs and signals.
    • ○ The Kansan method is a disciplined approach. It includes making status clear, articulating clear policies, set work in process limits, measuring and manage flow, and then make incremental improvements over time.
    • ● Scrum or Kanban: A false choice.

    • ○ Both can complement.

    • ● Why Scrum?

    • ○ It works!

    • ○ Scrum is clearer than Kanban about rolls, events, and artifacts.
    • ○ Be cautious, there are people using Scrum immaturely and not to its fullest benefit.
    • ○ It is much easier to find employees using the titles in the Scrum framework.
    • ● Why Kanban?

    • ○ With Kanban, organizations start where they are.

    • ○ The Kanban method is great for creating transparency and supporting experiments for how you want to improve the flow of work.
    • ○ The Kanban method can be applied at many different levels and related to other groups within the organization.
    • ● How long can your organization maintain focus?

    • ○ Kanban fits better for organizations that are doing work that is frequently changing priorities.

    • ○ Scrum looks to support a product goal, and focus is maintained for longer periods (three to four weeks sometimes).
    • Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?
    • Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
    • Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Eric Landes to answer a listener’s question about development. Our listener asked: How can a non-technical Scrum Master or a Scrum Master introduce technical skills and practices to strongly opinionated engineers?

In this episode, Dan and Eric are sharing how to shift the mindset from wanting to know it all about the design to one where emergence is embraced. They share practical tips and examples of real Agile scenarios to make change easier and lessen its costs.

Key Takeaways

● How to help engineers to embrace emergence:

○ Model the behavior and examples.

○ Go on a learning journey together. Invite them to join the process if they have some technical knowledge.

○ What is in it for them? They don’t have to spend time on a design to release that later could not scale as expected, or didn't address the customer’s needs.

● How to make change easy?

○ Eric shares how he started his Agile journey by creating an application that received a lot of resistance from the management.

● Emerging design is critical.

○ The design is fundamental to the core functionality, but the architecture is probably going to fall over in an unexpected way, even with experts things don’t always get exactly right. Testing rapidly is the way of finding what is wrong earlier.

○ Make critical architectural decisions first, instead of waiting until the last possible moment.

● What are the things people need to get right in the first Sprint?

○ Chose at least one programming language to use.

○ Identify the tools that are going to be used and where are you going to deploy the first iteration.

○ Let’s experiment with the architecture.

● The cost of change in the development is still present.

○ Take it to the Team: How can we lower the cost of change? How can we make architectural change easier?

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Dan Neumann, your host, has been reviewing the history of the Agile Coaches Corner Podcast and encountered the most popular show among these 184 episodes, it is titled “What is Agile?” and was hosted by himself and Sam Falco.

In this episode, you will get the chance to listen again to the most listened episode so far, which explores the foundations of Agility and the history of the Agile Manifesto,

Key Takeaways

  • Why was it important for the Agile Manifesto to be declared? What is the history behind it?
    • It was created in reaction to what was happening in the software industry in 2001 (predominantly waterfall and other predictive methods with bad track records for delivering on time).
    • In response to “scope creep” (AKA changes or uncontrolled growth in a project’s scope at any point after a project begins).
    • Because it is very difficult to predict what you need to do when you’re trying to solve a new problem every time.
    • Out of necessity (as any work that requires creativity and a high degree of uncertainty about the outcome you’re trying to achieve [such as software development] is difficult without a set of principles and values).
    • Because every problem is unique with software development.
  • In the Harvard Business Review in 1986, an article was published titled, “The New New Development Game” which outlined the need for a new way of working where teams could be given objectives instead of tasks and they work together as a unit to accomplish their work.
    • The “relay race” method was clearly not working and agility offered a better model, better compared to playing rugby.
  • What is the Agile Manifesto?
    • It’s the thing we point to when someone says, “What is agile?”
    • Those that came up with the Agile Manifesto didn’t put it together to justify their existence; they put it together because they recognized the success they were having through its methodology and wanted to figure out the commonalities.
    • If you’re asking if something is agile, you can reference the manifesto’s values and principles.
  • What is Agile?
    • It’s creating a competitive advantage and being a disruptive force.
    • Delivering working software as your primary measure of success.
    • A collection of values and principles as laid out in the Agile Manifesto.
    • It is the ability to deliberately respond to change and demand; not just react.
    • Controlling risk.
    • Building stuff that people actually want and will use.
    • Solve the problem that the customer has called for and not gold plating everything.
    • Agile practices are simply that; practices — they’re good in some circumstances and not good in others.
  • Are you changing just to change or are you harnessing change for competitive advantage? Is change happening to you or are you creating the change?
    • Change is not just about keeping up with your competition but making your competition keep up with you.

Mentioned in this Episode:

“The New New Product Development Game,” by Hirotaka Takeuchi and Ikujiro Nonaka | Harvard Business Review (January 1986)

Agile Software Development Ecosystems: Problems, Practices, and Principles, by James A. Highsmith

The Surprising Power of Liberating Structures: Simple Rules to Unleash A Culture of Innovation, by Henri Lipmanowicz and Keith McCandless

LiberatingStructures.com

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Hal Hogue to talk about the Daily Scrum event. Dan and Hal are assessing this topic again after two years, a particular couple of years since much has changed due to the strike of the COVID-19 pandemic, especially in regards to the workplace, making most of the work to be remote.

In today’s episode, Hal and Dan are talking about the ways in which the Daily Scrum can be more effective by fostering transparency and flow to promote simplicity and focus. They also dive deep into the struggles brought by remote working and the many alternatives to tackle this issue.

Key Takeaways

● What makes the Daily Scrum effective?

○ Understand the purpose of the Daily Scrum: What are we trying to accomplish with it?

○ The Daily Scrum is a perfect place for reflecting on how the plans are going; it is a reliable time and place to focus on refining the plan and thinking about what the next steps will be.

○ The Daily Scrum can be used to avoid misunderstandings.

● How to best avoid misunderstandings about information going back and forth among the Scrum Team members:

○ The Daily Scrum is an opportunity to inspect and adapt our plans and goals.

○ Establish transparency: Make sure things are visible, well understood, and agreed upon by all the Scrum Team members.

○ The purpose of the Daily Scrum is the opportunity for the Developers collaborate to achieve the Sprint Goal.

○ Be aware of “meeting fatigue”; people tend to have a lot of meetings and that can affect the predisposition to misunderstandings.

● Different ways in which a Scrum Master can foster transparency:

○ Give the Developers a chance to evaluate how confident they are about achieving the Sprint Goal by the end of the Sprint.

○ Developers can be encouraged to reflect on the current progress.

○ Transparency and flow need to go along with simplicity and focus.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by three of his Agile colleagues, Erik Lindgren, Hal Hogue, and Adam Ulery.

In this episode, they discuss a common question with respect to Teams: Should we choose long-running Teams or dynamically formed ones? These four Agile colleagues share today valuable examples on how to form Teams and practical ways to help Teams succeed at delivering high-value products.

Key Takeaways

  • Advantages of long-lived cross-functional Teams:

    • Teams get to know each other better and build relationships.
    • Teams have working agreements that make them more effective.
    • Stability!
    • Much less coordination is needed.
    • Cons of long-lived Teams:

    • There is not much flexibility.

    • There is the risk of losing alignment with the rest of the organization.
    • What to do when someone’s professional goals push them in a different direction?

    • A Team could be kept together as long as possible but eventually, changes will happen.

    • We always need to look for ways for people to grow professionally.
    • What to consider when Teams are changing.

    • Keep the Team involved with the decisions that are being made.

    • When Teams change, the Team might be needing a skill that isn’t available.
    • Change is inevitable, be prepared for them.
    • What are the Team creation methods that work best?

    • A formal Team-forming workshop sets up Teams nicely for success, developing shared values.

    • Having a clear understanding of the type of work that the Team will be going after and based on that, finding the matched skills and competencies to that type of work.
    • Allow self-organization to happen.
    • Establish what is going to be created first in order to set up a Team; those Teams tend to grow organically.
    • Choosing a Team’s name can help people feel they belong and gives them the ability to become part of something bigger than themselves.
    • Why not both long-run and dynamically formed Teams?

    • Decide with your colleagues what can work better, encouraging self-organized Teams, since it is always positive to decide how the Team wants to be organized for the task in question.

    • The core of Agility is focusing on individuals and interactions.
    • When to form a new Team?

    • If you have some special project or initiative that may require deep specialties in an area.

    • Some Teams can come together to innovate in a particular area.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Listen to “Podcast Ep. 5: Exploring an Experimental Mindset with Adam Ulery”

Team of Teams: New Rules of Engagement for a Complex World, by Gen. Stanley McChrystal, Tantum Collins, David Silverman, and Chris Fussell

Netflix Documentary, The Last Dance

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two colleagues, Alba Uribe and Hal Hogue. In this episode, they are discussing what a Scrum Master does outside of the Scrum Team bubble. They dive deep into the roles of a Scrum Master as a teacher, coach, facilitator, and also as an impediment remover. Listen to this thoughtful conversation and find meaningful examples and valuable and applicable suggestions to live the Agile principles and promote their right implementation throughout your organization.

Key Takeaways

  • What does a Scrum Master do outside of the Scrum Team bubble?

    • A Scrum Master is an impediment remover. Hal shares an example of a Team that was just exhausted from the number of meetings they meant to attend.
    • The Scrum Master can help with external Teams that are dependent on services or any kind of other development. Teams can cooperate with each other. If there is dependency among Teams, what can be done to remove them? When dependencies are removed or minimized, Teams can be in control of their own destinies.
    • A Scrum Master teaches, coaches, and facilitates.

    • A Scrum Master must look for opportunities to teach and coach while having conversations with the people in the organization to find those teachable moments.

    • A Scrum Master must teach the Agile concepts at all levels as well as coach and mentor constantly. A Scrum Master has to show people the benefits of following Agile Principles and tell them how they can experience those benefits.
    • A Scrum Master must help employees and stakeholders understand and enact an empirical approach to complex work.
    • A Scrum Master can also support innovation and creativity.
    • Scrum Masters can work with other Scrum Masters in the organization and other coaches to make sure there is an alignment among them and also be aware of what each other is doing.
    • What can you do as a Scrum Master to find other people who are participating in the Scrum Journey with you? How can they be engaged?

    • Get out there, communicate and bounce ideas with others. Build that culture and get those allies together.

    • A Scrum Master can enable conversations with other departments.
    • A Scrum Master should be the management ally.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Start with Why: How Great Leaders Inspire Everyone to Take Action, by Simon Sinek

The Zombie Scrum Survival Guide, by Christiaan Verwijs, Johannes Schartau, and Barry Overeem

Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Lyssa Adkins

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his Agile Thought colleagues, Hal Hogue and Mike Guiler to discuss a very particular question: What does a Scrum Master actually do all day?

In this episode, Dan, Hal, and Mike start by exploring what a Scrum Master does not do, then they discuss the many hats a Scrum Master wears, and how these several duties impact a Team’s performance. A Scrum Master provides tools and autonomy and makes sure that each Team member knows their accountabilities and the reasons behind the work they do.

Key Takeaways

  • What doesn’t a Scrum Master do all day?
    • A Scrum Master is not a calendar manager type person.
    • A Scrum Master does not keep visualization tools updated.
    • A Scrum Master is not the one updating the Sprint backlog.
    • A Scrum master does not take notes in meetings nor collect the status of people.
  • The many roles of a Scrum Master:
    • A Scrum Master needs to guide the Team for them to be in control of their own destiny.
    • Helping everyone inside and outside of the Scrum Team understand who is accountable for what.
    • A Scrum master does not need to schedule all the events, but he needs to focus on how every member of the Team gets the maximum possible amount of value from each of the events, and that takes time and preparation. Mike, Dan, and Hal dive deep into the example of Retrospective Meetings.
    • A Scrum Master needs to be a teacher and help the Scrum Team understand why they are doing what they are doing.
  • A Scrum Master is a facilitator and teacher and also a coach.
    • Helping unlock the potential in others, assisting the Team members by learning from their own experiences.
    • A Scrum Master needs to help the Team to become self-managed and understand how the company functions.
  • A Scrum Master should foster transparency.
    • A safe environment needs to be nurtured in the first place in order for transparency to be welcomed.
    • The Team has to know why being transparent is actually helpful.
    • Scrum has artifacts to increase transparency.

Mentioned in this Episode:

  • The Zombie Scrum Surviving Guide, by Christiaan Verwijs, Johannes Schartau, and Barry Overeem
  • Lean Enterprise: How High Performance Organizations Innovate at Scale, by Jez Humble, Joanne Molesky, and Barry O’Reilly
  • Listen to “Episode 178: Socio-Economic Approach to Management (SEAM) with Sarah Skillman and Mary Demain”

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

  • Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!
  • Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his colleagues, Rosemary Atanga and Quincy Jordan. In this episode, they explore the answer to a very common question: How many teams can or should a Scrum Master Support? Dan, Rosemary, and Quincy talk about the role of a Scrum Master and how it is affected by supporting one, two, or even more Teams. They dive deep into many examples of when different ratios could work keeping effectiveness and a healthy environment as priorities.

Key Takeaways

  • How many teams can or should a Scrum Master support?
    • Sometimes supporting too many teams is a matter of budget and financing.
    • Effectiveness is different than being busy, someone can be busy doing nothing. Having one Scrum Master working with multiple Teams can really affect the effectiveness of his work.
    • There must be a process for a Scrum Master to take the lead of a second Team, making sure first this Team is stable and understands all the Agile principles.
    • Are you setting the Team up for success or failure? Are you wearing out your Scrum Master? Even if it works, it is not sustainable.
  • The role of a scrum master:
    • The Scrum Master needs to be an Agile Champion and to become the coach for his Team; it is crucial that every member knows about the accountabilities in order to grow into maturity.
    • The Scrum Master is there to coach and mentor the Team on best practices to really see the best benefits of Agile.
    • A Scrum Master has to foster a healthy Scrum environment.
  • One Scrum Master for one Team:
    • This is a healthy ratio, it is a very good starting point for a Team that is at the beginning of its Agile Journey.
    • If the Scrum Master is supporting a very mature Team, they will be less dependent, and then it is more suitable for the Scrum Master to think to take a second Team.
  • One Scrum Master for two Teams:
    • A one-to-two ratio is really ideal; in general, it works better this way.
    • The ratio usually depends on the projects, especially if a Team is taking more than one project at a time.
  • One Scrum Master for three or more Teams:
    • If the Scrum Master has two Teams that are pretty mature, and one that needs more help, it might be possible to be the support for the three Teams.
    • If it is only very temporary a Scrum Master could take more than three Teams; it will be very wearing on the Scrum Master, it is not a healthy situation but is something that could be done if there are strategic reasons to do so.
    • It is not a recommended scenario.
  • What can go wrong if the Scrum Master is overloaded?
    • Lack of focus. Every Team has different needs, so it will be hard to balance and give the same attention to all Teams.
    • The Scrum Master’s morale can be affected.
    • The health of the Team can be affected since they are not getting the support they need.

Mentioned in this Episode:

“The Scrum Master Checklist,” by Michael James.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two external guests today: Sarah Skillman and Mary Demain, both SEAM experts and Agile practitioners.

In this episode, Dan, Sarah, and Mary are talking about SEAM (Socio-Economic Approach to Management) and how leadership is the key to Agility. Sarah and Mary share their extensive knowledge and experience working with SEAM, helping organizations identify the dysfunctions that are causing problems in their systems, and guiding them towards more efficient ways of operating, considering the social and financial aspects involved as both crucial and interconnected.

Key Takeaways

  • What is SEAM and how is it different from other approaches?
    • SEAM is a different way to lead and manage organizations.
    • Other approaches follow paradigms that are more than 100 years old.
    • “Socio-economic” means that these aspects are considered as a priority, neither of them exists without the other.
    • SEAM works starting from the management system and follows with the other sectors of the organization. The process begins by identifying the hidden causes and what needs to be improved.
  • SEAM focuses on outcomes and cost savings.
    • Sarah shares an example of a company that was wasting a lot of time and effort without knowing they could negotiate the process and obtain more benefit for the company and its people.
    • Remember that people want to help and collaborate; they just need an opportunity.
    • SEAM pays attention to cultural norms.
  • How does SEAM approach culture change and transformation?
    • SEAM aims to remove the dysfunctions that slow people down in a company.
    • SEAM is an approach, not a quick fix.
  • What is the liminal space?
    • The liminal space is where people are when they are changing from one place to another. It is certainly an uncomfortable place to be, but also inevitable when intended to grow, since it is where human potential is realized.
    • People first experience the liminal space individually and then do it collectively.
  • SEAM starts at the top since only leaders can model the behavior they want to see in others.
  • Every person is part of a system. How does SEAM help people appreciate the complexity of the system?
    • Agility is a wholeness to change and SEAM is a whole system changed.
    • Every time you change the system, dysfunctions are created, and for every dysfunction, there is a cause.
    • Six tasks every company has to tackle:
      • Working conditions.
      • Work organization.
      • Time management
      • Collaborate, communicate, and cooperate.
      • Integrative training.
      • Implementation of strategy.
    • During the SEAM process, people are asked about what is not going well in each of these areas, and later the root causes are identified. After this first stage, the future is assessed while looking for possible solutions to those dysfunctions.
  • Sarah and Mary address the “frozen middle.”
    • Everybody involved in the organizational change needs to know about the purpose of that change.
    • Interventions, training, and coaching are parts of the SEAM process.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Reengineering Alternative, by William Schneider

The SEAM Institute

Socio-Economic Approach to Management: Steering Organizations into the Future, by Alla Heorhiadi and John Conbere

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Adam Ulery to explore the topic of scaled approaches independent of embracing an industry framework. In this episode, Dan and Adam are discussing scaling without adopting an Agile framework like SAFe. They share the reasons organizations use industry frameworks to scale, dive deep into the characteristics of SAFe and other frameworks, and describe the principles that need to be prioritized while scaling, such as Clarity of Vision, Goal Alignment, Frequent Delivery of Value, Planning and Coordination, and Transparency.

Key Takeaways

  • SAFe is the most popular Agile framework for leading enterprises because it works; it's trusted, customizable, and sustainable.
  • Why do people want to use an industry framework to start with?
    • People choose an industry framework to start with because they recognize and feel familiar with something that is out there in the market.
    • There is a script to follow, so people don’t have to think about the complicated parts; it is already done for them.
  • When to look for another scaling framework that is not SAFe?
    • When the scaling framework doesn’t work for the client, based on where they are at the moment.
    • Dan and Adam share an example to describe the situation where certain frameworks would not be of use.
    • The model can’t be against the organizational structure.
  • Principles around how an organization can scale:
    • Clarity of Vision: Make sure there is a good vision for the groups that are involved in the change, clearly expressing the purpose and goal behind the everyday work.
    • Goal Alignment: Capture the vision and create an alignment of goals that promotes it.
    • Aligning strategy to execution is an enormous tool.
    • Frequent Delivery of Value: Teams learn by delivering value and receiving feedback, which helps coordinating and planning the next step.
    • Transparency: Practicing transparency is key in a scaling process, especially when things get more complicated.
    • Technologies involved in scaling must be aligned; coherence is crucial.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Back Mechanic, by Dr. Stuart McGill

Thinking Orthodox: Understanding and Acquiring the Orthodox Christian Mind, Eugenia Scarvelis Constantinou

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is diving deep into the topic of psychological safety, inspired by a couple of articles that got his special attention (references below). Dan is sharing in today’s episode the definition of psychological safety, its link to diversity in Teams and innovation, as well as some specific ways to foster psychological safety as the number one prerequisite for a successful Team.

Key Takeaways

  • What is psychological safety?
    • Psychological safety is a shared belief that the members of a team won’t be rejected or embarrassed for speaking up with their ideas, questions, or concerns.
  • Bresman and Edmondson present research that supports that diversity on a team is linked to a better outcome.
    • This research explores the bond between diversity and psychological safety, implying that more diverse teams are going to have better ideas and outcomes than teams that are less diverse.
    • From the research, they found that diverse teams tend to be a little lower on performance than more homogeneous teams.
    • They also differentiated from highly diverse teams that had high psychological safety and those that did not have it. This first group outperformed by a meaningful degree both the diverse teams that didn’t have psychological safety and also low diversity to homogeneous teams.
    • Meeting with the purpose of finding root causes can feel a lot like blame, and blame is one of the behaviors that destroy psychological safety. Transform meetings into opportunities to share information.
    • Seek information! Don’t assume you know. Choose open versus closed-ended questions.
  • In his article, Timothy Clark uses the term dialogic process to explore how Teams harness intellectual friction and navigate their interdepending work.
    • If there is a lack of psychological safety, individuals are going to censor each other or result in self-censoring behavior which prevents a highly collaborative atmosphere in a Team.
    • High psychological safety promotes innovation as a goal while a lack of it produces fear as a response and survival as the goal.
    • Clark frames Agile as a culture implementation, bringing the Agile values into practice.
    • Small and seemingly insignificant acts of disrespect, indifference, and rudeness can push a Team back into withdrawal and personal risk management.
    • Clark also shares four steps to work in a Scrum Team to continue to foster psychological safety.
  • Ways to promote psychological safety at work:
    • Google has identified five dynamics in successful Teams and the number one prerequisite is psychological safety. The second is dependability, in third place are structure and clarity, fourth is the meaning of the work, and lastly, the members of the Team have to fundamentally believe that the work they do matters.

Mentioned in this Episode:

“Exploring Psychological Safety and Danger with Ola Tunde”

“Agile Doesn’t Work Without Psychological Safety,” by Timothy R. Clark

“Research: To Excel, Diverse Teams Need Psychological Safety,” Henrik Bresman and Amy C. Edmondson

“The five keys to a successful Google team,” by Julia Rozovsky

“8 ways to create psychological safety in the workplace,” by Greg Barnett, Ph.D.

Switch: How to Change Things When Change Is Hard, by Chip Heath

Crucial Conversations: Tools for Talking When Stakes Are High, by Joseph Grenny, Ron McMillan, Al Switzler, and Kerry Patterson

Multiple Explanation: A Consider-an-Alternative Strategy for Debiasing Judgments, Edward R. Hirt and Keith D. Markman

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann, your host, is sharing what he has learned from his continuous learning journey that brought him to acting classes several months ago and that now involves him getting a part as an actor in a play. Dan learned from his acting classes a lot of wisdom that can also be applied to Agility and in the delivery of value to the organization and he is sharing it in today’s episode.

Key Takeaways

● Role clarity is crucial.

○ Expectations are related to the role you are playing.

○ Not every decision has to be made by consensus. Not everyone on the Team must agree.

○ There’s a time and a place for people to share ideas.

○ Ask permission to share feedback, and make sure you are invited in.

● Embrace the fact that estimations and plans will change.

○ Your estimate is always going to be wrong.

● What can you do to make sure you are prepared to bring your whole self to the work?

○ How does your individual performance affect the whole team?

● Personal accountability:

○ Who is responsible for what?

○ Know your part but also don’t ignore the others’ accountabilities

• Ask questions if you need clarification.

○ Advocate for your own needs: What do you need to be successful?

● Transitions:

○ Reflect and think through the transitions to improve them.

○ What are the triggers for change?

● Risk assessing:

○ How can you forecast risks? You can’t eliminate risk. Things will go wrong, and you will need to adjust in time.

● Take care of people.

○ People are not resources; we are complicated and our emotional and physical needs have to be contemplated.

○ Let people know what is coming; uncertainty is uncomfortable.

○ Be clear about starting with an ending in mind.

○ Reach out to your people, be supportive, check how they are doing.

• • Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

• • Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

• • Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Kristan Chavious and Quincy Jordan, two returning guests and colleagues.

In this episode, they are discussing the very special topic of empathy and how it can be a challenge to practice it in fast-paced settings; it can be tough to reconcile empathy with moving fast but there is a significant value in it.

Key Takeaways

  • Different ways to bring empathy into an Agile Team:
    • Empathy is known as the ability to understand and share the feelings of another person.
    • Empathy is also being able to understand someone else’s values.
    • Get outside of your personal experience to see it through the eyes of others and connect with their emotional and psychological response to an event.
  • Leading Agile Teams is different than leading traditional teams.
    • An Agile Team is self-organized but a leader needs to support the decisions that the Team members make versus telling them what to do.
    • Displaying a level of empathy allows the Team to grow; no Team starts as a high-performance Team, it evolves into one.
    • In traditional teams, the work done is prioritized: “Just get it done.”
  • Empathy in Self-managed Teams:
    • Expectations must be addressed, especially in regard to job descriptions.
    • Team members have to know that they have permission to make certain decisions.
    • The culture needs to be shifted from fearing failure to celebrating it. Leaders must be able to support their teams in their failures.
  • Empathy should be demonstrated top-down and bottom-up.
  • Participating in meetings, turning on cameras, and really being present are crucially important to foster empathy and better communication.
    • Assume a good intent, “You know they mean well,” even in the most tense scenarios.
    • When you realize someone is having a bad day, try to adjust and to help who is in need at that particular moment (if it is an ongoing attitude, that is simply abuse).

Mentioned in this Episode:

Do Nothing: How to Break Away from Overworking, Overdoing, and Underliving, by Celeste Headlee

The Ruthless Elimination of Hurry: How to Stay Emotionally Healthy and Spiritually Alive in the Chaos of the Modern World, by John Mark Comer

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by three colleagues Alba Uribe, Quincy Jordan, and Justin Thatil, to have a second conversation about vulnerability, especially about the patterns Teams can fall into that are a threat to vulnerability and the overall safety of the work environment.

In this episode, they explore these dangerous antipatterns and how to prevent them.

Key Takeaways

  • Avoiding the Antipatterns:
    • If you “Bring your whole self to work” you are able to be vulnerable and propose ideas.
    • If you are making promises you can’t keep, people won’t feel trustful of the environment anymore. Trust and transparency need to be built into Teams in order for them to be effective.
    • Remote work presents challenges to building relationships that can foster vulnerability.
  • How does a Scrum Master create an environment for people to allow themselves to be vulnerable?
    • A Scrum Master can show his/her own vulnerability in order to model the behavior to others (asking questions, making sure the camera is on in video calls).
    • Setting up a safe environment can require collaborating or setting expectations with those who are not on the team about the environment.
    • Vulnerability requires a lot of emotion, allowing yourself to feel and connect with others.
  • Assessing the root cause of a negative emotion that can arise as a result of the process is needed in order to prevent its repetition.
    • Being neutral only exacerbates the problem instead of seeking a potential solution.
    • Know the Team Agreements or Rules of Engagement: How are we going to interact? What are we going to do when we have differences?
  • Activities that numb vulnerability are a pattern to avoid.
    • Highlighting weaknesses promote a sense of fear and unsafety.
    • When some individuals disregard others’ ideas, vulnerability is at risk.
    • All questions are good questions! Promoting open communication is the best way of encouraging vulnerability.
    • A certain level of emotional intelligence is required to promote more human connection.
  • Unhealthy comparisons are vulnerability destroyers.
    • Don’t compare Teams’ performance, it is just not effective.
    • Looking back to a different Team composition and comparing past results to today’s is not useful.
  • Favoritism is also an antipattern.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Listen to Ep. 171: Fostering Vulnerability in Agile Teams

Positive Intelligence

Positive Intelligence: Why Only 20% of Teams and Individuals Achieve Their True Potential and How You Can Achieve Yours, by Shirzad Chamine

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleague Misi Eyetsemitan and together they are exploring the value of Empiricism beyond the Scrum Team.

In this episode, Dan and Misi dive deep into the meaning of Empiricism and how it contributes to a Scrum Team predictability. Empiricism leads to more effective decision-making and is considered a powerful tool to manage expectations within an organization; you can’t miss this episode for a thoughtful discussion of its extent.

Key Takeaways

  • What is Empiricism?
    • Empiricism is knowledge from experience and using that knowledge in decision-making while ensuring we are eliminating risks.
    • In a Scrum Team, empiricism is at the core of the work.
    • Empiricism helps to build some level of predictability to the goals a Scrum Team has.
  • Empiricism from an Organizational point of view:
    • Each Sprint is an experiment, each idea is a proposal to experiment.
    • The first step is going out, using the available data to make informed decisions, and testing the existing hypothesis in order to validate that data.
    • From the moment a concept comes up, those who are going to be building it need to provide feedback to formulate an early hypothesis.
  • Budgeting within the Agile Space:
    • After developing a concept and a way of materializing it, the following step is funding. These questions proceed: What is sustainable and what is not? What is emerging?
    • How we use the empirical data that we have to find what is emerging is what really provides the most value.
    • Misi explains how the concepts of profit and value have evolved over time.
    • A budget needs to support what is bringing the most value.
  • Empirical data shows in many ways in decision making, going beyond the day-to-day of a Scrum Team.
  • How can we use empiricism to help us better manage expectations?
    • Empiricism is key to setting goals, road-mapping, and validating MVP.
    • Evaluating success is a challenging task.
    • Organizations use different tools to measure success but the primary measure is how much value is being provided to customers.
  • The vision must always be present as the main driver of an organization.
    • It all starts with a vision.
    • Our vision shapes what we want to be seeing.
  • In order to share empirical data, a safe environment is required.
    • Empirical data within is very tricky, people in the organization need to be empowered to share that information, and that only happens in a psychologically safe environment.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Positive Intelligence

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by three of his colleagues Alba Uribe, Quincy Jordan, and Justin Thatil. In today’s episode, they are exploring the concept of vulnerability as it is introduced by Brené Brown and its meaning for Scrum Masters and Agile Coaches who are seeking to foster a safe environment where vulnerability is welcomed and celebrated.

Key Takeaways

  • What is vulnerability?
    • According to Brené Brown, vulnerability is the emotional experience during times of uncertainty, risk, and emotional exposure.
    • Vulnerability is related to having courage regardless of the circumstances.
  • There are different phases of vulnerability: on an individual and a collective level.
    • You succeed and fail as a team; it is not about each person’s performance but the collective execution.
    • Teams need to trust and work together as a unit, as a collective.
  • What techniques can a Scrum Master use when having a new team and trying to create some of the safety that can host vulnerability?
    • A Scrum Master should first show and model vulnerability and then ask the team what they need in order to feel safe.
    • To establish safety.
    • To open up to team members about the importance of fostering vulnerability.
    • A team has to be aware of the responsibility implied in fostering a safe environment where vulnerability can take place.
  • Human connection is the catalyst to establish vulnerability.
  • Myths about vulnerability:
    • Vulnerability is disclosure: There have to be boundaries to what you share; vulnerability shows that there is trust and safety about what is appropriate to share at the right moment.
    • Vulnerability is weakness.
  • Techniques to encourage vulnerability:
    • Intentionally expose your troubles for others to see that you are willing to be transparent; vulnerability is contagious.
    • Establish what is OK in the team setting.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Seat of the Soul, by Gary Zukav

Positive Intelligence

Positive Intelligence: Why Only 20% of Teams and Individuals Achieve Their True Potential and How You Can Achieve Yours, by Shirzad Chamine

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his colleagues, Adam Ulery and Kris Chavious.

In this episode, Dan, Adam, and Kris are answering a listener who asked about the Dos and Don’ts of a Scrum Master. They cover topics such as culture, how to handle time boxes, meetings, and the challenging role of a Scrum Master removing impediments, among others.

Key Takeaways

● Dos for a Scrum Master:

○ As a Scrum Master, you bring the culture to the team. People share more when they are comfortable; a light and energetic atmosphere is important.

○ Get to know the people on your team.

○ A Scrum Master needs to be the positive force to the team.

○ Joke around! Make work fun.

○ How do you level down the stress in teams? Incorporate personal stories to lighten things up or play music (instrumental if there are activities to be done).

● Dos and Don’ts related to time boxes:

○ Some people may not understand what that means.

○ Time boxes are a maximum point but if you finish earlier it’s just fine.

○ Don’t be authoritarian about the time box.

○ Be mindful of the time box, but make sure to leave some time for people to share if something is pending or needs to be addressed in a future meeting.

● The Role of a Scrum Master removing impediments:

○ Enabling and facilitating are roles of the Scrum Master but he is not responsible for solving all the problems.

○ A Scrum Master needs to bring thinking tools to the team and know how to ask questions in order to achieve a solution.

● Don’t unnecessarily schedule meetings!

● Scrum Masters shouldn’t be an extreme micromanager.

○ You don’t have to be on your team every day, we are all professionals. There are mechanisms set to see the progress of the work every day.

● As a Scrum Master, you sometimes have to have uncomfortable conversations.

○ Don’t tolerate damaging behavior, address it right away!

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two of his Agile Coach’s colleagues, Andrea Floyd and Adam Ulery.

In this episode, Dan, Andrea, and Adam are answering a listener’s question who is just entering the role of a Scrum Master in the organization he works for and realized that it’s going through the consequences of a lack of the application of the ADKAR model. This listener asks for help in order to prevent his team from completely crashing and burning with the adoption of the SAFe methodology tasked by the leadership.

Key Takeaways

  • A safe Scaled Agile framework.
    • When looking for a safe way to scale, visit Scaled Agile Framework where you can find lots of information and an implementation road map for different organizations to implement.
    • Change will affect everyone on the Team.
    • Training is necessary for all individuals to understand how change is going to impact them.
    • SAFe is a framework; there are other tools to complement it.
    • Look for opportunities to create organic learning groups.
  • What is the tiebreaker between the roles of a Scrum Master, Product Owner, and Engineering?
    • Engage the community to have a collaborative conversation about what will make the best impact for the desired outcome.
    • Who has the tiebreaker? That depends on the topic of the change involved, it could be the Scrum Master or the Product Owner.
    • The Scrum Master needs to help in guiding the practices and the processes around Scrum.
    • It is crucial to have working agreements and an explicit understanding of who is responsible for what domain and area.
    • To script the opening move is one strategy to making changes.
    • Understanding accountabilities for each role is key for a successful change.
  • Is there a change management plan template or some best practices to show the “why” for the process? How do you make people want to change?
    • Create excitement by helping people understand how the change benefits them and why change is happening.
    • The implementation roadmap at Scaled Agile Framework is a very useful resource, all needed modifications can be done to fit your organization’s needs.
    • Visit LACE to learn how to create a Lean-Agile Center of Excellence.
  • Tips for change agents to help them build some transparency:
    • Always come from a place of humbleness and curiosity in the way you are approaching change.
    • Empathy is a needed skill when confronting change.
    • When you first start something it always feels a little chaotic and the human normal reaction is to go back to what is familiar; use empathy to understand this feeling; just be human.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Scaled Agile Framework

LACE

Positive Intelligence: Why Only 20% of Teams and Individuals Achieve Their True Potential and How You Can Achieve Yours, by Shirzad Chamine

Scrum Guide

Kanban: Successful Evolutionary Change for Your Technology Business (aka “blue book”)

A Simpler Intro to Kanban

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Andrea Floyd, colleague and principal consultant at AgileThought, to discuss different ways of helping Agile Practices to take root and thrive within organizations.

In this episode, you will find an opportunity to reflect on your Agile Journey, identify the aspects where adjustments can be made, and reinforce the Agile Mindset for it to really take root, become sustainable, and have all the positive impacts possible.

Key Takeaways

● An Agile Journey needs tune-ups.

○ Taking care of things is action-oriented.

○ Taking a moment to reflect is part of practicing awareness.

● What can impede an Agile Journey to thrive?

○ Not paying attention to accountabilities across the teams. It is important to take a moment to agree on accountabilities.

● How can we create accountabilities when a gap is spotted?

○ Create a space where people can contribute.

○ Our words are important, make sure the words you choose to use are understood. Create a glossary of terms to help with that alignment.

○ Listen and observe the ways people are working together.

● Find the whys behind what is being done.

○ Forecast rather than plan.

● Tune-ups are about inspecting and adapting (and that needs to be visible).

● We don’t succeed without our people.

○ Care for your people and do no harm.

○ Focus on empathy and safety.

○ People are not hired to be a widget in a machine, a safe environment should encourage people to share their experiences and thoughts.

○ Are we incentivizing the right behaviors and the mindsets that support them?

● Business Agility is linked to Influential Leaders.

○ Agile Journeys have more opportunities to succeed if we have engaged leaders.

○ Andrea and Dan talk about the difference between engagement and support.

○ An inspiring leader creates communities to promote Agility.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Positive Intelligence: Why Only 20% of Teams and Individuals Achieve Their True Potential and How You Can Achieve Yours, Shirzard Chamine

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

Share These Tweets!

Taking care of things is action-oriented “ — Andrea Floyd

Our words are impactful, make sure the words you choose to use are understood.” — Andrea Floyd

Create safety for people to bring their past experiences to grow from them, people are not hired to be a widget in a machine.” — Dan Neumann

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a colleague, friend, and Professional Scrum Trainer, Eric Landes.

In this episode, Dan and Eric are answering a listener’s question that arises from an episode in which Change Fatigue was discussed; the listener wants to hear more about cases observed of Change Fatigue in Teams and Organizations and how they can be dealt with. They wonder if it is ever OK for a team on the path to Agility to say: “We made a really good progress; let’s take our foot off the pedal of continuous improvement and just cruise for a while!”

Key Takeaways

● What does Change Fatigue look like?

○ One-week sprints can exhaust Teams; speed is good but the Team’s engagement is a priority.

○ The retrospective after a Sprint is designed to be a moment to take a step back and reflect, maybe celebrating what is working well as opposed to meaningful process change.

● How to avoid Change Fatigue?

○ A way of avoiding Change Fatigue is by hosting the retrospective after a Sprint in another setting where the Team can unwind.

○ Try to change the mood, promoting a fun and easy atmosphere.

○ Think of places where you can give your Team a little rest and also listen to your Team’s suggestions about where would they like to go for a little relaxation.

○ The change might be needing to pause on changing.

● There is a potential of doing Change wrong.

○ Change is done wrong when you’ve lost the ability to deliver.

○ In Scrum, when you bring changes on they can only be one or two into a Sprint.

○ Ask yourself: Is this change effective?

● Apply, reflect, and adjust.

○ You not only have to be constantly doing!

○ It is OK to rest (by the way, it is needed!)

○ Every task is in a series; just work on one at a time. Don’t worry about the whole thing, just about the next thing.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Listen to Episode 53: “Why Should Scrum Teams Continually Improve” where Change Fatigue was first discussed

Agile Retrospective: Making Good Teams Great, by Esther Derby and Diana Larsen, with forward by Ken Schwaber

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Buyi‌ ‌Kalala‌ in today’s episode to explore the differences between Agile Missionaries and Agile Mercenaries, considering a missionary someone who is there to help and assist the team on its journey, and a mercenary, who is paid to “hit,” who can reinforce misconceptions, and even execute tasks that are not coherent with the Agile Values and Principles.

Key Takeaways

  • Agile Missionaries vs. Agile Mercenaries.
    • Assist the organization in knowing what they don’t know, leading them into a new direction, a new way of operating.
    • Sometimes organizations put all the responsibility on the Agile Coach when in fact it is their transformation, not the Coaches.
  • The reaction to change.
    • Planting the seed takes time, organizations need time to process and digest change.
    • Sometimes there is resistance to change and in other cases, there is change fatigue.
    • Sustainable change comes after a time-consuming process.
  • Well-taken decisions will be celebrated while poor actions will also be exposed.
    • Mistakes in the Agile Journey are opportunities to pivot.
    • Sometimes it is easier to identify the “wrongful” behaviors rather than having the ability to catch the right decisions to be able to encourage them.
    • Focusing on potentials and possibilities is the way to highlight the behaviors that are aligned with the Agile Culture.
  • One-on-one conversations are crucially important.
    • Introverts can have a hard time dealing with the face-to-face approach.
    • Showing interest in the other person is necessary to achieve a common goal and be successful together.
    • Think outside of the box and try to connect from the other person’s perspective.
    • Practice patience and be curious (instead of judgemental).

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a repeated guest, Quincy Jordan. Today they are talking about the vital importance of getting Agile Teams and initiatives off to a good start.

In this episode, they discuss the things that need to happen outside the Teams and that also need to involve them, what elements are required to support the Team and what to expect from them. Listen to this episode to learn more about how to support a Scrum Team to have the best start possible.

Key Takeaways

  • Management should support the Team in its efforts to deliver something of value to the organization.
    • Sometimes a Team needs mentoring that comes from outside the team.
  • Establishing Team working agreements.
    • Teams need to have working agreements to help establish guidelines about how to do the work and communicate as a Team.
    • Conflict will happen; that is why rules of engagement are necessary to anticipate the way in which a team will address those potential conflicts.
    • Leveraging emotions in conflict resolutions is needed; emotions cannot be removed from a human experience.
  • Why do we care for getting off to a good start in the first place?
    • Awareness: A team needs to know why they are endeavoring in a particular project as well as they need to know what is the benefit and who is benefiting from the work.
    • It is important for those on the front line to really know how their work ties to the topline business objective; this is the way for them to see the value of the work that they are doing there.
    • Quincy and Dan talk about the critical aspects in launching a Team, which are covered by the methodology for change managing called ADKAR: Awareness, Desire, Knowledge, Ability, and Reinforcement.
  • The facets of getting off to a good start.
    • After working on the Awareness it is necessary to make it clear how the Team is going to communicate.
    • There is a benefit to anticipating how we are going to reward behaviors that we want to perpetuate.

.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, Lyssa Adkins

Blog post by Esther Derby: “Building Effective Teams: Miss the Start, Miss the End”

Liftoff: Launching Agile Teams & Projects, Diana Larsen and Ainsley Niles

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Adam Ulery to continue the conversation in regard to Organizational Change. In the previous episode, they discussed the first two steps proposed by the ADKAR Model for Change Management (Awareness and Desire), and today they follow with Knowledge, Ability, and Reinforcement.

Key Takeaways

  • What does Knowledge Building look like?
    • Training and education are needed to help people get the knowledge they are going to need to be successful in this change.
    • The mindset component is a major part of an Agile Transformation; this mindset involves a different way to approach business and the delivery of a product.
  • Dan and Adam talk about the “Follow the rules” approach.
    • There has to be some knowledge acquisition before “learning by doing.”
    • Formal training is very helpful (videos, books, classroom training).
    • A potential pitful is not giving adequate time or resources to allow the knowledge acquisition to really take place.
  • See one, do one, teach one.
    • When someone teaches others they start to learn what they are teaching in a better way.
  • Knowledge and Ability are tied together.
    • Knowing something needs to go along with being able to do it.
    • Acquiring more knowledge and improving abilities grow together.
    • Feedback is crucial to increasing someone’s ability to solve a problem.
    • Failing safely is part of learning.
    • Adam and Dan share on gradually increasing knowledge and ability from an enterprise perspective within a safe environment that fosters change.
  • The Reinforcement piece.
    • Celebrate examples of the change.
    • Be happy and excited about the change.
    • By reinforcing you are creating more awareness!
    • Rewarding people is necessary. (Bonuses matter!)
    • Public celebrations and peer-to-peer recognition are effective ways of reinforcement.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Adam Ulery to accompany you on Christmas Eve in an Agile way. This time of the year is for reflection, to be grateful about the blessing of the year as well as a time to think about what wants to be changed and improved.

This episode is the first of two where Adam and Dan talk about organizational change management and present the steps involved in the ADKAR Method: Awareness, Desire, Knowledge, Ability, and Reinforcement as they dive deep into the first two steps: Awareness and Desire.

Key Takeaways

  • Annual goals or New Year’s resolutions?
    • Time for reflection and forward planning.
    • New Year’s resolutions tend to be pleading kinds of decisions and they tend to be abandoned during the year.
  • Organizational Change Management.
    • Real change management is needed to achieve effective change.
    • ADKAR Method: Awareness, Desire, Knowledge, Ability, and Reinforcement.
  • Waterfall Project Management.
    • If you don’t understand the change or the need for it, you won’t support it.
    • What is the nature of the change?
    • People really need to understand why the change is necessary (Awareness).
    • Top leadership needs to communicate how the change is aligned with the direction and the strategy of the company.
  • What are some ways of building Awareness?
    • There needs to be Awareness of the nature of the change.
    • Marketing people can be in charge of the communication of the change as well as HR.
    • In-person events are important to communicate change.
  • Awareness building even before there is a brand to build.
    • One-on-one conversations are useful to anticipate the change coming.
    • Awareness is the key first step (and it’s surprising how often this step is skipped).
  • Desire: Why should I change the tasks that I do on an everyday basis?
    • Dan tells a professional experience about change, awareness, and desire.
    • Long feedback loops are obstacles and cause struggle; shortening them provides tremendous value.
    • How can you build desire for people “in the middle”? Help them think about their personal goals, ambitions, and aspirations and explain some of the benefits involved in the upcoming change.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Agile Santa (Dan Neumann), your host, is joined by Hal Hogue, Misi Eyetsemitan, Alba Uribe, Rosemary Atanga, and Jesus Gerardo de la Fuente Garcia in this very special Christmas Special. Agile Santa is taking some Christmas requests from these very special coaches as well as listening to what they are grateful for about this year’s work.

Key Takeaways

● Gerardo tells Agile Santa his favorite part of this year’s work and what is on his Agile Santa list.

○ Having a global and multicultural team.

○ Team members have served their stakeholders, delivering value and outcomes, and also used the Sprint Reviews to showcase their work.

○ Gerardo wishes to be better at story mapping.

● Hal talks to Agile Santa.

○ Hal is grateful for working with people, getting involved with Agile teams, helping them understand the way behind the tasks they are working on, and growing as individuals, as teams, and even helping entire organizations with their own Agile Transformation.

○ Hal confesses that he struggles sometimes with being judgmental, so he has been reminding himself to be curious instead.

○ Hal wishes he could know his clients and coworkers personally, on a more human level.

● Elf Misi presents Coach Alba who shares her wishes with Agile Santa.

○ Alba wishes to have organizations embrace an Agile Mindset, understanding all the value that Agile can bring.

● Elf Misi introduces Rosemary to Agile Santa and she shares her Christmas wishes with him.

○ Rosemary has been a good coach, looking after everybody on her team, making sure they are doing what they are supposed to do, and giving them the support that they needed.

○ Rosemary wishes Agile Santa makes real all the outstanding things Agile Teams are waiting to happen.

○ Rosemary asks for consistent encouragement and motivation.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Agile Team Building Activity

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Ola Tunde to talk about Agile Leadership; this is certainly a recurrent topic, but a needed one, since it is easy not to really have leadership in place as part of an Agile Journey or even some organizations’ leaders don’t really know how to contribute.

In this episode, Ola and Dan share the differences between a manager and a leader, and the features that define a great leader, as the necessary piece for an organization to really thrive.

Key Takeaways

  • Managers are not necessarily leaders.
    • A leader draws people, a manager forces them.
  • Agility is a better way of doing what you have been already been doing.
    • A good leader is the picture of Agility within the organization that the people can follow. A leader must model the behavior wanted in the organization, exhibiting principles and values that others should follow, too.
    • A Leader is the one who knows, goes, and shows the way.
    • Without a great leader, an organization can not thrive.
  • A leader must always pay attention to the human factor.
    • It is the responsibility of a leader to attract, retain, and even develop new talent that will fulfill the organization’s vision.
    • Not everyone would be the right fit for an organization.
    • Leaders who are emotional and who are not fully devoted to the people they are serving will cause the organization nothing but commotion.
    • Sometimes a leader must be ready to adjust the ways to maintain the vision when it is needed.
    • People are not resources.
  • The three things leaders focus on:
    • Setting direction.
    • Inspiring commitment.
    • Building capacity.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership: Follow Them and People Will Follow You, by John C. Maxwell

Agile Marketing: From Waterfall to Water Flow, by Konstantinos Giamalis

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by the AgileThought colleague Jesus Gerardo De La Fuente Garcia to continue the conversation started in Episode 159 about the many hats of a Scrum Master. In the previous episode, they dove deep into the role of a Scrum Master as a teacher and today you will hear their discussion about the roles of mentor and Coach.

In this episode, Gerardo outlines the differences between mentoring and coaching, explaining the various functions a Scrum Master assumes in each of these roles.

Key Takeaways

  • What does a Scrum Master’s coaching position look like?
    • Coaching begins when the team understands the why and the what, behind their everyday practices.
    • A Scrum Master as a Coach opens space for his/her team to experiment, he/she shows new perspectives and possibilities, but before these are possible, there needs to be a relationship based on trust.
    • A Scrum Master needs to stimulate a culture of continuous improvement as well as to support the team in problem-solving and conflict resolution.
    • A Coach helps to change attitudes, mindsets, and behaviors that restrict the team to perform in the best way possible.
    • Giving open and honest feedback is also the chore of a Coach.
    • A Scrum Master should support and encourage collaboration with the Scrum Teams.
  • A Scrum Master as a Mentor
    • The team has a full understanding of the values and principles, and in a way, they have the same knowledge as a Coach.
    • A mentor is an inspiration to others and guides people to personal and professional growth.
    • A mentor needs to be ready to serve others before his or herself.
    • A mentor helps the team to become more and more resilient.
    • A Scrum Master as a mentor finds what motivates each member of the team and helps them to identify their own goals.
    • A Mentor promotes these three habits: Thinking, Feeling, and Executing.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Lyssa Adkins

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a first-time guest and AgileThought colleague Jesus Gerardo De La Fuente Garcia. Thanksgiving is here, and a lot of what Coaches and Scrum Masters do is about giving.

In this episode, Dan and Gerardo dive deep into the role of a Scrum Master as a teacher, leaving for a future episode the two other roles, being one as a coach and the other as a mentor. They explain the meaning of a team, the values implied in it, and how a Scrum Master can foster a safe environment for a team to thrive.

Key Takeaways

  • How is giving perceived by a Scrum Master?
    • Scrum Masters are in a great position to help others to be successful.
    • A Scrum Master can cover three important positions: Coach, Teacher, and Mentor.
  • What does it mean to be a team?
    • Clear is kind: It is a great way to start to clarify the principles and values of the Scrum Framework for the team to know, not only what they are doing, but why they are doing it. Then they can start to share identity as team members.
    • Working in collaboration to achieve a shared goal effectively.
    • Listening to other team members.
    • Taking everybody’s ideas under consideration.
    • Accountability and candid respect need to be present at all times among team members.
    • Sharing best practices as well as the bad habits that need to be avoided.
    • A team needs to be taught how to be self-organized and be able to make decisions when needed.
  • A gift that a Scrum Master can give to a team is having fun!
    • Strengthening collaboration bonds and enhancing the team spirit.
    • Using mindful techniques and games can help to bring a team together.
    • Every member is a crucial part of the team.
  • Thankfulness
    • Nothing is for granted; gratefulness needs to be practiced at all times.
    • Openness and trust given by team members are well appreciated.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Scrum Mastery: From Good to Great Servant-Leadership, by Geoff Watts

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, the United States will be celebrating the Thanksgiving holiday. In this last installment of our Thanksgiving-related short episodes, Hal Hogue shares what he is thankful for. Have a fantastic Thanksgiving!

View Details

This week, the United States will be celebrating the Thanksgiving holiday. In this installment of our Thanksgiving episodes, Erik Lindgren shares what he is thankful for.

View Details

This week, the United States will be celebrating the Thanksgiving holiday. In this first installment of our Thanksgiving episodes, Lucy Lin shares what she is thankful for.

View Details

This week, the United States will be celebrating the Thanksgiving holiday. In this first installment of our Thanksgiving episodes, Alba Uribe shares what she is thankful for.

View Details

This week, the United States will be celebrating the Thanksgiving holiday. In this first installment of our Thanksgiving episodes, Mariano Oliveti shares what he is thankful for.

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two AgileThought colleagues, Alba Uribe and Michael Guiler, to explore the concept of User Story Mapping.

In this episode, Dan, Alba, and Michael are diving deep into different approaches to starting backlog; they describe the benefits of story mapping and explain why it is a great tool to achieve a shared understanding throughout the whole team. Listen to this episode to achieve a comprehensive understanding of Story Mapping with various examples that will help you put this concept into practice.

Key Takeaways

● Why is Story Mapping a great way to create a product backlog?

○ All the team can see the overall vision and what is in the mind of the product owner.

○ It is a way to identify the release strategy.

○ Story Mapping can be a helpful tool when change needs to be embraced.

● Mechanics about how to create a User Story Map.

Who? Story Mapping starts with the user.

What are the goals to achieve? A journey map for the team including all pain points.

How? Identify how to address those pain points.

○ Organizing left to right and top to bottom.

● Examples of Story Mapping and Minimum Viable Product (MVP).

○ Alba shares how she uses Story Mapping in her work as an artist.

● Story Mapping can go wrong.

○ Not knowing how to identify your MVP.

○ Having difficulty identifying opportunities for learning.

○ The what and the why need to be addressed for Story Mapping, not just the how.

○ Having someone with experience in Story Mapping is hugely important for the process to develop the best way possible.

○ There need to be conversations about how Story Mapping will be done.

Mentioned in this Episode:

User Story Mapping: Discover the Whole Story, Build the Right Product, by Jeff Patton and Peter Economy

Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Lyssa Adkins

Medical Medium: Cleanse to Heal, by Anthony Williams

Lean Enterprise: How High Performance Organizations Innovate at Scale, by Jez Humble, Joanne Molesky, and Barry O’Reilly

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his colleagues at AgileThought, Ola Tunde and Lucy Lin. In this episode, they explore the true meaning of Agile Leadership. They dive deep into the core of an Agile Leader, someone who can foster a safe environment where a team feels free to speak up, innovate, and take action. Dan, Ola, and Lucy discuss the value of balancing the left and the right sides of the Agile Manifesto, as well as providing strategies for leaders to become more Agile. This episode contains lots of great analogies, real examples, and valuable book recommendations in the field of Agile Leadership.

Key Takeaways

  • Agile thinking needs to pursue the understanding of what motivates individuals.
    • A team must deliver value together in a different way, even though each individual is motivated differently.
    • Motivate people prioritizing autonomy, mastery, and purpose.
  • Leadership is the capacity to translate vision into reality.
    • A manager drives people to deliver work with the intention of intimidating them to deliver value, on the contrary, an Agile Leader inspires people in order to deliver value.
    • Inspiration vs. drive; leaders are the ones who inspire others while managers drive people.
    • There are assumptions that consider that leaders know all the answers and that they are who give good orders, but good leaders are those who let the decisions happen where the information is.
  • Centralized vs decentralized leadership.
    • There are certain practices that are better centralized, but when the practices involve creativity and innovation, decentralized leadership is of more value.
    • A centralized environment is driven by command and control, no innovation is welcomed in this kind of scenario.
    • In a decentralized environment, the team is allowed to make decisions and fosters innovation.
    • Agile Leadership happens when the leader can celebrate the work of the team.
    • An Agile Leader doesn’t blindly trust a team but encourages teams to create transparency to what is happening.
  • Left and right sides of the Agile Statement: There is a need for structure but there is also a part that needs to welcome change.
    • Agile Leadership marinates both left and right together for people to be able to deliver more.
    • Embracing changes is a key aspect of an Agile Leader.
  • How can leaders foster an environment where teams feel free to speak up?
    • A safe environment is where people can be free to speak up and discuss and they won’t be punished or criticized for their opinions.
    • A leader must be able to bring people from opposite views together, always manifesting being open to opposing views.
  • How do you know if you are an Agile Leader?
    • You are not the boss, you are the servant.
    • A leader must be ready to sacrifice for the team.
    • An Agile Leader is humble, coachable, teachable, and has the ability to inspire others to action.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us, by Daniel H. Pink

Servant Leadership: A Journey into the Nature of Legitimate Power and Greatness, by Robert K. Greenleaf

Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers Into Leaders, by L. David Marquet

Leaders Eat Last: Why Some Teams Pull Together and Others Don’t, by Simon Sinek

Mastering Marketing Agility: Transform Your Marketing Teams and Evolve Your Organization, by Andrea Fryrear

HBR Harvard Business Review: “For an Agile Transformation, Choose the Right People:

Identify Your ‘Hidden Stars’ and Other Vital Players”, by Rob Cross, Heidi K. Gardner, and Alia Crocker

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by six collaborators to this very special episode in which the third year anniversary of the Agile Coaches’ Corner is being celebrated!

In this episode, Ola Tunde, Steve Sladoje, Adam Ulery, Erica Menendez, Andrea Floyd, and Quincy Jordan are sharing their experiences during this last year, they are talking about the challenges and discoveries of working remotely, and how the future looks like now that we all find ourselves living a “new normal” as a result of the COVID 19 pandemic. Special thanks and appreciation to all listeners and collaborators who have been following and allowing Agile Coaches’ Corner to turn three years of age!

Key Takeaways

● Thoughts about remote working.

○ We lived in a virtual world that now is turning hybrid.

○ Sometimes pivoting and changing can be challenging, but the faster you adapt to the changes, the better.

○ There is no replacement for in-person interactions, but seeing people on camera is better than just voice.

● Is the remote nature impeding Agility principles?

○ Face-to-face interaction also includes video.

○ You can still be engaged with customers and stakeholders by being visible and present, they need to know that your productivity hasn’t declined.

● What does trust look like in a remote work situation?

○ Being trusted in remote working is directly related to how you manage expectations.

○ To promote trust increase communication and make sure that your calendar matches it too.

○ Forge relationships with people.

○ Trust is an essential foundation for enabling teams to be self-organizing and self-managing.

● The Agile Manifesto states that the most effective communications are the ones that happen face-to-face, how has this changed in our current reality?

○ Nothing beats the richness of communicating face-to-face, but effective communication can be achieved if we are flexible.

○ There is a need to relook at ways of successful communication, we need to use preexisting enablers and get more creative.

● How have videos helped to enable better communication?

○ Not everyone can use video and still effective communication can be reached.

○ The constant use of screens can challenge our abilities to stay focused and really be present.

● Finding the right place to work remotely can be a challenge.

○ Everyone should have their own designated space to work.

● Where can things go from here? Are we going back to the “traditional” collaboration tools?

○ The technology that was developed and put into practice during the pandemic can be incorporated into the work back at the office.

● How can leadership embrace the “new normal”?

○ We should not hurry into going back to the office since there are plenty of advantages in remote working; communication, collaboration, and effectiveness are reached without the costs, risks, and expenses of working from the office.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Hal Hogue and Erica Menendez, colleagues and consultants at AgileThought.

In this episode, they are delivering a Scary Stand Up as a special edition for Halloween. Get ready for a unique, funny, and terrifying show where they are diving deep into how frightening certain aspects of an Agile life can be, from Daily Scrum to Sprint plannings. Dan, Hal, and Erica are sharing valuable examples and giving great tips and suggestions to enhance the daily work and move towards the set goals in an authentic Agile way.

Key Takeaways

Facilitating Daily Scrums can be scary!

○ When the Scrum Master is leading a meeting people tend to just focus on them.

○ Understanding the “why” behind the Daily Scrum is crucial.

○ The Scrum Master needs to give the team space.

○ Respecting the time box is necessary.

○ Collaboration needs to take place throughout the day, not only during Scrum meetings.

● The Chickens and Pigs metaphor is outdated, stop using it!

○ There is a danger in using the chickens and pigs metaphor since it creates walls and barriers to collaboration.

○ It has not been in the Scrum Guide for about a decade.

● Instead of too much chattering, a board can be used as a visual tool to help coordinate the plan for the next 24hrs in a Daily Scrum.

○ Remember that a board cannot replace a conversation.

Scary Sprint Planning! Boooohhhh!

○ Stop bullying someone for a task that is carried over, it is the whole team’s responsibility in the first place.

○ The Scrum values should be embodied all the time.

○ The team is really working towards the Sprint Goal, is not a really big deal if one task is carried over.

○ Remember to define the Why, the What, and the How.

○ Being remote makes the work even more challenging.

Sprint Reviews can be horrific!

○ A short Sprint Review does not mean it is a good one! Are you considering the reason behind it?

○ Sprint Reviews are great opportunities for feedback, don’t waste them!

○ What is the Increment like? Where does the team want to go next?

○ Everybody should be together in a Sprint Review.

Embrace your scary stories, this is how you learn and improve!

Mentioned in this Episode:

Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, Lyssa Adkins

The Scrum Fieldbook: A Master Class on Accelerating Performance, Getting Results, and Defining the Future, JJ Sutherland

The Reengineering Alternative, William Schneider

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two AgileThought colleagues, Andrea Floyd and Hal Hogue.

In this episode, Dan, Andrea, and Hal are talking about the books that have been influential to them and what they learned from them. Continuous learning is a crucial piece of the work at AgileThought, and this is why today, you are invited to this special space called The Book Club.

Key Takeaways

  • Books that bring new ideas to the practice:
    • A fairly common book that you should not take for granted: Turn the Ship Around! A True Story of Turning Followers Into Leaders, written by David Marquet. This book brings a great opportunity to reflect on your own role as an Agile Coach, it also delivers an important message on leadership and serving others.
    • Another book referring to work as a servant leader is Team of Teams: New Rules of Engagement for a Complex World, by General Stanley McChrystal. This book shares crucial practices to be more effective with our teams.
    • Phoenix Project: A Novel About IT, DevOps, and Helping Your Business Win, written by Gene Kim, Kevin Behr, Kim Spafford (a business fable with some great suggestions to the state of growing software companies to scale).
    • The nature of the challenges has changed over time; businesses are seeing more value in being flexible while responding to change and The Age of Agile: How Smart Companies Are Transforming the Way Work Gets Done, by Stephen Denning, is a number one must-read book for people experiencing Agile transformations, for them to be considered as holistic opportunities for an organization to create and sustain a shift in its cultures.
    • Agile Project Management with Scrum, by Ken Schwaber, is a great tool that explains the rules and practices for Scrum.
    • The Rational Unified Process: An Introduction, by Philippe Kruchten.
    • The Scrum Guide has some interesting references; this guide has been modified and updated over the years, which is the best proof of the constant need for flexibility and adaptation that lies in the core of Agile Teams.
    • Start With Why: How Great Leaders Inspire Everyone to Take Action, by Simon Sinek. This book is a great one to help teams and leaders recognize the reasons and purposes behind what they are doing.
    • Your Daily Scrum is a YouTube series where you can find (in 10 minutes or less) the answer to a question from the community related to Scrum which is the trigger for an insightful conversation about that topic.
    • Ted Lasso on Apple TV brings awesome content about leadership and humanity.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Justin Thatil and Mariano Oliveti, both AgileThought colleagues. They are addressing today a very important topic, which is how to successfully address individual behaviors that might threaten your team’s performance.

In this episode, they dive deep into three efficiency killers: procrastination, avoidance, and delay, while providing strategies and ways to treat these individual behaviors to effectively achieve teams’ goals and objectives.

Key Takeaways

  • When individual behaviors impact team delivery
    • You can’t solve individual behaviors from a team’s perspective.
    • Disruptive individual behaviors can be procrastination, avoidance, and delay.
    • Build to perfection can contribute to delays in delivery.
  • How do you spot efficiency killers?
    • A procrastinator might be someone who is very busy but not with meaningful tasks that will help to achieve the sprint goal.
    • Does someone have difficulties sticking to a productivity system?
    • The daily Scrum is a useful tool to spot disruptive behaviors.
    • Make sure there is safety within the team to call on someone who is struggling.
  • Which are the strategies to treat efficiency threateners?
    • Identify the root cause.
    • If your to-do list is too long, you can split it into the specific goals you want to accomplish in a day.
    • Prioritization is key! Ask yourself: Is this something I need to do right away? Can it be automated?
    • Do the hardest thing first.
  • What happens when it is not clear what needs to be done or what the outcome is?
    • Not starting to work until you have an exact idea of what needs to get done could be a trigger for procrastination.
    • There are intermediate steps too; you do not have to look at the entire journey at once.
  • How to seek continuous improvement?
    • True conversations have to take place, especially when there is a failure in delivery.
    • Inspect the process of the work on a continuous basis.
    • Who can solve the problems that are being encountered? Assign responsibilities.
    • Tackle the problems first.
    • The whole team has to work together.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Take the Stairs: 7 Steps to Achieving True Success, by Rory Vaden

Learn more about Life Coaching vs Agile Coaching:

“Coaching and Agile Coaching: Same Same or Different?”

“Agile Coaching vs. Professional Coaching”

“Are Agile Coaches Really Coaches?”

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Chris Pipito, Agile Coach, to talk about Scrum cling-ons and culture shift.

In this episode, Dan and Chris are talking about the aspects that cling to the Scrum framework and really impede organizations’ ability to shift cultures from where they were to a point where there are more Agile stands using the Scrum structure. Dan and Chris dive deep into the roles of Scrum, the struggles faced when trying to achieve a culture shift, the real purpose of sprint reviews, and how to narrow stories (instead of splitting them) among other valuable inputs on the matter.

Key Takeaways

● The three roles of Scrum: The Scrum Master, Developers, and the Product Owner.

○ Product and Portfolio managers do not exist in Scrum.

○ For anyone who does not fit into these three roles, there is a need to find a place in the organization where the employee’s skills can be applied and are valued.

● What is really a culture shift?

○ The team sizing is an important matter as well as not having the team departmentalized bureaucracy.

○ The necessary organization needs to be in place for different departments to work together.

○ In most organizations, people don’t even read the Scrum Guide and they work with people who don’t have the proper certifications either, then, as a result, the entire experience with Scrum and Agile is not that satisfactory.

● The cling-ons make it easier not to change behaviors.

○ Is the team clear about the reasons why they are building something? What is the goal that the team is looking to achieve? Standardized forms sometimes do not contribute to the overall goal of a project.

○ Are you talking directly with your customer?

○ What is really the point of the Sprint Review? To inspect the increment and respond to the new information.

○ Teams who work on properly-sized stories check on the customer to make sure they are on the right path; this is much better than assuming they are right.

○ Narrowing stories is different than splitting them; you need to keep the overall objective you are trying to achieve as well as all the different things that you will be able to do, then narrowing that to a “happy path” to build it, without missing the core functionality of what you are trying to reach.

● What are the challenges to be confronted in order to make a shift towards Agility in an organization?

○ Regarding departments, the teams’ sizes need to be appropriate.

○ Make sure you look for the skill sets that are needed in each team before just assigning one.

○ Assess the resource allocation fallacy: It’s not about “getting the maximum utilization out of the fungible resources”

○ Tip to try in bigger organizations: One group could be separated and treated as if it is an entire organization and show them the results of what is coming up. Sometimes this might mean keeping “management” out.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Fifth Discipline: The Art & Practice of the Learning Organization, by Peter Senge

Mob Programming: A Whole Team Approach, by Woodie Zuill and Kevin Meadows

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two AgileThought colleagues, Andrea Floyd and Buyi Kalala, to explore the topic of diversity in teams.

In this episode, Dan, Andrea, and Buyi talk about some of the challenges they have encountered in regards to diversity, sharing their observations, and experiences in regards to how diversity can enhance the work of a team but also highlighting the real challenges that come with it.

Key Takeaways

  • Diversity: benefits, challenges, and how to promote it.
    • People often make assumptions about looks, accents, and other traits, these are many times not only incorrect but can also hurt and create distance between individuals.
    • Inclusivity is showing people who belong to minorities appreciation and awareness of their unique experiences.
    • Be patient, practice active listening, and find a meaningful way to engage.
  • Active listening is the key to promote diversity.
    • Do you really understand what someone just said? Did you give them the space and time to express themselves? Are you working together towards the expected outcome?
    • One trick: While listening, write down the topics you want to reply to, this way you will avoid interrupting the speaker and can also concentrate on what is being said.
    • There is a growth opportunity in highlighting the achievements (instead of focusing on what is still pending or can be improved).
  • Some strategies to alleviate the concern of a team member in regards to feeling worthy (especially when belonging to a minority group)
    • Go slowly, you are unique, and your strength relies on it.
    • Every moment can be an opportunity to forge your way.
    • Be aware of where you are in your individual journey as well as in the organization and the team.
  • Diversity is a catalyst for innovation.
    • Most innovation can be originated only in a safe environment.
    • People have to feel comfortable to be part of the conversation.
    • Create a pattern in the way you are communicating where people start noticing you, how you speak and engage is important.
  • Techniques to create safety in the workplace
    • Make sure each person knows you care about them as human beings, not as functional resources who help to get the process going.
    • Use creativity to create a space where every “who” is valued, respected, and invited to the conversation.
    • Empower teams by encouraging them consistently.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Ola Tunde, who is a principal consultant in AgileThought Company. In today’s episode, Ola and Dan discuss the topic of psychological safety and psychological danger; they dive deep into the meaning of these two concepts, providing valuable and practical examples.

Psychological safety needs to be promoted by leaders to foster innovation and to create a better atmosphere where employees can express themselves in an authentic way without fearing failure, but on the contrary, embracing every mistake as a learning opportunity.

Key Takeaways

  • What do psychological safety and psychological danger mean?
    • Psychological safety is the ability to be transparent and to be honest without the fear of danger.
    • Psychological danger is the inability to admit I am wrong or a failure.
    • Innovating is only possible when leadership allows failure, and most of the time when trying something new you will fail many times before achieving success.
    • Every team member should be able to admit a failure or better called a learning opportunity.
  • The concept of personal agility and its bond to trust.
    • If a team member does not trust a colleague or someone he or she is working for, there is bitterness that will result in a lack of innovation.
    • Trust is needed to go over the fear of failure.
  • What are some strategies that could increase psychological safety?
    • Show people how much you care. As Theodore Roosevelt once said, “People don’t care how much you know until they know how much you care.”
    • Care about how you make people feel, wisely Maya Angelou stated, “People will forget what you say, do, or give to them but they will never forget how you make them feel.”
    • Care about the human being, not the resources.
    • Bring your humanity to work; share something personal and create personal and authentic connections.
    • Have aligned values and aligned perspectives.
  • How can a manager or a leader foster psychological safety?
    • Leaders should come to the place where the work is done, participate in ceremonies, engage with the employees, and know about them and what is going on in their lives.
    • Treat people so right that they don’t want to leave your company.
  • What are some strategies that team members could provide for creating more psychological safety?

    • Regardless of the outcome, believe everybody on the team was doing their best given the variables they were exposed to.
    • Make sure that the people who don’t know about a certain subject, can learn about it.
    • Baby steps are important! Psychological safety happens gradually and it is a place of a continuous journey, not a destination.
    • Leaders should use metrics to create conversations not to evaluate.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership, Follow Them, and People Will Follow You, by John Maxwell

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Quincy Jordan, who is a Director, Innovate-executive advisor, and a recurrent contributor to the Agile Coaches’ Corner. Today Dan and Quincy are exploring a very interesting topic often brought up by organizations: Which team is the Rock Star Team?

In this episode, you will hear about how to identify the best team, avoiding common mistakes such as measuring teams on their velocity or delivery rates, and also, how to understand what an organization really wants when they ask for the best team.

Key Takeaways

  • Which team is the rock star team?
    • It depends! But first, ask yourself which problem you consider you will solve with an answer to that question?
    • Is the best team the one that delivers the most? Not necessarily; you need to keep on asking questions such as: Why are they producing the most? Does it have a healthy culture? Is the whole team working or is there one person doing it all? Remember that volume of output does not dictate value.
    • It takes time for a team to function well; we are human beings, not robots!
  • What are the drivers behind the question from organizations asking for the best team?

    • Organizations want to know how to invest, what to look for in terms of return, and how to save.
    • Organizations might be looking to reward teams the right way.
  • What are some classic ways in which organizations try to measure a team’s productivity?

    • Velocity is a way of measuring a team’s performance but it can easily get dangerous.
    • A rock star team uses velocity to improves itself.
    • A team that improves in diminishing the number of carryover stories keeps on getting better.
    • A great team hits the sprint’s goal and counts with some level of consistency.
    • Volatility: How is the team’s velocity changing from sprint to sprint?
  • Possible impediments for a team.

    • Is the team really challenging itself? A rock star team challenges itself, if they are achieving the goal too early it can be a sign of them not pushing themselves enough.
    • Watch out that the metric does not become the goal.
    • Not always the top people will make the top team.

Mentioned in this Episode:

God Is My CEO: Following God’s Principles in a Bottom-Line World, Larry Julian.

Learn more about Quincy Jordan

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a guest from outside of the Agile Coaches’ Corner, Mike Dionne, who is a Scrum Master and Coach, to explore some of the valuable work he has done with teams from a coaching standpoint.

In this episode, Mike shares how to make work fun and attractive so people would hate Fridays and love Mondays. Mike dives deep into the crucial importance of participation, collaboration, creating a safe environment that fosters vulnerability, and how to promote self-propelling and self-organizing teams.

Key Takeaways

  • How does Mike make things different, beyond Scrum events?
    • If you make things fun, people will want to go to work on Monday,
    • Participation is key: You need to want to be part of the team.
    • Start with a ten-to-fifteen-minute exercise that is fun.
  • An Agile Team needs to be a game where everybody can win.
    • We all succeed or we all fail; communication and collaboration are at the core of a healthy team.
  • A team has to be real.
    • Vulnerability is only possible in a safe environment.
  • How to enable self-organization in teams?
    • Self-propelling is the core of a self-organizing team.
    • Form a team, make it a good team, and bring work to it.
    • Avoid just forming a group of individuals for a certain job, they might never become a team.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Mentor: The Kid & The CEO, by Tom Pace with Walter Jenkins

Mike Dionne on Linked-In

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Quincy Jordan, Director of the Innovative Line of Service at AgileThought. In this episode, Dan and Quincy dive deep into the topic of metrics, especially in the aspects that should be taken under special consideration while running an Agile Team. These Agile experts go through different areas in which metrics can be applied such as:

  • Velocity and why leaders tend to be interested in it,
  • Number of stories, testing, and how much ahead is healthy for a team to be,
  • The value of tracking points per person in a team, and
  • The Acknowledgement piece: giving credit should be a result of delivered value.

Key Takeaways

  • Value, metrics, and how they relate with velocity
    • There is a common struggle in applying metrics to a work that has already been valued.
    • What is the real intent of velocity? How can velocity help the team? It can be pervasive to apply velocity in the way Frederick Winslow Taylor suggested.
    • Putting output over the outcome is the opposite that an organization needs to do. The most important is what the team achieved and that it is valuable to the organization and its customers.
  • Velocity and its interest in leadership
    • Leaders tend to compare teams’ velocities. A team’s velocity depends on its composition and its expertise in the actual work that they are doing. A team may appear to go slower but that might be due to how complex the tasks are they were assigned.
    • Instead of going after the metric of velocity, it is more efficient to check how consistently a team is doing its job.
    • Velocity can be used to anticipate when new capabilities can be expected.
  • Pay attention to how the stories are carried into a sprint.
    • Comparing the number of stories that were tested in a sprint versus the last sprint can be tricky.
    • There is a problem in pushing things through without testing them.
    • Each sprint is almost considered its own project.
  • Pay attention to an unusual number of stories that are completely refined and fully ready in the backlog.
    • Have you planned up too far? This can be a problem since things might change in the meantime.
    • It can be frustrating to have a lot of work done that will never be used.
  • Can tracking points per person have a healthy value?
    • If points have been tracked per person, that information shouldn’t get through the team. Do not share those metrics across the board, they belong to a one-on-one conversation.
    • Ask yourself: Is the team making increments of value as the product backlog levels? Is the product built and tested?
  • People seek credit; acknowledgment is important.
    • Team encouragement is crucial to remain as enthusiastic as possible, but getting credit for an outcome that hasn’t been properly achieved is dangerous.
    • Teams need to get credit for delivering what was intended to be delivered, not just for doing the work. (Users and customers don’t really care about the work, they only care about the value that is being delivered).

Mentioned in this Episode:

God Is My CEO: Following God's Principles in a Bottom-Line World, by Larry S. Julian Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two Agile colleagues, Sam Falco and M.C. Moore. In today’s episode, they are taking a little trip back in time to explore the impact Frederick Winslow Taylor had on modern work. Taylor has been called the father of Scientific Management and his thinking pervades the way teams work today.

In this episode, the book The Principles of Scientific Management and its principles are explored in comparison to the Agile modern ways. You will hear about effectiveness, interactions, trust, productivity, creativity, and accountability, among other valuable concepts that today are seen and approached in significantly different manners as a result of the evolution and progress in this field.

Key Takeaways

  • The Principles of Scientific Management was written by Frederick Winslow Taylor and published in 1911
    • Taylor had a special disdain for working people that showed in his writings.
    • How is Taylorism showing up today in modern management?
      • Overemphasizing Agile metrics
      • The use of certain nomenclature
      • Work smarter and harder.
      • Productivity depends on the company to manage not the people who are actually doing the work.
  • What motivates people?
    • The ability to be autonomous about the work
    • To have mastery and purpose
    • Give people the goal and let them figure out the “how.”
    • Trust in workers is crucial and they need to be motivated by their managers; if they receive fulfilling work to do they will have the way to get it done
  • Agility vs. Taylorism
    • Agile considers interactions more important than processes and tools, while in Taylorism the system is all that matters and must be first.
    • M.C. More shares a real Agile example where an individual was very motivated to grow and expand in a company that didn’t offer an opportunity for that at that point, so instead of letting him leave, the organization created a new space for that worker to thrive.
    • Decentralizing decision-making down to the level of the Agile Team is a break away from Scientific Management.
    • Taylorism wants to separate people from decision-making as much as possible, exactly the opposite of what Agile teams aim for.
    • Companies are supposed to attack the system when it is broken, not to try to manage the individuals.
    • It is really hard to be creative when you are being micromanaged.
    • Taylorism uses results for accountability while in an Agile team everyone is holding each other accountable for the work as one of the Agile principles says: Build projects around motivated individuals, give them the environment, support their needs, and trust them to get the job done.
  • How does an Agile Team manage innovation and new ideas?
    • The biggest challenge in knowledge work is that you are doing something that has never been done before
    • New good ideas should diffuse across the team; that does not mean everyone should be doing the same but they should try them and see if they make sense with each team’s local context.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Principles of Scientific Management, by Frederick Winslow Taylor

Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us, by Daniel Pink

Humanocracy: Creating Organizations as Amazing as the People Inside Them, by Gary Hamel and Michele Zanini

Project Gutenberg: Books by Frederick Winslow Taylor

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by three of his AgileThought colleagues, Carlos Romero, Justin Thatil, and Mariano Oliveti to talk about different cultures and how they impact agility.

In today’s episode, you will hear about the concept of power distance and how it differs in different cultures with real examples of how organizations work in several countries around the globe. These three experts also share their knowledge regarding the diverse levels of uncertainty avoidance in different cultures and how it impacts agility.

Key Takeaways

  • Different Cultures and their tendencies
    • Power distance is the degree to which the people who are called “lower” on the ladder expect there to be a gap between them and those who are higher on that ladder.
    • Power distance varies in different countries.
    • If there is a high power distance in an organization, modeling challenging behaviors is a good way to shorten the gap.
    • Encouraging experimentation on the team is another way of reducing the power distance.
  • Uncertainty avoidance talks about “a truth”; a “right way of doing something” in some cultures which results in avoiding uncertainty.
    • One clear way to determine if a team is trying to avoid uncertainty is that developers can take a long time to do their work, as a consequence of trying to go through every detail instead of seeing the overall structure.
    • A spike is useful for those cases when a team is not sure if something will work, someone builds something quick and just tries it out, being an efficient way to alleviate uncertainty.
  • Diversity matters!
    • Building empathy in the teams to encourage respect for different approaches and tendencies.
    • Applying Agile and Scrum values consistently is necessary.
    • Don’t focus on the problem itself but rather on coaching the people.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Carlos Romero

Justin Thatil

Mariano Oliveti

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Brian Pivar, Senior Director of Data and Analytics at The Kraft Heinz Company. There is a lot of Agile in the software community and Kraft Heinz is one of the companies practicing the Agile way.

In this episode, Brian shares extensively about his career at Kraft and how he started the digital revolution in the organization, promoting a culture change and encouraging different ways of functioning through Agile. Brian dives deep into his approach regarding recruiting and developing talent, as well as emphasizes the importance of following solid leadership principles that he details during this thoughtful conversation.

Key Takeaways

  • Brian describes how Kraft got into the Agile world
    • Brian joined Kraft three years ago to lead the Data and Analytics section with the goal of bringing analytics to a more legacy company. The first two years they had a waterfall approach, hearing the organization’s needs and prioritizing the top ones while building a strong data foundation and team.
    • One year ago, Kraft started the Digital Revolution journey and part of it was starting to run Agile in the digital organization.
    • Now ten pods are running Agile with over 100 people, and Kraft is planning to double these numbers in one year.
    • There is a plan to extend Agile to other sectors of the organization.
  • How did Kraft get support for the timeline they proposed?
    • The board of directors was the one supporting the migration to become a more digital organization from the beginning.
    • There is a five-year road map, if you try to rush the process it won’t be successful.
  • What are the aspects where alignment is needed? How to enable a team to respond to a local context?
    • Some of the staff have the technical knowledge and they are learning more about Agile in the process, through meetings and effective communication.
    • All the conversion to Agile and digitalization was done virtually, based on collaboration among staff, not always following Scrum.
    • Listening to every idea is crucial to know what will and won’t work for a team.
  • How does Kraft enable a unique culture?
    • Brian was hired to enable a culture change.
    • Brian protects his team by stating how they will perform in a different way than the rest of the organization, following solid leadership principles in micro and macro levels: 1. Family first. 2. Hiring develops the best. 3. Big bold bets. 4. Let builders build. 5. Best idea wins. 6. Ownership. 7. Learn and be curious. 8. Lead by example. 9. Validated learning.
    • At Kraft, they built a structure for builders, from an Associate Data Scientist to Data Scientist, Senior Data Scientist, Staff Data Scientist until Principal Data Scientist, this last one being a highly regarded position. They are also making the transition easier for those who want a pivot in their careers.
  • Recruiting and developing talent
    • Brian’s five-year plan includes making Kraft be seen as a tech company, not just a CPG company.
    • Hiring young talent and developing it within the organization once the company has hit a steady stage.
    • The culture is impacted by people working from their homes and not in an office with all the teammates, and Kraft adapted to these new circumstances through a buddy system.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Kraft Heinz Company

Brian Pivar

Your Next Five Moves: Master the Art of Business Strategy, Patrick Bet-David

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann and Sam Falco are together to talk about sprint duration. A common question is “How long should my sprint be?” followed by the classic consultant answer… “It depends.”

Today, Dan and Sam are sharing the definition of sprint and how you can decide the right length of a sprint for your team. They explore different sprint durations, from less than a week up to a month, and how to pick the one that benefits everyone on the team.

Key Takeaways

  • What is Sprint in Scrum?
    • Sprints are the heartbeat of Scrum where ideas are turned into value.
    • The whole idea of a Sprint is to create a done increment.
    • All of the work that a team needs to do has to take place inside of the Sprint.
    • All of the work that needs to be done to get to the product goal has to be done in Sprints.
    • Scrum is not a task management system.
  • Is there a supposed length for a sprint?
    • According to the Scrum Guide, a Sprint can be 'up to one month long,' in spite of the common idea of 2-4 weeks.
    • The scope can vary in a sprint, as long as the team is aware of their sprint goal.
  • Balancing flexibility vs. stability
    • The Leave-you-alone principle: A Sprint is an agreement between stakeholders and the Scrum team, where the first party agrees to leave the Scrum team alone to do what they require them to do.
    • One of the principles behind the Agile manifesto is the idea of sustainable development, the sponsors, developers, and users should be able to maintain a constant pace indefinitely.
    • A business can shift entirely at the end of a sprint, but within the sprint let the team work towards a goal. If there is an urgent need to change, the sprint can be canceled, which is tremendously costly and needs to be avoided if possible.
  • Different levels of projects determine different sprint duration
    • Do not forget that a team’s priority is to deliver early and continuous software delivery.
    • Dan and Sam share examples of ten three-day sprints and one-week sprints to achieve more focus on the goal.
    • Two-week sprints are the most common ones but it might not be a good length for everyone in all domains, especially depending on all the stuff that needs to be done.
    • Automated testing is a great way to save time.
    • A three-week sprint does not align with the 52-week calendar, what should you do with the extra week every month? Defying the tyranny of the calendar can be fun and motivating.
    • The month sprint can be tricky if the client, thinking that there is plenty of time, starts asking to add or change elements.
    • Ask yourself: Does your team need more time to innovate? Are you cutting quality as a result of rushing towards the goal?
    • Pick the shortest sprint length possible for your team to start with since you can always relax that a little later on the journey if it needs to be that way.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Scrum

Check “Episode 34: Sam Falco on Understanding the Definition of Done in Scrum”

The Age of Agile: How Smart Companies Are Transforming the Way Work Gets Done, by Stephen Denning Out of the Crisis (The MIT Press), W. Edward Deming

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a first-time guest on the podcast, Seth Jacobs. He is a Sr. Director of Experience Design at AgileThought.

In this episode, Seth talks about technical excellence, from a design language and design system pattern to help the audience understand how these systems and patterns can be started and used, as well as the implications of evolving them over time.

Key Takeaways

  • What is a Director of an Experience Practice?
    • The role of an experienced practice director is to approach design from an architectural level, how the design teams work together, as well as contemplating what has been delivered.
    • A Director of an Experience Practice supports teamwork.
  • Where are some of the places where technical excellence really pays off from an agility standpoint?

    • Documentation has a huge role on the technical side, how they are taking them and how they are being shared among the team.
    • The Storybook is a way of having the collection of components or controls that are used in an application, that becomes a visual library for everyone across the teams to use.
  • How is standardization balanced to avoid getting stuck?

    • The design system is really the collection of several different things including a component library, and how all these components are arranged into patterns.
    • The benefits of the design system are clear when all teams have a shared understanding of what patterns need to be implemented in which cases.
  • How is the feedback received from people who are working from the design patterns in order for them to continue to evolve?

    • It depends on the size of the teams and how they are structured.
    • Agile Thought counts with a core team that works with the designers and through the design thinking process, to then feed these processes on the other teams.
  • Why are the elements of a design system so valuable? How do they pay off?

    • One of the biggest payoffs is for the users.
    • It makes sure that consistency is being preserved.
    • Seth talks about different design language tools.
  • How should organizations react to changes?

    • Go back to the original user’s journeys and the goals of the user to see what kind of potentially systemic effects that change could have.
    • Remember, the most important thing is how much value you can bring to the business or the user.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Learn more about Seth Jacobs

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Nicole Scheffler who is an Engineering Leader from VMware. Nicole has some passion projects around the Tech Diva Success collection, including podcasts, books, and courses, all with diversity as their main component.

Tech is a field that is not particularly diverse and that is the reason why in today’s episode, Nicole is sharing the meaning of diversity, inclusion, and equity and what that might look like in the workplace from an organization to an individual level.

Key Takeaways

  • What do diversity, inclusion, and equity mean?
    • Nicole shares an analogy: Diversity is being invited to the dance, inclusion is being able to dance and being asked to dance when you are there, and equity is the feeling that you belong there.
    • Progress happens when everyone has a voice and is being heard.
    • Psychological safety and culture building is crucial in an organization.
    • Innovation is another pillar for success.
  • How are companies handling diversity?
    • Design thinking is a great way of practicing inclusion.
    • Most organizations have diversity on their radar, but there is a need to make sure that they are not just “checking the box.”
    • Organizations need to do a statistical analysis to determine where diversity is broken.
    • Ask questions, if you don’t ask, you won’t know.
  • What does sharing perspectives look like?
    • Don’t assume someone’s role.
    • Nicole shares some valuable examples.
  • What can teams do independently from the organization?
    • Ask yourself if you are judging a woman differently than you do with a man, are you being fair?
    • Good leaders take seriously the job of creating psychologically safe workplaces.
  • What can you do to promote diversity and inclusion?
    • Speak up and share resources.
    • Evaluate if you have unconscious bias.
    • Make sure that your team knows what is available.
    • Be an ally and speak up when something is wrong.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Pillars of Success, by Nicole Scheffler

Purl, directed by Kristen Lester and produced by Gillian Libbert-Duncan

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a recurrent guest, Adam Ulery, to talk about the importance of aligning strategy with execution as a necessary step to reach the top-level vision at an organization. The lack of alignment between strategy and execution is often seen among leadership teams and portfolio management teams and is manifested in program and delivery teams as well. This deficiency is mostly perceived as a symptom, not realizing that is the root cause.

In this episode, Dan and Adam discuss some of the root causes of the lack of alignment, they share strategies to organizations that are lacking alignment, and they dive deep into how to measure if a company is moving closer or farther from its strategy in order to enable accountability in every sector of the organization.

Key Takeaways

  • What does the lack of alignment between strategy and execution look like?
    • The team is not sure what to work on.
    • The team feels it is not getting clear direction on the objectives.
    • Heads of organizations might not be in agreement
  • There are serious consequences as a result of the lack of alignment between teams; one of them is having too much work in process (since the team is not rejecting the job that does not strictly align with the organization’s vision).
  • The Root Causes for lack of alignment:
    • If there is no strategy it is impossible to align to it.
    • Having a strategy that is not coherent, clear, well written, or there isn’t an understanding on how to execute on it.
    • The leadership team doesn’t have a clear understanding of the strategy.
    • Sometimes strategies are too broad or too complex to be meaningful.
    • Undermining the strategy by executives that don’t agree with it.
    • The strategy is not communicated effectively.
  • How to begin aligning strategy and execution?
    • First, the organization needs to create a strategy if it doesn’t have one.
    • If there is a strategy, make sure it is clear or clarify it.
    • Ask yourself: Are we committed to this strategy? Are we executing it?
    • Understanding the deviations from the strategy is part of becoming accountable.
    • Celebrate those who show behaviors that prove an alignment with the strategy.
  • How does an organization measure if they are moving closer or farther away from the strategy to help enable accountability?
    • Establish value-based measures and consistently use them.
    • Pay attention to key results, not to the activity.
    • Reinforce the collaboration between verticals and horizontals.
    • A periodic inspection is necessary.
  • What can somebody closer to a team level do in the absence of a clear strategy?
    • Ask questions, be curious, talk openly about this in a productive way.
    • Make visible that there is no alignment between strategy and execution.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Listen to Episode 138: “Strategic vs. Tactical Decisions and Actions with Adam Ulery”

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Recently, Sam and Dan discussed velocity; an important metric to agile teams, and what it looks like when used correctly vs. incorrectly. In keeping with this theme, they’re exploring two other important metrics that are also often misused and misunderstood: story points and user stories.

Story points and user stories are all-too-commonly misused. In this episode, Sam and Dan debunk some of the common misunderstandings, share how both concepts are often misused, personal experiences in their roles as agile coaches, and how to correctly use them.

Key Takeaways

  • What are user stories? How can they be misused?
    • User stories come from extreme programming as one of the practices that were advocated for during its emergence
    • User stories were born out of a need for telling a story about what the users want the system to do (and use that instead of the detailed requirements documentation that nobody actually reads)
    • Kent Beck is attributed to coining the term “user story”
    • User stories have good intentions and work in a particular context but are often misused and come with a multitude of unintended consequences
    • If the user story framework helps you, great — but if it doesn’t, don’t use it (don’t think that you have to use it because it “makes you agile”)
    • The idea of the user story framework is to concisely suggest to developers what a user might want to do with a system (it should also answer: What kind of user? What kind of behavior? And why?)
  • Good vs. bad uses of utilizing user stories:
    • Misuse: If you simply want to do something as a developer, put a task in your backlog; you don’t have to twist it into a user story format
    • Misuse: Writing everything down and believing that the problem has been clearly communicated (Just because it is written down, doesn’t mean there is a shared understanding)
    • Correct use: When user stories are used to have a conversation about what we want the system to do or what the user wants the system to do
    • Misuse: If the user story is short enough, it isn’t necessary to have an abundance of written documentation (If you’re finding yourself needing to attach a lot of written documentation to the requirement, it is most likely too broad of a scope for a user story)
    • Misuse: You don’t need to know all of your stories ahead of time to get the project done
    • Correct use: Understand that in creating user stories and moving through your agile journey, many of them will be wrong and it’s unknowable
    • Correct use: Conversations should be happening more frequently and be broken down into smaller pieces so that everyone has a clearer picture
  • Tips for leveraging user stories effectively:
    • Get in the mind of the user so that you can better come up with some strategies for appealing to their needs or fulfilling their needs
    • Address the acceptance criteria/conditions of satisfaction (i.e. How do I know when I’ve achieved this goal?)
    • Try to make the user story about what the user is trying to achieve (i.e. conditions of satisfaction)
    • Reference User Stories Applied: For Agile Software Development, by Mike Cohn
    • Don’t take user stories too seriously
    • Remember the three Cs: Card (because they used to be written on index cards), Conversation, and Confirmation
  • Good vs. bad uses of story points:
    • Misuse: Story points are often conflated with days (i.e. how long it will take to do something) which, in turn, become used for velocity metrics (which is then often weaponized against the team [listen to episode 135])
    • Misuse: You shouldn’t be predicting too far out with story points (instead, talk about what you can do in the next couple of sprints and then go from there)
    • Misuse: Similarly to user stories, don’t take story points too seriously (i.e. don’t take them as means of precision beyond having had a conversation around something that is possible to do)
    • Correct use: Story points are simply unitless measures of relative size (in sprint planning you can worry about the finer details and granular approach)
    • Misuse: There is no value in breaking up story points into multiple points, resizing the stories, etc. (It’s supposed to be a close-enough/estimate… it’s not supposed to be precise)
    • Misuse: Software development is unpredictable and filled with unknowns, trying to force specific predictions with story points is counterintuitive
    • Correct use: Breaking things into smaller pieces with user stories is a lot easier to figure out the size of the task
  • Closing Thoughts:
    • Don’t take user stories and story points too seriously
    • Don’t think you know more than you do
    • Cut yourself some slack and cut your team some slack
    • Break things down into smaller and smaller pieces
    • The smaller something is, the more easily it’s understood and the fewer unknowns there are

Mentioned in this Episode:

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 135: “Exploring Velocity: What is iI? How Do We Measure It? How Can We Leverage It?”

Lean Coffee

User Stories Applied: For Agile Software Development, by Mike Cohn

Killer Nashville

Devil in a Blue Dress: An Easy Rawlins Mystery, by Walter Mosley

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by return guest, and Senior Consultant in AgileThought’s Innovate line of service, Adam Ulery! Adam is a perpetually curious, continuous learner who is always willing to encourage others to try new things (as he very often does himself). He is very focused on helping organizations clarify and meet their business outcomes, and he loves to help companies become resilient and rediscover their curiosity.

In this episode, they are exploring the topic of strategic vs. tactical decisions and actions in agility. Adam explains why it is important to make this distinction; why, as leaders, we need to be focused on strategy more than tactics; the key differences between a strategic and tactical perspective; and tips, techniques, and advice for navigating strategy vs. tactics.

Key Takeaways

Why is it important to distinguish between strategic vs. tactical decisions and actions?

With the distinction, leaders will often focus too much on the tactics and not enough on the strategy or strategic duties

Organizations are often focused on the tactical details of what’s happening in their business and less on the strategy — distinguishing between the two allow for a more healthy/appropriate balance

Why is focusing more on tactics rather than strategy bad? What are common anti-patterns?

As a leader, you shouldn’t be too involved in the micro-details of what to do to fix an issue (instead, let the people closest to the work do the work)

As a leader, you should be focusing on the higher-level leadership activities rather than getting granular on what the experts should be doing on a micro-level

If you’re too focused on the details of what your team is doing, you’re slowing down the decision-making

Employees that are being watched/queried by a higher-level leader are going to end up slowing down and deferring to them to make decisions where they don’t need to (which eventually leads to demotivation down the line)

If the leader continues to operate in this way (of micro-managing) the employees don’t have the time to cultivate and nurture the competencies and higher skills needed to be self-sufficient

Focusing on tactics more takes eyes off of meeting the strategic outcomes that are desired

Instead of focusing on: “Does the team have the right priorities?” focus on: “Is what we’re putting out to market this month aligned with our organizational goals?”

Leaders should be focusing on higher-level things (i.e. business outcomes and ensuring they are aligned to the organization’s strategy)

Focusing on tactics as a leader also takes eyes off of improving the system in which people are working (for example: building customer loyalty by delivering what they need quickly and reliably)

If leaders are focusing on embracing technical excellence and the small details of how to actually get those activities coordinated and executed on, then they’re not focusing on the higher-level strategy of building customer loyalty or the long-term view

If leaders are getting in the trenches and focusing on low-level things, it distracts them from being able to think about long-range goals

The differences between a strategic and tactical perspective:

A tactical perspective is shorter-range and a strategic perspective is longer-range

If you’re a leader, you add value by executing on the strategy, creating vision, and growing your people

On the operational level, you add value by “doing the thing”/executing on deliverables

Neither is better than the other; it’s just about how you want to add value, where you’re focusing, and where you want to spend your time

Tips for how to navigate strategy vs. tactics:

Leaders need to work on their fears associated with letting go of control and do what they need to do in order to let others take control and be self-sufficient

Leaders need to enable and equip their people by making sure that they are competent and skilled before they take control (if you give control at the wrong point, you risk massive downsides)

As a leader, allow your people to be accountable (and teach them how to be accountable); and as they build their skills, competencies, and they’re able to take over; let them be accountable

As a leader, it is your duty to make sure that everyone knows what the strategy is and that they understand it (because it is hard to align to a strategy if you don’t know what it is)

Do introspection, self-study, look in and analyze your own behavior and actions as a leader — are you too “in the weeds” with tactics?

Mentioned in this Episode:

Adam Ulery’s LinkedIn

Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by L. David Marquet

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 135: “Exploring Velocity: What is It? How Do We Measure It? How Can We Leverage It?”

Sprint: How to Solve Big Problems and Test New Ideas in Just Five Days, by Jake Knapp

Stanford d.school

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Dan Neumann is joined by a return guest and AgileThought colleague, Michael Guiler. Mike has been an agile coach for over 15 years and has experience helping geographically dispersed organizations (in both the business and technology fields) to transform and better achieve their goals. For the last year and a half, Mike has been with AgileThought as an Agile Consultant.

Together, Dan and Mike are discussing employee engagement and what organizations and leadership can do to improve it. Mike shares 2020 employee engagement statistics, what creates engagement, the differences between managers and leaders (and why this is important), and the key tips on what we can all do to drive employee engagement forward.

Key Takeaways

2020 employee engagement statistics:

Only 36% of the people in an organization are actively engaged

50% of the people are “going along for the ride”/are ambivalent

14% of people are actively looking to “get off the train”/actively disengaged

That adds up to 64% of the people in an organization are not giving the best they can give

The good: the actively engaged employee percentage has been consistently going up year after year since 2009

What can we do to improve these statistics? What would make employees more engaged?

People want to do know why they are doing what they’re doing, have autonomy over it, understand what the goal is, and have a purpose

Don’t micromanage people as a manager or leader in an organization

Transition managers into leadership roles

Managers in an organization need to make sure employees understand autonomy, mastery, and purpose if they really want to help motivate and engage their people (Daniel Pink’s book, Drive)

Managers need to make sure that the organization’s vision is very clear to everyone

Ask, “Where are we headed? What are we trying to achieve?” Becoming self-managing and engaging will lead to employee motivation but the goal first needs to be understood

If the vision is too big or too far out, employees can’t visualize it (as a leader, you need to break this vision down into smaller, shorter-term goals so that getting from A-Z is understood)

The product goal should be tied to the organizational vision

If something isn’t fulfilling the goal, end it/throw it away

The goal should be shared early, often, and everywhere

Share examples of things that were accomplished in the organization that fulfill said goal

Managers vs. Leaders (and how leaders can improve employee engagement):

A manager is somebody that is task-oriented, activity tracking, and only concerned about their own actions

A leader is focused on the “us”/what “we” achieved, improving the environment for those who work within it, and enabling their team to succeed

An organization’s duty is to develop its managers into leaders, hire leaders, and foster an environment for leaders

Keep in mind the recent shift to the Scrum Guide from “Servant-leader” to “leading by serving”

It is important for managers/leaders to create a safe environment for people to engage without punishment/ridicule for making mistakes

As a leader, it is important to understand that sometimes good decisions can lead to bad outcomes and bad decisions can lead to good outcomes (so don’t punish, but rather explore this concept and create safety for employees)

Leadership is not proportional to the time spent talking in meetings

You have to give people the space to talk, explore, and share

A tip for giving others space in conversation: Ask yourself before speaking, “Does it need to be said? Does it need to be said by me? And does it need to be said right now?”

Tips for leaders for improving engagement:

Provide clarity on what the problems are that employees are expected to take on

There are many different ways to solve any given problem — as a leader, it is your job to point out the problem and give space to your people to explore the options and solve it their way

Create a safe environment and boost engagement in meetings by asking questions, inviting people to speak, sharing the spotlight, resisting the urge to provide answers

Emphasize “we” language, not “you” or “I” (i.e. if the team experiences “failure,” don’t place the blame on a single individual)

Own your own mistakes as a leader

Mentioned in this Episode:

Michael Guiler’s LinkedIn

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 121: “Self-Managing vs. Self-Organizing with Michael Guiler”

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 87: “Intent-Based Leadership with Michael Guiler”

“What is Employee Engagement and How Do You Improve It?” Gallup

“Historic Drop in Employee Engagement Follows Record Rise” Gallup

Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us, by Daniel H. Pink

Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don’t Have All the Facts, by Annie Duke

Tribal Leadership: Leveraging Natural Groups to Build a Thriving Organization, by Dave Logan, John King, and Halee Fischer-Wright

Lean Enterprise: How High Performance Organizations Innovate at Scale, by Jez Humble, Joanne Molesky, and Barry O’Reilly

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Most literature around starting an agile (or scrum) team makes the assumption that you will be starting from scratch. But oftentimes, you’re joining an organization with teams that are in the middle of a half-built or fully-built product.

As an agile coach being brought into an organization, you usually have to work with pre-existing teams that are in the middle of their product life cycle with pre-existing behaviors and norms.

In this episode, Dan and Sam are exploring what it is actually like starting in the middle of an agile journey and offer their tips and advice for agile coaches in addressing common challenges associated with pre-formed teams, products in the middle of their life cycle, and organizations already in the middle of their agile journey.

Key Takeaways

The different ways you can be “in the middle”:

In the middle of an agile journey

In the middle of team formation (or by working with an already fully-formed team)

In the middle of building a product

A combination of all three

Addressing challenges of joining a team that is in the middle:

There needs to be a mindset shift around the whole team being accountable (rather than each individual for themselves)

When a team already has its behaviors and norms established, they can be nervous with new roles and expectations being introduced

It is important to respect the team’s history and knowledge

Scrum doesn’t say “abandon your job titles,” rather, ‘‘You work out how you want your team to look. As long as you can get to done.” (i.e. it’s okay to stick with your original job titles as long as you remember that you’re all in this together as a team; not individuals)

Those in senior positions (i.e. those with more expertise and experience) should shift into a mentorship role for those junior to them

Recognize that the team is going to have to take smaller bites at the apple every sprint instead of taking on these huge challenges that will take months

Create safety by delivering in smaller chunks

Do regression testing more often

Slow down and automate the old stuff

Addressing challenges of a product life cycle that is in the middle:

Sometimes, adding value to the product might be in removing features that nobody (or few people) use, that are slowing down the delivery of new features that people will use

If it’s expensive and not giving your team/organization a return on investment, reevaluation should take place around why you are spending money to maintain this feature

Look at value investments from a product standpoint even when you’re not starting a new product from scratch

A challenge with jumping into products in the middle is that the strategy has been laid out in a fairly plan-driven way (the requirements are largely thought to be understood)

“Scope creep” isn’t actually a monster; it’s a friend that helps you have a better understanding of your requirements

Bring users in earlier and ask for feedback earlier (this helps get users engaged, interested; you’re able to correct course mid-flight to create something that users actually want)

You don’t have to wait until a sprint to adjust

Addressing challenges of joining an organization that is in the middle of its agile journey:

This usually takes the form of A) the organization has tried to do an agile transformation themselves and now recognize they need help, or B) they had a consultant or coach come in previously, dismissed them when they thought they were done, everything went off the rails, and now they need to bring in another consultant once again to fix it

“[Agile is] a journey; not a destination. So we have to continue going [forward]. I think it’s actually a misnomer to say that we, [as agile coaches], come in in the middle of an agile journey. It’s all middle. Once you take that first step, it’s ‘middle’ for the rest of time.”

Agile journeys take a long time; there’s not a magic wand to shift behavior

The organization needs to learn how to do the learning because it never stops

Adam Ulery’s tips for being brought into an organization “in the middle”:

First, understand where the organization is right now

What do they do really well right now? Where are the gaps that need to be addressed?

Conduct an assessment (doesn’t need to be formal) to understand their current challenges

What are their goals? Their business goals, their agile journey goals, and where they would like to be in the not-so-distant future (i.e. six months to three years)? Based on this, develop a plan on how to move forward with them

Mentioned in this Episode:

Agile in the Enterprise Survey by Gartner

Sam Falco’s LinkedIn

Adam Ulery’s LinkedIn

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan and Sam are discussing an important metric to Agile teams: velocity. If used correctly, velocity can be an incredibly helpful tool for teams to leverage to forecast future sprints and understand what it is that they can accomplish in a given amount of time. If used incorrectly, however, it can wreak havoc on a team’s ability to work together and deliver value incrementally.

In this Scrum-centric discussion, Sam and Dan take a look at what velocity is; how to measure it, why it is important to teams, leadership, and the organization; how we can effectively leverage it to improve a team’s output (rather than damage it); and key takeaways to keep in mind.

Key Takeaways

What is velocity? Why is it important?

Velocity is an output-based metric that measures what the team typically does/how much they do over a certain period

In Scrum, velocity is usually measured within sprints

Velocity is history; not what you hope for (i.e it is a past measure)

Velocity is a great tool for teams to understand what they typically do in a given sprint and use it as a measure to know what they could do in a future sprint

Scrum teams who are truly self-managing can use velocity as a way to think about what they might do in their upcoming sprint given what they’ve done in the past

Velocity is similar to the term “velocity” used in physics (i.e. in physics, velocity is not just speed; it’s speed and direction) — If your teams don’t have direction, the speed at which they do things is meaningless

How is velocity measured?

There are a number of ways you can measure velocity (from story points to a “number of items completed” approach, etc.)
Though velocity is often expressed in “points,” it isn’t needed to measure it in points (velocity is simply how much stuff you have done in whichever way you want to measure it)

Points are not a forecast or the capacity that the team is expected to hit

The pressure to measure in points can actually be more effort than it’s worth (if you’re already measuring in days, why use a conversion chart of days=points? Use what the team already knows and is working by)

Measure in as small of pieces as possible (the tinier something is the more accurately you can assess how long it is going to take)

Velocity anti-patterns:

Velocity can be one of the most abused metrics in all of software development if the wrong person in power gets a hold of it

Sometimes when leadership gets a hold of velocity metrics, they punish or put pressure on teams when they don’t meet the same markers that they did in the previous week/month/sprint

Some organizations see the Scrum Master’s role as making sure that the team is constantly increasing its velocity

Assigning “points” to people on the team (velocity is a team measure; not a measure of individuals)

Just getting stuff done that isn’t moving the product forward may make your velocity look great, but really you’re spinning your wheels and not going anywhere

You shouldn’t be managing velocity; velocity should be helping you manage other things (such as what teams can do to forecast)

Why can measuring velocity improve your teams?

As a Product Owner, you can use velocity to forecast beyond the next sprint

You can use it as a measure to revise and adapt each sprint

Key takeaways to keep in mind:

When you change the team composition, the velocity will be affected and most likely drop (even if you are adding someone because they need time to get used to working together)

Velocity is not about precision (through craving certainty, we want to apply a number measure to velocity) but teams begin to beat themselves up and spend too much time in refinement activities to have a stable velocity (rather than actually doing the work)

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Mythical Man-Month: Essays on Software Engineering, by Frederick Brooks Jr.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Today, Dan and Sam are joined once again to discuss agility — more specifically, the side effects of being agile!

The side effects of agility are often not the reasons why you should start an agile transformation, but they are still very valuable and helpful to know about.

In this episode, Dan and Sam discuss the positive side effects that organizations might want out of agility, the indirect effects (both positive and negative) of putting certain agile practices in place (or not putting them in place), and how to address the challenges that come along with losing focus on the primary principles of agility.

Key Takeaways

Why should you start an agile transformation?

Look no further than the Agile Manifesto

Common side effects organizations want out of agility:

People will be happier

We’ll get more stuff more quickly/twice the work and half the time

Increasing customer involvement

Improving the prioritization of features

Increasing team buy-in and involvement

Adapting to change during development

Better understanding the project’s status

More efficient planning and estimating

Continuous risk management

Delivering the project needed at the end

Achieving the right level of project structure

Potential negative side effects and how to combat them:

The Agile principle “welcoming changing requirements” does not mean adding requirements

When a priority is changed that means something else isn’t important anymore

It is key to clarify the priorities and remind everyone of the consequences/cost of changing them

Look at the cost of waiting to start the new thing vs. abandoning the old thing

Building lots of stuff that you don’t ship and lengthy requirements lists that you may never be able to get to (therefore generating excess inventory and waste)

You should instead focus on delivering value in increments

Use the “MVP” (minimum viable product) strategy i.e. getting something potentially valuable to your customers quickly so that they can evaluate it and you can measure it

Launching a product vs. the value you want to bring

When you don’t embrace agile fully and attempt to scope out a large project by creating a static backlog and fix the team members, you will eat through the backlog (the best-case scenario is that you get a product and the worst-case scenario is that you don’t get a product and have a lot of work-in-progress)

Think about your outcome rather than the activity than you’re engaged in or some artificial target

When the goalposts are set and there aren’t true inspection and adaptation, it’s not an agile approach

If the primary benefits of agile are not met, the secondary benefits will not matter as much and the agile transformation itself will be brought into question and challenged

When there is a purpose to what they’re doing, employee satisfaction and fulfillment goes up

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Agile Manifesto

Agile2021 | Agile Alliance

Becoming Agile: … in an imperfect world, by Greg Smith and Ahmed Sidky

Thinking, Fast and Slow, by Daniel Kahneman

Noise: A Flaw in Human Judgment, by Daniel Kahneman, Olivier Sibony, and Cass R. Sunstein

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan is joined by fellow AgileThought colleague and return guest, Andrea Floyd! Andrea is an enterprise agile transformation consultant at AgileThought with over 25 years of experience in software development and management. She is an innovator who has led multiple organization-wide scaled agile implementations, and she has also architected innovative solution strategies and roadmaps across many frameworks (including Scrum, Kanban, and the Scaled Agile Framework).

In their conversation today, they discuss delivering value using Scrum — what it looks like, why it is important to focus on, how to introduce the concept of value delivery in the product life cycle, and how to begin measuring the value of what you’re delivering.

Key Takeaways

Why is delivering value using Scrum important?

People want to know why they’re doing what they’re doing (and understanding how they are delivering value using Scrum answers that question)

Understanding what value you’re bringing ensures that you’re working on the right thing/s at the right time

In order to make certain business decisions, it is key to measure: “Are we getting the outcomes that we’re seeking?” and, “Are we actually making a difference in the eyes of our customers or users?” Do they see and feel what we’re providing and delivering in terms of capabilities is valuable?

How and when to introduce the concept of value delivery in a product life cycle:

There are a few entry points to consider

At the organizational leadership level, they need to be outlining what they feel is valuable to the organization

If leadership outlines what is valuable to the organization, everybody is able to check in with that

Someone at the top of the organization should be setting the alignment (and allowing it to cascade down through the organization)

At a product or a project level, you should start thinking about delivering value by encapsulating it in features (and having those features be on your product roadmap [which will then inform and drive your product backlog])

At a product or team level, apply your focus to talk about value at the feature level (think about the mechanisms to timebox features)

Tips, tools, and techniques to measure the value of what you’re doing:

Answer the question: “Have we moved the needle in anybody’s world? How so?”

Organizations should be embracing transparency and trust so there is more access to communication (and so people know the context they’re operating in)

Consider looking at how you do your portfolio management and have that work be hand-in-hand with investment decisions (which then will influence how you organize around the work or the product)

Leverage techniques in work management tools (such as Jira, Azure DevOps, etc.) where you can put effort at a feature level (just like you would do at a story level)

Use some form of relative sizing to forecast based on what you know today

If you are able to do feature points, map the features on the product roadmap

Leverage product goals to help your team ensure that the emergence of their product backlog aligns with the product goal

Use product goals to help you focus on the right items (in the right sequence) in your backlog, and refine those features so that your team can communicate to stakeholders and leaders how they are doing as they move forward

Leverage timeboxing — it is critical

You should be able to explain to your team why you are working on something (if you can’t, push it down on your backlog until you can)

How do we know when a feature is ready to be consumed by a team?

It is important to have a definition of “ready” so that the team is on the same page

Ideally, you have fields that indicate the state of readiness a feature needs to be at before it’s eligible for consideration to begin working on

Ask: “What does ready look like for a feature?” and “What information needs to be present?”

Collect data and measure: “Are we getting value out the door?” and “Are we getting value into the hands of our customers or users?”

There should be a level of accountability on the people that are responsible for refining the backlog (if you want to make the cut, make sure that everything is clear)

Tips regarding features and value delivery:

Business decisions have to be made — that means you’re going to have to get comfortable with forecasting (and forecasting gets easier with the more data points you can reference)

Having an understanding of velocity is important because it is helpful in forecasting and understanding if you’re biting off more than you can chew

Andrea recommends having your product roadmap at a feature level and having a strong partnership between the product ownership and the team to help forecasting at a feature level

Andrea recommends having the roadmap be based quarter-by-quarter, one year out

How to know when you’re done with a feature:

Use the definition of “done” at a release level (this is where you can articulate what features are eligible for release based on the release definition of done)

Mentioned in this Episode:

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 132: “Waterfall to Scrum: How to Measure the Value of Agility with Sam Falco”

Jira

Azure DevOps

The Scrum Guide

Azure Coaches’ Corner Ep. 118: “Big Room Planning 101 with Andrea Floyd”

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 29: “How to Combat Cognitive Biases for Effective Agile Teams”

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan and Sam are answering another fascinating listener question. This listener wrote in, “We are in an organization that has been going through an Agile transformation. Our leaders have been asking for metrics to compare Waterfall vs. Scrum. They want to know if we are delivering more with Scrum. How do we measure this?”

Navigating how to measure values when transitioning from Waterfall to Scrum can be a difficult challenge. How do you measure whether something is a successful initiative or not? What are the key differences in what metrics you should be measuring between Waterfall and Scrum? How do you measure the value that Scrum brings? What are some of the key metrics you should be measuring? Tune in to find out!

If you have a question of your own (or would like to share your thoughts on today’s episode), you can email the podcast at Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

Key Takeaways

How do you measure the value your organization gets from Scrum vs. Waterfall?

Typically what is measured in Waterfalls is “iron triangle” stuff (i.e. “Were we on time? Did we stay on budget? Did we complete the scope?”) However, these things don’t really indicate whether or not you are actually getting value out of the effort

“Too often, what we’re actually measuring in Waterfall was: ‘Did we get all the work done in a certain amount of time and within budget?’ And that’s not what we’re interested in, in [an] Agile effort.” — Sam Falco

Find different ways to measure the value, whether it’s in actual dollars earned or cost savings or goals achieved

It is more important to measure the return on investment and the value it brought to customers rather than “Did we push it across the finish line?”

Measure based on value rather than on velocity

It’s not uncommon for those from a Waterfall world to measure how many tasks were completed rather than delivering valuable increments (which is critical with Scrum)

Regardless of whether it is Waterfall or Scrum, you might measure: generated revenue, saved spending, etc.

Evidence-based management as a method for measuring the success of an Agile effort:

Reference The Evidence-Based Management Guide from Scrum.org

It will provide you with a number of key value areas to help determine whether you are actually adding value, as well as some suggestions for key value measures for each of those areas

Listen to episode 107 of the Agile Coaches’ Corner, “Evidence-Based Management 101 with Sam Falco”

Think about the metrics you have in place now and whether or not they apply now (i.e. “Does this metric we’re using help us determine the current value for our products?”, “Does it help us determine time-to-market?”, “Does it help us determine our ability to innovate?” And if not, ask, “Do we really need it?”, “Are we measuring something that matters and drives results?”)

Measure lead time (if it shrinks dramatically, this is a good sign that this is going to work for your organization)

“Take a look at what metrics you’re measuring now. And if those were valuable in telling you whether or not your efforts were worthwhile, they might be appropriate now.” — Sam Falco

Even though your process is different, you can still measure using a lot of the same metrics — you just have to look at them in a different way

The most important things to measure are around the value (“Is the stuff we’re producing actually valuable to people?”)

What are some of the ways we can measure value?

Quality metrics (Has your quality increased?) — Agility tends to come with increases in quality because of a limit of work-in-progress and helping the teams focus

Look at trends; not single points in time

Have your escape defects gone down? Has your technical debt gone down?

Look at things like, how long does it take you to get a release ready for production? Is it taking less time?

One of the values of an agile way of working is that you build in feedback loops for looking at your own processes more frequently than Waterfall

Through this, analyze trends and track process improvement

There is no single way to measure output from Waterfall to Scrum

You have to always be aware of what the metric is actually telling you and evaluate not only your processes but whether you are using the right metrics (and whether they are telling you things that are helpful to you)

Releasing in Waterfall tends to be infrequent, painful, and fragile. Releases should be frequent and near-automatic in Scrum. Measuring the pain of releasing is an indicator of how easy or difficult it is to capture value

Measure deployment frequency (“How often do you actually deploy to production or customers and users?”)

Measure: “Are customers happy with the number of releases? Are they happy with the features they’re getting?”

Measure “mean time to first failure” — though it is an old metric in software development, it can still be valuable (i.e. “How long does it take for you to break something?” This should be getting longer and longer as your quality goes up)

Keep track of process improvements

Mentioned in this Episode:

Evidence-Based Management Guide | Scrum.org

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 107: “Evidence-Based Management 101 with Sam Falco”

The Hard Thing About Hard Things: Building a Business When There Are No Easy Answers, by Ben Horowitz

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week on the podcast, Dan Neumann is joined by frequent guest of the show, Quincy Jordan, a Director in AgileThought’s Innovate Line of Service.

The last time Quincy was on the show, they spoke about the excursions you take along an Agile journey and what those look like. Today, they’re taking this discussion one step further and exploring how to maintain the work that has been done along an Agile journey.

On the “other side” of an Agile transformation, we want the work that we have done to stick. In this episode, Quincy shares his key tips for maintaining an Agile transformation once it has gotten to a place of sustainability, how to shift from a transformation team to an environment that has Agile Champions, why you should be implementing Communities of Practice, and the role that leaders play in communicating and instilling the practices formed during the transformation.

Key Takeaways

What are transformation teams and how do they fit into maintaining the Agile transformation?

A transformation team is critical to the health of an Agile transformation

Transformation teams are almost like Scrum Masters to the transformation itself

Once the thinking has changed and you’ve arrived at the part of the Agile journey where you’re only looking to maintain what you’ve achieved, you don’t necessarily need the transformation team

When disbanding the team it is important to have Agile Champions to lead and guide the Communities of Practice (which are key in maintaining the way of thinking around continuously learning [and unlearning] based on the current needs and problems you are looking to solve)

Members of the transformation team can join the team of Agile Champions or become Agile Champions for other teams of practices

Be cautious in disbanding the transformation team too soon as you may revert to the old way of doing things

Have a succession plan for your Agile Champions to maintain the new way of thinking

Quincy recommends 3‒4 Agile Champions for a single Community of Practice

The role communication plays in Agile transformation maintenance and continuous learning:

Communication is beyond critical to maintaining the transformation — especially coming from leadership (Quincy recommends no more than monthly communication from leadership)

An important aspect that leadership has to remember is that everyone does not know what they know (gaps in communication occur when leadership assumes that everyone knows what they know)

It’s important for the leadership team to reinforce the new way of working and what it needs to look like

Reinforce desired behavior by highlighting “bright spots” (i.e. when you see the behavior you want, point it out)

Trust and build empathy (when trust is absent, the “ugly truth” of what’s happening in a project gets buried vs. when trust and empathy are present, the whole team works together toward solving the problems that arise)

Maintain and bring transparency into the work

How to reinforce the ways you deliver and maintain a value-driven perspective:

Ideally in the transformation, the organization has adopted a value-driven perspective vs. merely tracking

To maintain this, have dedicated teams

Shift the mindset of having one specialist for one job to one of building an overall team competence

Implement rolling forecasts with quarterly revisiting

Maintain the perspective of funding so that you don’t revert to this notion of going to go down to a granular level (i.e. figuring out how much a particular thing is going to cost 12-months down the line between a 2‒5% margin)

You want to maintain a way to fund investments and evaluate that funding earlier on (and on a quarterly basis)

It is good practice to leverage OKRs to maintain a transformation (because you’re being clear in a simplistic way on what your objectives are and how you’re going to hit them)

Closely align your portfolio based on your current dedicated teams and any planned dedicated teams

Mentioned in this Episode:

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 129: “Excursions Along the Agile Journey with Quincy Jordan”

Switch: How to Change Things When Change Is Hard, by Chip Heath and Dan Heath

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Sam and Dan take a deep dive into a fantastic listener question, “What happens in a scaling environment with the Scrum Master?”

What happens when you have one Scrum Master with many teams or many teams and multiple Scrum Masters? With the Scrum Guide not explicitly providing guidance on this topic, Dan and Sam explore the realities of focusing on multiple teams as a Scrum Master, whether or not a Scrum Master can or should handle multiple teams, and real-world examples of scenarios they have seen play out with both. They also discuss the risks and challenges that come along with multiple Scrum Masters coordinating across many teams and share their advice on increasing communication and helping your teams (and organization) understand Scrum.

Key Takeaways

Can a Scrum Master handle multiple teams?

With so much on your plate as a Scrum Master, it is ideal to only handle one team at a time (especially if they’re very early on in their Scrum journey; they’re going to need a lot of your attention and focus)

It is possible to handle multiple teams but it is dependant on how far they are into their Scrum journey (if one of them is far along and another is newer, it is far easier to manage multiple)

It doesn’t make sense to split a Scrum Master’s attention between multiple teams if they are all start-ups

As a Scrum Master, you are already splitting your attention between your team and the organization (in helping them use Scrum effectively) — dividing your attention even further between teams can spread you too thin

If you are acting as more of an Agile Coach with less focus on the organization, it may be possible to handle multiple teams

An ideal scenario would be to have a Scrum Master master per team in the organization and have them coordinate and communicate across these teams

Note: In order to be a great Scrum Master, you need to look beyond limiting your role to organizing meetings, enforcing timeboxes, and responding to the impediments people explicitly report (reference Michael James’ Scrum Master Checklist to see the full breadth of what you could be doing in your role as a Scrum Master [if you have the time and capacity])

Advice for multiple Scrum Masters coordinating across multiple teams:

Have a Scrum Master Community of Practice — make sure that the Scrum Masters are meeting regularly to discuss what’s going on in their teams

When a Community of Practice is successfully implemented, you can exchange new ideas which can really help the agility of the teams and the entire organization

You can work together on the common challenges you are all facing and rally together to figure out solutions

Your understanding of Scrum and your ability to help teams will grow exponentially

A cautionary word about establishing a Community of Practice: you may not get outside ideas as easily which can develop a sense of “groupthink”

Be sure to seek outside ideas — always ask: “What are we not doing? And what can we learn from the broader community?” (Try attending conferences, events, or webinars)

Get outside of your organization’s four walls whether that be through podcasts, books, or other resources — always be open to grow

The risks of Scrum Masters coordinating across too many teams:

The teams may struggle to understand the need for Scrum itself (the “why” behind Scrum becomes lost when Scrum Masters cannot spend enough time with a single team) which leads to dysfunctional behavior

Being commanded to do things for the sake of doing them rather than “We need to do Scrum to deliver well” leads teams to become disengaged

Simply finding the time to do sprint planning together and coordinate the teams

Closing thoughts and key takeaways:

The Scrum Master is an invaluable part of the Scrum team — do not try to short change your teams in order to save a little money (i.e. by spreading them thin in managing multiple teams)

The Scrum Master will help your team be effective and stay effective

By having a Scrum Master focus on one team they can better help them integrate with the larger organization

If you need to have multiple teams per Scrum Master, try to have some balance (in that not all of their teams are new or old)

Mentioned in this Episode:

Michael James’ Scrum Master Checklist

The Scrum Guide

Tampa Bay Scrum Masters Guild

The Nexus Integration Team

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 126: “What is Agile?”

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 3: “Communities of Practice with Quincy Jordan”

Frederick W. Taylor

“Managing the Development of Large Software Systems,” by Dr. Winston W. Royce

The Legacy of Conquest: The Unbroken Past of the American West, by Patricia Nelson Limerick Ph.D.

The Dead March: A History of the Mexican-American War, by Peter Guardino

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Oftentimes, when organizations bring on Agile Coaches, they want to be (or expect to be) taken on a linear path with Agility (AKA point A to point B). However, there is a lot that happens along an Agile transformation journey that interrupts this path of “point A to point B.”

Today’s guest, Quincy — a Director in AgileThought’s Innovate Line of Service — refers to these as “excursions.” In an Agile transformation journey, it is crucial to explore these excursions and understand all of the pieces that you should put into place to ensure their success.

In this conversation, Quincy explains what excursions are, why they are important; the different types of excursions that can occur during an Agile journey; the key areas of sustainability, consistency, competency, and maintenance in an excursion; and the important pieces that leadership support and communication play in an excursion’s success.

Key Takeaways

What are “excursions?”

Excursions are detours that happen along an Agile transformation journey

These excursions often involve many different facets

An excursion could be taking a business outcome (such as “better speed to market”) and getting more specific and nuanced on it

An excursion is still part of the transformation journey (so you can’t isolate it from the work that the teams are doing)

Several excursions can occur at the same time

What are some of the types of excursions that can occur during an Agile journey?

Clarity of desired business outcomes

Better speed to market

Introducing a new product

Introducing a product that you already have into a new market

Quincy’s advice about excursions:

Sometimes you may have to bring on a new expert during an excursion that specializes in that specific area and bring them into the journey (in cases like these, it is important to acknowledge your and your team’s knowledge barriers)

Really consider who should be a part of each particular excursion

There are many aspects to the Agile transformation and many different types of excursions — it is important to not box things in and know that it is a multifaceted journey

Advice around the Agile approach to excursions:

Sometimes Scrum might not always be the best fit for your organizations so it is important to have an excursion that serves as an evaluation to figure out which Agile approach is best for the team/s (and which approach is best where — because there may be more than one approach [alternatively, agility might not even be the right approach at all])

Excursions should also be taken to discover which methodologies and frameworks should be used

Some organizations, when they’re new in their transformation journey, tend to make assumptions rather than take excursions (but it’s crucial as an organization to take excursions because no two companies are alike and one company’s approach may not work for yours)

Experimentation in and of itself can become an excursion

Areas of sustainability, consistency, competency, and maintenance in an excursion:

In aiming towards sustainability, it is important to ask whether or not you have put the pieces of the puzzle in place so that the system can run on its own

You can’t reach sustainability without consistency

It’s important to have a consistent definition of “done” (if every team has a different definition, it will be hard to consistently deliver quality)

Leverage the strengths that are already within the teams and company

Though the maintenance is part of the journey, it’s more so post-journey and is becoming more and more critical for companies to do

Maintenance is really critical — Ask yourself: How do you maintain what has now been transformed? How do you maintain the culture that you’ve now built, the consistency that you have put in place, and keep a freshness to the cadences of the workflow?

If you don’t have a maintenance piece in place, many of your efforts will be derailed

Your excursions need to have sustainability, consistency, and an understanding of what maintenance is going to look like from the get-go

The important pieces of leadership support and communication in an excursion:

Consistency and sustainability need to be supported by leadership

Leadership has to let everyone know periodically that everything is okay or “Everything will be okay, but these are the things we’re dealing with right now” (Communication is key)

Active leadership is key in a transformation journey

As a leader, you can’t negate sharing the bigger picture so that the teams can consistently correlate what they’re doing on a daily basis to the bigger business outcomes

Quantity does not always equal value (as a leader it is important for you to consistently support your team/s on a regular cadence in an active way)

Mentioned in this Episode:

Quincy Jordan

McKinsey’s Three Horizons Model

The Cynefin Framework

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep: “Spotify, Schmotify: Do Your Own Agile Thinking”

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep: “Exploring an Experimental Mindset with Adam Ulery”

The Reengineering Alternative, by William Schneider

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week on the Agile Coaches’ Corner Dan and Sam are switching things up with a new episode format. In this episode, they’re looking back on Sam’s three-part Trainer Talk series on the key changes that were made in the new Scrum Guide that was released in November 2020.

This episode compiles all three of Sam’s Trainer Talks that focus on the three key changes that were made to the Scrum Guide around the product goal, the sprint goal, and self-organizing teams. Sam shares his thoughts on why these changes are important to recognize; what these changes mean for organizations, Scrum Teams, and Product Owners; and the specific benefits that come with these changes.

Tune in to learn all about the three key changes that organizations using Scrum need to pay close attention to!

Key Takeaways

How has the Product Goal Changed with the New Scrum Guide? Why is it important and what are the benefits?

What the Scrum Guide has to say about the Product Goal: “The Product Goal describes a future state of the product which can serve as a target for the Scrum Team to plan against. The Product Goal is in the Product Backlog. The rest of the Product Backlog emerges to define ‘what’ will fulfill the Product Goal”

The Scrum Guide is now making the Product Goal an explicit part of Scrum (which is crucial in creating a unified vision for the team to work toward)

This change highlights the difference between a Product Goal and a Product Vision which is important because a product vision is lacking the characteristics of SMART goals (“specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound” goals)

With the Product Goal in the Product Backlog, the rest of the Product Backlog emerges to define WHAT will fulfill the Product Goal (this has specific benefits such as creating transparency, understanding what the value is that is expected to be created so that the team can validate if their efforts are creating the desired outcome, and in helping the team understand what should be in the Product Backlog vs. what should be out of it)

With a Product Goal being in the Product Backlog and the rest of the Product Backlog emerging around that, it is possible to validate PBIs against the Product Goal

The Scrum Guide also says that “The Product Goal is the long-term objective for the Scrum Team. They must fulfill (or abandon) one objective before taking on the next” (which is hugely beneficial as it will help teams focus)

With a Product Goal and the expectation that the Product Backlog, by and large, contains items that emerge as a result of that Product Goal, it is possible to make much more meaningful Sprint Goals

The Product Goal helps the Product Owner move beyond being a mere order taker and, instead, create a stance where they are initiating requirements

How has the Sprint Goal Changed with the New Scrum Guide? Why is it important and what are the benefits?

The new Scrum Guide underscores the commitment and purpose of a Sprint Goal

Jeff and Ken introduce a new topic for Sprint Planning in this update, which is: “Why is this Sprint valuable?” (In other words, “What do we hope to get out of it?”) — Asking this question helps craft the Sprint Goal

Establishing a Sprint Goal allows the team to create a well-rounded SMART (“specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound”) goal

If you don’t have a Sprint Goal, the Sprint Backlog becomes just a list of Product Backlog Items to fill up a team’s capacity with no coherence to it

With a Sprint Goal, the team is able to create a coherent Sprint backlog that will help them meet their goals and objectives

Though there might be things in your Sprint Backlog that are not strongly correlated to the Sprint Goal, doing what is necessary to achieve the Sprint Goal needs to be the priority (If you find that some of these other items keep getting pushed aside, maybe they should be the focus of a Sprint Goal themselves)

Once a Sprint Goal is established and it has helped the team select a coherent group of Product Backlog Items for their Sprint Backlog, the Sprint Goal then helps address the topic of: “How are we going to do it?”

Good Sprint planning includes creating a plan for working together and breaking things down into the tasks that the team needs to achieve

Without a Sprint Plan, there is a lack of transparency and the Scrum Team cannot see at their Daily Scrums whether or not they are making good progress towards the Sprint Goal

The Sprint Goal creates transparency and the ability for a Scrum Team to deliver reliably and predictably each and every Sprint (additionally, it helps establish a sustainable pace, which creates better morale and a more fulfilling work environment)

How has Self-Organizing Changed to Self-Managing in the New Scrum Guide? Why is it important and what are the benefits?

Even though the change may seem merely semantic, it has a massive impact on how organizations will see Scrum in a new light and will be a shock to those organizations that have not allowed their teams to be self-organizing or self-managing at all

When organizations use Scrum but do not allow their teams to be self-managing this leads to a lack of engagement and a lack of ownership; it destroys morale and causes turnover

In Daniel H. Pink’s book, Drive, he discovered the three factors that truly motivate knowledge workers are autonomy, mastery, and purpose (and self-managing teams leverage all three of these things [and Scrum done well has all three built-in!])

Scrum gives team autonomy by allowing them to decide what to work on and in setting their own Sprint Goal

“Scrum encourages mastery. The Scrum team is accountable as a whole for delivery, so there’s no idea that ‘This is my area and I don’t have to do anything else.’ We all expand our knowledge together and work together.” — Sam Falco

Self-managing teams create less overhead for managers as they don’t have to spend time directing people and telling them what to do

“Self-managing is serendipity in development” (when you hand someone a problem, get out of their way, and they will solve it in ways that you never could have imagined [and maybe even better than if you had solved it yourself!])

In complex product development, something new is always going to come up and there is an enormous amount of uncertainty — Scrum allows self-managing teams to adapt to this uncertainty as it arises and every Sprint offers an opportunity to change direction

You can work towards self-managing teams by empowering your Product Owners to make decisions and shepherd their products; feeding your teams with objectives, not tasks; setting the boundaries within which your teams can make their own decisions and steer their own course; encouraging the Scrum team as a whole to be accountable toward each other and toward achieving positive outcomes

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Scrum Guide

Agile Coaches’ Corner: Trainer Talk: “How Has the Product Goal Changed with the New Scrum Guide?”

Agile Coaches’ Corner: Trainer Talk: “How Has the Sprint Goal Changed with the New Scrum Guide?”

Agile Coaches’ Corner: Trainer Talk: “How Has Self-Organizing Changed to Self-Managing in the New Scrum Guide?”

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 106: “What’s New with Scrum?”

Drive: The Surprising Truth About What Motivates Us, by Daniel H. Pink

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by a very special guest, Vasco Duarte, the host of the Scrum Master Toolbox Podcast — a daily podcast for Scrum Masters and Agile Coaches. Vasco interviews guests from all over the world to give his listeners actionable advice and daily doses of inspiring conversations to help improve their craft! Vasco himself is a Certified Scrum Master, an Agile Coach, and a Business Consultant. He was also one of the leaders and catalysts of Agile methods and Agile culture adoption at Avira, Nolia, and F-Secure.

Together, they’re exploring the concept of Scrum Masters as the CEOs of the future. As Rob highlights in this episode, there are a number of facets that well position Scrum Masters to be the CEOs of our future. He speaks about why this is, his vision for Scrum Masters in general, how you can position yourself as a Scrum Master to take on leadership positions, and some of the challenges you might face as a Scrum Master in a leadership position and how to overcome them.

Key Takeaways

  • Why might Scrum Masters be the next CEOS?

As a Scrum Master, you learn to lead without pushing people or being a command-and-control leader

The traits that are necessary of a Scrum Master would make for a well-rounded CEO (such as servant leadership)

  • Vasco’s vision for Scrum Masters:

Servant leadership (or, the leader that serves)

Transforming the world of work rather than making sure that events are on the calendar

Coaching the organization to actually transform to better use the scrum framework as opposed to simply surviving in the organization they are a part of

As a Scrum Master, you define your role in practice every single day

“A Scrum Master that can make a leadership team work cohesively and harmoniously toward the good of the company, the good of the customers, and the workers, is a Scrum Master that is at the top of their career.” — Vasco Duarte

“I’m asking all … Scrum Masters to take ownership of the role, continue to develop the role, and maybe even develop a full-fledged career path, first starting as a team member … mov[ing] on toward helping teams, helping other Scrum members, and even helping leadership teams to grow.” — Vasco Duarte

What makes Scrum Masters better aligned to be successful CEOs:

Scrum Masters are already suited to work in domains where they are not specialists in, to help the team succeed

The core of the Scrum Master’s role is collaboration (AKA trying to get the team to work better together for the success of the company, the customers, and the workers themselves) which embodies one of the key aspects of the CEO

The lack of technical knowledge in a particular area of the organization that a CEO needs to lead will never be an impediment to become a CEO (there is no CEO that knows everything)

Scrum Masters should excel in helping the team deliver value

A challenge that Scrum Masters should be aware of as their companies move forward in their agile journey:

Very often, companies tend to do “big bang agile transformations” by bringing in a bunch of agile coaches that do great work but are then let go (leaving Scrum Masters to pick up the pieces)

Solution: Rob encourages that, as a Scrum Master, you should collaborate with these agile coaches that are temporarily brought on and get involved with the transformation early on

Solution: Make sure that the teams are not left hanging by preparing the teams from a supported place

Mentioned in this Episode:

Scrum Master Toolbox Podcast

Software Development Today — Vasco Duarte’s Blog

Vasco Duarte’s Twitter: @duarte_vasco

Vasco Duarte’s LinkedIn

Lean Enterprise Institute’s Podcast (WLEI)

WLEI Ep: “Boeing Ex-Executive Alan Mulally Discusses a ‘Working Together Management System’”

Scrum Master Summit (Week of May 17th, 2021)

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Dan and Sam have covered a lot of ground in previous episodes about agility but never the full scope of what exactly is considered agility. Many people have their own unique definitions of what agile is and what it looks like…but when you really dig in, these are often ways that do not seem to be in alignment with the Agile Manifesto or principles.

So, in this week’s episode, Dan and Sam are diving into another fantastic listener question to address this topic! Chris on Twitter asked, “What is agile?” They take a deep dive into the history of why the Agile Manifesto was declared, the need that the principles and values were born out of, and ultimately: what is agile.

Key Takeaways

Why was it important for the Agile Manifesto to be declared? What is the history behind it?

It was created in reaction to what was happening in the software industry in 2001 (predominantly waterfall and other predictive methods with bad track records for delivering on time)

In response to “scope creep” (AKA changes or uncontrolled growth in a project’s scope at any point after a project begins)

Because it is very difficult to predict what you need to do when you’re trying to solve a new problem every time

Out of necessity (as any work that requires creativity and a high degree of uncertainty about the outcome you’re trying to achieve [such as software development] is difficult without a set of principles and values)

Because every problem is unique with software development

In the Harvard Business Review in 1986, an article was published titled, “The New New Development Game” that outlined the need for a new way of working where teams could be given objectives instead of tasks and they work together as a unit to accomplish their work

The “relay race” method was clearly not working and agility offered a better model, better compared to playing rugby

“Agile wasn’t: ‘Let’s get together and think about a new way of doing things.’ It was: … ‘Hey, we’re doing some things. It seems to be getting better results than the industry as a whole. What are we doing that’s common across the different methods?’” — Dan Neumann

Those that came up with the Agile Manifesto didn’t put it together to justify their existence; they put it together because they recognized the success they were having through its methodology and wanted to figure out the commonalities

What is the Agile Manifesto?

It’s the thing we point to when someone says, “What is agile?”

If you’re asking if something is agile, you can reference the manifesto’s values and principles

What is agile?

It’s creating competitive advantage and being the disruptive force

Delivering working software as your primary measure of success

A collection of values and principles as laid out in the Agile Manifesto

It is the ability to deliberately respond to change and demand; not just react

Controlling risk

Building stuff that people actually want and will use

Solve the problem that the customer has called for and not gold plating everything

Agile practices are simply that; practices — they’re good in some circumstances and not good in others

Are you changing just to change or are you harnessing change for competitive advantage? Is change happening to you or are you creating the change?

Change is not just about keeping up with your competition but making your competition keep up with you

Mentioned in this Episode:

“The New New Product Development Game,” by Hirotaka Takeuchi and Ikujiro Nonaka | Harvard Business Review (January 1986)

Agile Software Development Ecosystems: Problems, Practices, and Principles, by James A. Highsmith

The Surprising Power of Liberating Structures: Simple Rules to Unleash A Culture of Innovation, by Henri Lipmanowicz and Keith McCandless

LiberatingStructures.com

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan is joined by Gabriela Corrêa!

For the last three years, Gabriela Corrêa has served as an Agile Coach and Project Manager at BRQ Digital Solutions. Most recently, she has transitioned into the new role of Digital Solutions Specialist within BRQ.

Together, they’re talking all about Lean inception. Gabriela shares about the challenges that teams traditionally face when they’re kicking off a project, how to address these early challenges, the activities that are involved in a Lean inception, how to facilitate a successful Lean inception, and where you can get started with you and your team’s own Lean inception!

Key Takeaways

Challenges that teams traditionally face when they’re starting off a project or are early in the Lean inception:

Creating alignment between the whole team and the stakeholders

Expectations — it can be hard to guarantee that the product will meet the expectations set in this early stage

You may experience issues with the agenda if you do not give yourself and your teams enough time to prepare

How to address these early challenges:

Have all of the teams focus on the same problems together

As laid out in Paulo Caroli’s book, Lean Inception, he suggests that you take five days (an agenda) to align everyone before you begin the project

Activities involved in Lean inception:

An agenda involving the development team, the active team, and the stakeholders (the goal of which is to provide context to the problems they are facing, the problems the users are facing, and the solution they are going to create)

Creating a product vision (which should be able to be summarized in one sentence)

“The Product Is — Is Not — Does — Does Not”

“Describe the Personas” to understand the final offer of users (their problems, expectations, etc.)

“Discover the Features” which include all of the features you’re going to create

“Show User Journeys”

“Technical, UX, and Business Review”

“Sequence the Features”

“Build the MVP Canvas”

Common challenges around Lean inceptions and how to address them:

Sometimes people are closed off because they believe they already know everything there is to know about the problem

Solution: Be open, don’t write off different solutions, and be receptive to suggestions and ideas

Solution: Don’t throw out your own ideas if they are not used, create a new idea/solution together with your collaborators

A lack of understanding around the goal the team is seeking

Solution: Have everyone on board with the lean inception workshop (alignment and a clear understanding of the goal can be achieved through this)

Sometimes a team of people with very different profiles can seem to “clash” on the surface — but having a diverse team is incredibly powerful and invaluable! You all have very different perspectives and backgrounds and can come together to create a new, innovative solution

Additional advice and details about the workshop and its activities:

The activities are all highly visual

In this remote age of working, Gabriela recommends the tools Miro and Mural for digital collaboration

Where and how to get started:

Check out the book, Lean Inception: How to Align People and Build the Right Product

Join like-minded communities online

Visit Caroli.org

Mentioned in this Episode:

Gabriela Corrêa’s LinkedIn

BRQ Digital Solutions

Lean Inception: How to Align People and Build the Right Product, by Paulo Caroli

Miro

Mural

Caroli.org

Nonviolent Communication, by Marshall B. Rosenberg

Lead With Respect: A Novel of Lean Practice, by Michael Balle and Freddy Balle

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his co-host, Sam Falco, principal trainer and professional scrum trainer at AgileThought.

Together, they’re exploring a question that was sent in by a listener. They asked Dan and Sam to share their take on “the Spotify Model.” The popularized model was first introduced in 2012 by the whitepaper, “Scaling Agile @ Spotify” and described a “people-driven, autonomous approach for scaling agile that emphasizes the importance of culture and network.”

Often, organizations will look at a successful company and say, “How can we emulate what they do?” rather than, “How can we emulate how they think?” There is a desire to mimic a pattern that another organization created because it fits their context, environment, people, and processes. However, installing the Spotify model can be fraught with danger because you’re not Spotify in 2012.

If you have your own question for the Agile Coaches’ Corner that you want Dan and Sam to answer in a future episode, you can send it in at AgileThought.com!

Key Takeaways

Why wouldn’t the Spotify Model work for your organization?

Just because you see somebody do something someplace else, doesn’t mean it’s going to work for you — because you’re not them

You shouldn’t look at a successful company and say, “How can we emulate what they do?” but rather, “How can we emulate how they think?” (i.e. “the Spotify Model” worked for Spotify, but will not work for your company — emulating is not likely to bring you success)

The model may not be applicable — and even if it is, there is going to be resistance and additional challenges will be exposed that will need to be addressed

Parallels between how organizations bring in the Spotify Model vs. how they bring in the Scrum framework:

With both, if you don’t do all of the elements, success is less likely

The Scrum framework, however, is a lot easier to adopt (preferably, adopt the Scrum framework and use it to find out what processes work for your organization)

Installing the Spotify Model can be fraught with danger because you’re not Spotify in 2012

You could try implementing some of the Spotify Model’s approaches (but most importantly, make sure it works for your organization)

When it comes to implementing any type of framework or model, the early questions should be: “What do you hope to accomplish? Why do you want to install this model or adopt this framework? What’s not working for you now and how do you think this will fix it?” This way, you can evaluate and measure

Regardless of what model you’re proposing, think about: What does success look like? Why are you doing it? What is the problem you’re trying to solve?

Tips for adopting any model or framework:

Look at what’s working (and not working) within your own organization and have discussions on what to do next based on this

Adopt an experimental mindset

Be clear about the problem(s) you’re trying to solve as an organization

Be clear about how you’re measuring success

Look at all of the components of whatever you’re trying to adopt and ask, “How will this work here?”, “What will prevent this from happening?”, and “What exists in our current system that is antithetical to these components?”

Approach the question of “Should we adopt _______ model or framework,” with empathy and humility — whatever is being suggested (by whoever it may be) is trying to help the organization; not hurt it

How to ensure that implementation of a model or framework is successful:

Facilitate and make sure that you have all levels of the organization involved

Ask: “How is it that we can maintain our current system and adopt a new system and still be successful?”

Remember: The current system is not going to change overnight

Note: Your journey will not be a straight shot from point A to point B

No matter the model or framework, the organization’s DNA is going to respond in unexpected ways — be prepared for the unexpected

Bureaucracy kills innovation — if you want to be innovative, you need to kill bureaucracy

It can be extremely beneficial to get an outside perspective and bring someone in outside of your organization

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Spotify Model

“Scaling Agile @ Spotify,” by Henrik Kniberg & Anders Ivarsson

Humanocracy: Creating Organizations as Amazing as the People Inside Them, by Gary Hamel and Michele Zanini

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 5: “Exploring an Experimental Mindset with Adam Ulery”

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 120: “Build Better Teams with Sam Falco”

The Tuckman Model

Jira

LiberatingStructures.com

Wicked Questions | LiberatingStructures.com

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 122: “The Journey of an Agile Transformation with Quincy Jordan”

“Regardless of what we discover, we understand and truly believe that everyone did the best job they could, given what they knew at the time, their skills and abilities, the resources available, and the situation at hand.” — Norman Kerth
Project Retrospectives: A Handbook for Team Review, by Norman L. Kerth

Buyology: Truth and Lies About Why We Buy, by Martin Lindstrom

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Today, Dan Neumann is joined by Kristen Belcher, an Agile Coach who is saving the world, one retrospective at a time!

Kristen’s focus is all around developing genuine human connections and relentlessly pursuing improvement. She enjoys working with technical people to solve business problems and thrives on helping people find ways to make their jobs — and lives — easier and more fulfilling via better communication and technology. And more than anyone else, Kristen knows that facilitation can be fun, challenging, and incredibly rewarding — which is the topic of today’s episode!

In this conversation, Kristen shares her insights on how to effectively facilitate remotely. As someone incredibly knowledgeable on all things facilitation, Kristen shares how to make facilitation impactful and memorable, techniques for effective remote facilitation, what not to do when facilitating, and all of the other things you need to consider with remote facilitation!

Key Takeaways

The importance of good facilitation:

It can make exercises incredibly impactful and memorable

It can help a group’s ability to collaborate effectively

Challenges of doing good facilitation:

Reading the room (especially virtually in this COVID-19 era) can be difficult (you can’t tell when people are getting tired or losing focus, getting confused, etc.)

Solution: A virtual indicator that is available to your audience that they may need to take a break which can help revamp the energy

Collaboration can be difficult virtually

Solution: Implement virtual collaboration tools (such as Whiteboard or Miro)

Solution: Create different opportunities to interact with the space (whether that’s through audio, video, text, or an online whiteboard) — this makes for a rich environment and can simulate similar engagement that you would get in a physical space

Solution: With larger groups, have a shared visual to help keep the focus

Tip: Consider exercises — they can be super helpful for engagement and collaboration

Techniques that are effective for remote facilitation:

Check-in at the beginning

Create a comfortable, safe space

Ensure that the meeting will run smoothly by making sure people have access to the online session beforehand

For engagement, you can send participants physical materials (handouts, sticky notes, sharpies, etc.) that you would have in a physical space

Nurture human connection (this is important in a physical space but it is even more crucial in a virtual space)

Utilize breakout rooms

Create a safe environment by giving people the ability to be autonomous, have mobility, and leave when/if they need to (AKA the “law of two clicks”)

After you are done facilitating (or participating in facilitation) it is important to signal to your brain that work is done (i.e. by changing out of your “work” clothes, closing your blinds, shutting your computer down, etc.)

Finishing your meeting and closing the space is really important not only for you but for everyone in attendance as well

How not to facilitate:

If the space is virtual, do not force people to get on video (instead, extend the invite to get on video)

Don’t assign a heavy amount of “pre-work” or homework to do before the session (i.e. read an entire paper, fill out a large form, etc.)

Don’t surprise someone by asking them to facilitate on the spot (i.e. don’t invite a coach to a retrospective and ask them to facilitate when they arrive) — be sure to ask them in advance!

What to consider with remote facilitation:

Be prepared and make sure it’s accessible

Have security with your company in place

Master your remote facilitation tools

Remote facilitation takes more preparation than physical facilitation so make sure to set it up beforehand so it all goes smoothly

Does everything need to be facilitated?

Not every conversation needs to be facilitated

If you’re already familiar and comfortable with the group you’re speaking with, you don’t always need to

Mentioned in this Episode:

Kristen Belcher’s LinkedIn

Rock Central

Vertafore
Whiteboard

Miro

Enabling breakout rooms on Zoom

Use breakout rooms in Google Meet

Agile Retrospectives: Making Good Teams Great, by Esther Derby and Diana Larsen

Microsoft Teams

The Remote Facilitator’s Pocket Guide, by Jay-Allen Morris and Kirsten Clacey

The Facilitator’s Guide to Participatory Decision-Making, by Sam Kaner

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week on the podcast, Dan Neumann is exploring the journey of an agile transformation with Quincy Jordan, a Director in AgileThought’s Innovate Line of Service.

Agile is no longer the new kid on the block. However, when a new organization decides that they want to benefit from adopting an agile practice, they are sometimes not aware that agility is a journey — not something where you install agile and walk away. This sometimes leads them to run into problems early on. In this conversation, Quincy highlights some of these areas and challenges that organizations run into as they go through their agile journey and how to overcome them.

Key Takeaways

Why is it important to understand that agile is a journey?

When it comes to an agile transformation, it is important to understand that you can’t just install agile and walk away — it’s a journey

“What other journey takes a linear path? There is no journey that takes a linear path. … So, really why [do] we think agile will be any different?” — Quincy Jordan

How to start your agile transformation journey on the right foot:

Lead with: ‘Why do we want to take this journey, to begin with?”, “Why do we want to go down this agile path?”

Set out to solve a specific set of problems

Identify opportunities you’re looking to create

The benefits of business agility in an organization:

Business agility will allow organizations to move quicker with the market

Those who can learn, and unlearn, and relearn the fastest are going to be the ones to excel the most

You can respond to changes in the marketplace and pivot much faster

Important notes on cultural debt:

Does your current culture allow for a change in culture to take place?

When it comes to an agile transformation, a shift in culture cannot come last because everything else is part of it (and if it does come last, you’re building massive cultural debt)

Deciding is a big indicator of culture

How communication happens can be an indicator of cultural debt

The culture should not be one of ‘burning the midnight oil’ or unsustainable heroics — you get more productivity out of healthy, satisfied employees

What an organization needs to know as they move through their agile journey:

The organization has to become comfortable with being able to move forward with uncertainty (“We’re not going to know everything, every time.” — Quincy Jordan)

When you have an organization that is on the path of an agile transformation, they can adapt a lot better to unforeseen things

Don’t reward what you don’t want to encourage (i.e. rewarding someone pulling off heroics in a pinch — a single star player won’t outdo even a mediocre team that plays well as a team)

A shift in mindset around budgeting, performance reviewers, ‘human resources,’ etc.

It’s important for leadership to regard their teams as their fellow teammates in the organization

Mentioned in this Episode:

Quincy Jordan

Jeremy Bearimy Timeline

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In the new Scrum guide update, one of the key but subtle changes has been on the phrasing that teams must be “self-organizing” to now saying that they must be “self-managing.” So what might leaders do to help teams move forward in a direction of becoming more self-managing?

Joining Dan to discuss this topic and share his insights is return guest and AgileThought colleague, Michael Guiler. Mike is an agile consultant at AgileThought. He has been an agile coach for over 13 years and has experience helping geographically dispersed organizations (in both the business and technology fields) to transform and better achieve their goals.

Having done a fair amount with leaders himself, Mike has a ton of great insights on what leaders need to do to move their organization and teams in the direction of self-management, how to shift from a leader-follower to a leader-leader, why an organization would want to become self-managing in the first place, and the techniques and tactics leaders can use to enable self-managing teams. Don’t miss out!

Key Takeaways

What does self-managing mean? Why would you want a self-managing team as an organization and a leader?

Ultimately, you’re trying to build an environment where the organization and the people are really your focus

If you can make your people happy, your organizations will take off and you will no longer have to be the “puppet master” that is pulling all of the strings

Value the people and the interactions over the processes and tools

“When we can get an organization to focus on the people and realize that they’re not resources … they really unleash the power of the organization.” — Michael Guiler

A self-managing team can make really good decisions and have a great impact on its customers

How to begin to move towards self-management and transition from a leader-follower to a leader-leader:

Through an intention-based leadership model

Nurture an environment that creates safety for your team

Have open conversations with your team on self-management

You should have a good idea of where the organization is going as a leader in order to get to a place where it can self-manage

It is important to be completely transparent and make sure that everyone is on the same page about the organization’s vision and “why”

The vision should be matched with feedback from the bottom (and left to right, etc.) so that it’s not a power dynamic

Enable the team’s communication and ability to deliver based on the vision

Get clear about how decision-making happens based on the type of decision

Make sure that the proper authority for making decisions aligns with the vision and is clear

Techniques and tactics leaders can use to enable self-managing teams:

Story mapping is an incredibly valuable tool for software development teams to get everyone on the same page and aligned with where the organization is trying to go

Sometimes a team member doesn’t have the competency or skills to become self-managing, it is your duty as a leader to fill those gaps, give them the information they need, and help them grow

Give your team water-wings before you throw them in the pool! (i.e. Give your team safety so that when a mistake is made it gets caught and is not catastrophic)

Challenges for leaders new to the servant leadership mindset:

It takes time to change a “command and control” environment (i.e. the leader is used to “pulling the strings” and the team is used to having to wait for the strings to be pulled before they take action)

If your team doesn’t understand the big picture they can’t self-manage effectively

A lack of vision and understanding at all of the levels prevents self-management of the organization

If you punish/reprimand team members for making the wrong decisions, they will eventually stop making decisions on their own (halting theirs and the team’s ability to become self-managing)

Resources for leaders on unleashing your organization’s self-managing potential:

Leaders Eat Last: Why Some Teams Pull Together and Others Don't, by Simon Sinek

Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David L. Marquet

User Story Mapping: Discover the Whole Story, Build the Right Product, by Jeff Patton

Mentioned in this Episode:

Michael Guiler

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 87: “Intent-Based Leadership with Michael Guiler”

Agile Coaches’ Corner — Trainer Talk Ep: “Why Has Self-Organizing Changed to Self-Managing in the New Scrum Guide?”

Leaders Eat Last: Why Some Teams Pull Together and Others Don't, by Simon Sinek

Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David L. Marquet

Esther Derby

User Story Mapping: Discover the Whole Story, Build the Right Product, by Jeff Patton

Thinking in Systems: A Primer, by Donella H. Meadows

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Today, Dan Neumann and Sam Falco are exploring the topic of teams — and not just Scrum teams, but all teams.

As a leader, it can be difficult to manage many lines of communication — especially in larger teams. In Dan and Sam’s conversation, they discuss The Tuckman Model as a thinking framework on how to nurture high-performing teams. From forming to storming to norming and performing, The Tuckman Model lays out the manner in which a leader should engage with teams to become more effective than ever before.

Tune in for today’s episode to find out which strategies you can put into play right now to build, lead, and maintain better teams!

“A team has shared success or failure. One person can’t succeed [while] another person fails if you’re an actual team. You win or you lose together.” — Sam Falco

Key Takeaways

What is a team?

A handful of people who are all working toward a common goal/objective and are collaborating/working together

A team has shared success and failure; You win or you lose together

Challenges with larger teams:

They tend to get siloed; i.e., a bunch of people is working individually or smaller teams are formed within the larger team and communication is lost

With a large group, even with the best intentions, someone gets left out (i.e. someone forgets to tell someone something or is unaware that someone hasn’t heard certain information yet)

Increments can be missed if you’re not collaborating and communicating as a team

How to (and how not to) form a team:

The best teams self-select (people with a stake in the project are much more motivated)

If you select random people and put them together in a team they may not function that well together

In “The Tuckman Model,” Bruce Tuckman suggests that you need four stages (form, storm, norm, and perform) to tackle tough problems and deliver results as a team

Leadership strategies for forming teams (Tuckman’s “forming” phase):

It’s important to create a shared vision once a team is formed and then actively move towards fostering connections through being vulnerable and demonstrating vulnerability through group formation activities

As a leader, it is your duty to pick the team with purpose; not availability

If you’re stuck in the “form” stage, it damages the ability of team members to form the connections that are necessary for teamwork

Make sure that the team develops a shared mental image of what their team is like (you could start with something as simple as picking a team name)

Leadership strategies for addressing conflict within teams (Tuckman’s “storming” phase):

Conflict is not inherently negative but many people have never experienced healthy conflict so it is important to look for ways to build trust

As a leader, you have to transition to a “coaching” role when your teams are in a storming phase by helping them develop mutual trust, navigate organizational impediments and conflict, and discussing team working agreements that you can refer to

Storming often happens when it is not clear how the team makes decisions (so it is important to find clarity on this early on)

Try out the “7 Levels in Delegation Poker Group” activity, linked below

Leadership strategies during a team’s “norming” phase:

In this phase, teams identify common goals and work toward these common goals with standards and commitment

The leader’s role shifts more to empowering their team and getting feedback

In this phase, a leader should allow for leadership to emerge within the team (and not being the leader all the time)

It’s important to find the balance in contributing and knowing when to allow the team to get somewhere on their own

In this stage, it is crucial to maintain the trust that you built during the “forming” and “storming” phases

Leadership strategies during a team’s “performing” phase:

Once there’s trust and the team can engage in healthy conflict, it is important to focus on goals and new areas that will benefit the team and business

Once team members can hold each other accountable in a healthy way then you can established shared goals, make a commitment to these shared goals, and achieve these shared goals as a team

After accountability is established, improvement can be built upon that

Characteristics of a good leader:

They help a team make their decisions

They help a team develop mutual trust

They identify what behaviors of The Tuckman Model the team is exhibiting and then appropriately engage with the team members

They consciously build their team and find techniques that work best with them

Mentioned in this Episode:

Lines of Communication (Image)

Esther Derby
Bruce Tuckman — The Tuckman Model

7 Levels in Delegation Poker Group Activity

The Five Dysfunctions of a Team: A Leadership Fable, by Patrick Lencioni

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 117: “Don’t Get Your Agile Shorts in a Knot”

Humanocracy: Creating Organizations as Amazing as the People Inside Them, by Gary Hamel and Michele Zanini

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by two fellow AgileThought colleagues — Sam Falco, a Principal Trainer, and M.C. Moore, a Team Agile Coach.

Together, they explore the topic of Scrum mastery — specifically, being a Scrum Master new into an organization. There’s a lot of excitement — but also many potential pitfalls — that come with entering a new group as a Scrum Master. And as someone who joined AgileThought just six months ago, M.C. Moore, in particular, has a lot of experience in this area! He shares his top tips on what to do as you enter a new organization to build trust and vulnerability, how to break the ice with a new team, how to navigate the challenges that come along with entering a new organization that may be doing Scrum differently than you’re used to, and more.

Be sure to tune in as M.C., Sam, and Dan offer their insights on what to do when you enter a new company (that you won’t find in the Scrum guide!)

Key Takeaways

Tips for a Scrum Master that is entering a new organization:

Start by listening (we all have preconceived notions but it is key to first listen)

Be open to changes and be ready for a journey

Set expectations and prep for change

Have an openness to learn and hear from the team (especially with their “whys”)

It is important to get feedback from a team when you step into a new culture

It is also key to share (ideas: share a mind map about you, hold an AMA session, etc.)

Hold fun/game events (helps break the ice and brings teams together) — anything that brings the teams closer and have them see that you’re human too are great in helping you all work toward the same goal/s

“If you’re not having fun in the team, there’s a problem somewhere.” — Dan Neumann

Show vulnerability — vulnerability is a huge component of trust, and trust is the foundation of healthy conflict (if you don’t have healthy conflict, you just have conflict)

Reach out to get to know who they are; show a genuine interest and ask about themselves

Tips for a Scrum Master that is new into an organization that is doing Scrum differently than what they’re used to:

Pick and choose your “battles”

Ask “why” and counter with your “why” for those that have only learned Scrum halfway (“Is this working for you?”, “Are you getting value out of this?”, “Or what value do you expect to be getting out of this?”)

You need to crawl before you walk (oftentimes, people end up putting themselves in a bad spot because they see areas for opportunities and try to take on too much, too quickly, which creates resistance)

Start with (if possible) at least a couple of hours going over the Scrum framework and the “whys” of it so that the team/s understand

If you are not able to start with the above statement, teach as you go (it’s important to take pauses and go through the fundamentals rather than rush everyone through and overwhelm the team/s)

The most successful team start-ups start with the person who would eventually become the Product Owner saying, “We’re not delivering, would Scrum work? Can you come talk to my team?” Blocking off the entire afternoon, and inviting everyone (including stakeholders) so that everyone is on the same page

Tips for Scrum Masters around lifelong learning VS. learning Scrum once:

Lifelong/continuous learning is crucial, especially in a setting where you’re moving from one organization to another

Continuous learning provides you with that “reset” when you entire into a new organization because you’re always staying current with industry knowledge

It’s easy to become comfortable if you’ve worked with your current company for a while but it is part of your evolution to progress forward and stay current

Read books and stay inspired

Go outside your four walls (such as attending virtual meetups or joining a Scrum Masters Guild) — the infusion of external ideas into your organization is invaluable

Differences in being a Scrum Master new to an organization working in a scaled environment vs. a not-scaled environment:

Many differences are organizational in nature

Working with a standalone Scrum team you’ll have a bit more flexibility to do things differently

Mentioned in this Episode:

M.C. Moore’s LinkedIn

Sam Falco’s LinkedIn

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 115: “Scrum Mastership: Patterns and Practices vs. Principles”

Tampa Bay Scrum Masters Guild

SAFe

Esther Derby

A Handful of Earth, A Handful of Sky: The World of Octavia Butler, by Lynell George

Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Adkins Lyssa

Console Wars: Sega, Nintendo, and the Battle that Defined a Generation, by Blake J. Harris

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Today Dan Neumann is joined by fellow AgileThought colleague and return guest, Andrea Floyd! Andrea is an enterprise agile transformation consultant at AgileThought with over 25 years of experience in software development and management. She is an innovator who has led multiple organization-wide scaled agile implementations, and she has also architected innovative solution strategies and roadmaps across many frameworks (including Scrum, Kanban, and the Scaled Agile Framework).

In this conversation, Dan and Andrea explore the topic of “Big Room Planning” — what it is, when you would use it, and how to do it. Andrea also shares the benefits of it as well as some advice on how to do it most effectively in your organization.

Key Takeaways

What is Big Room Planning?

The “what”: Big Room Planning is for when you have a need to bring together multiple teams to collaborate and get alignment on how they’re going to work together to achieve a set of objectives and/or goals for a certain time increment

It is an event where you bring teams together to have a collaborative conversation and create a forecast on what you hope to achieve in a given amount of time

In this conversation, you identify measures and/or time frames where you can have check-ins in order to see how you’re progressing or where you need to make some shifts

It is called Big Room Planning because it implies you would use this technique when you are trying to coordinate across interdependent teams or teams that have a level of impact on one another

It’s all about coming together and being able to see potential points of intersection

Big Room Planning gives the opportunity for different teams to see the different challenges they are encountering and reach their destination together

What Big Room Planning might look like:

It can be as “big” or “small” as necessary

Though it is more beneficial to do it in person, you can use Zoom or Microsoft Meets to hold this event

It is a big commitment and can run from two to three days, depending on where the organization is at in your product lifecycle and your path forward

Other great collaboration tools: MURAL and Miro

The benefits of Big Room Planning:

The “why”: it is essential to help in achieving alignment and a shared understanding so all teams can move together in the same direction

It’s important to plan as a collaborative enterprise so that you can sequence work, have the necessary conversations about timing and dependencies, and make everything visible

This forecasted plan arms the business decision-makers with the right information, transparency, and openness to converse with anyone in the organization

How do you adapt Big Room Planning to “Small Room Planning”?

Even if you’re an individual team, it doesn’t mean that there is not a need to forecast when features are going to be understood

You can do this for a single team and use feature points to give an understanding of the complexity and plot them on a roadmap

What can make Big Room Planning more effective:

Roadmaps

Milestones

Program boards

Feature points (which can help you understand the relative effort and complexity of those features [just like when you do sprint planning and you have story points, feature points help you understand your capacity and your availability for your team/s])

A true commitment and investment of everyone involved is key for a positive outcome

It is important to understand the “what” and the “why”

Making everything visible so all teams can see how things are progressing

Establishing a working agreement is very helpful in coming up with your operating guidelines, what the outcomes you’re seeking are, and structuring out meeting times

Mentioned in this Episode:

AgileThought.com/Events — Visit for AgileThought’s upcoming virtual events & RSVP!

Agile Coaches Corner Ep: “Agility: Not Just an ‘IT Thing’ with Andrea Floyd”

Agile Coaches Corner Ep: “Getting to ‘Finish’ as a Scrum Team with Andrea Floyd”

Agile Coaches Corner Ep: “Reasons Why Agile Transformations Don’t Stick with Andrea Floyd”

SAFe

Zoom

Microsoft Teams

Agile Coaches Corner Ep: “Setting Up Working Agreements with Christy Erbeck”

MURAL

Miro

Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David L. Marquet

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Oftentimes, those who practice agility will turn their nose up at teams or companies that are not doing agile perfectly. And though the agile practices are important and are great pathways to success, many teams and companies often find ways that work for them that are not perfect agile. In this conversation, Dan and Sam highlight some of the ways in which companies and teams find what works for them, why perfect practicing agility isn’t the end-all-be-all, share the key characteristics for succeeding in agile, and, most importantly: why you shouldn’t be getting your agile shorts in a knot!

Key Takeaways

Should a team or company be doing agility perfectly?

If a team finds a helpful practice for them, then that’s what they should do

“That’s not agile,” or “That’s not the way story points work,” is not very helpful to somebody

It’s important to remember that everyone is on their own agile journey and you shouldn’t judge where they are right now in it

An agility mindset is what really matters; they will improve their practice over time

As long as it works for them, they’re delivering, and their customers are happy then they’re good

Just because a team isn’t doing something by the book doesn’t mean they are wrong in doing it

Advice in entering a new role within a company that’s getting started with agility:

Enter the company/role with curiosity

Just because the role states you will be doing certain things doesn’t mean you will always be doing those things/won’t be doing other things

Start with what the company already knows/is doing; you can adapt as you go along

If you’re interviewing for a position of any kind, it’s not just about, “Do they want you?” but, “Do you want them?”

When selecting a company you want to work for it is important to make sure that they breed a culture of innovation (regardless of where they are in their agile journey) and have a culture of constantly wanting to inspect, adapt, and innovate

Strategies for failure in agility:

There are degrees of planning that can be unhelpful when trying to forecast things out — but zero planning is also a strategy for failure

There is this idea that agility is a binary state (I.e. “You either are or you are not agile”) — agility is more of a continuum (it never truly ends)

Key characteristics for succeeding in agile:

Curiosity is a key characteristic of anybody who wants to succeed in agile

Low tolerance for impedance and that we cannot change things; we have to do it this way

Question how things could be done/how things could be done differently

Asking: “What would happen if ______?”

Having an experimental mindset

Don’t make assumptions about what you think are bad practices/what isn’t agile — you could learn a lot from these experiences

Mentioned in this Episode:

AgileThought.com/Events — Visit for AgileThought’s upcoming virtual events & RSVP!

Agile Coaches Corner Ep. 116: “Modern Management Made Easy with Johanna Rothman”

Jira

Ralph Stacey Chart

Wikispeed.org

Discover to Deliver: Agile Product Planning and Analysis, by Ellen Gottesdiener and Mary Gorman

Johanna Rothman’s Modern Management Made Easy Book Series

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, part three of a three part series on the new Scrum Guide, Professional Scrum Trainer Sam Falco answers the question: "Why has self-organizing changed to self-managing in the new Scrum Guide”?

From Self-Organizing to Self-Managing In this final episode about the major changes in the new Scrum Guide, I’m going to talk about what may be the most significant change in the Scrum Guide update. And that is the change from saying that teams must be “self-organizing” to saying that they must be “self-managing.”

At first, I didn’t think much of it. I thought it was sort of a search-and-replace type of thing. To me self-organizing and self-managing seemed like the same thing. I’d often thought that self-organizing was chosen to keep managers from freaking out: “What do you mean the team is self-managing? Then what am I going to do”? That might be a cynical take on my part.

But even if the change is merely semantic, the significance is that organizations will look at Scrum in a new light. That phrase, “self-managing” is going to be a big shock to organizations that haven’t allowed teams to be self-organizing or self-managing at all.

A lot of organizations sort of gloss over this concept. Teams aren’t really selecting what they’ll work on except in the very shallowest sense of selecting the items that are at the top of the Product Backlog. Product Owners aren’t really Product Owners except in the shallowest sense of they’re allowed to decide what gets worked on first, but they’re still just taking orders from stakeholders. Teams don’t contribute to their goals; goals are handed to them. Teams are allowed to decide how to do what they’re told to do. Maybe we let them decide who sits where, what their core hours are, and that sort of thing. But there’s a lot more to self-managing than just allowing people to decide where they’ll sit and what they’re going to work on, specifically today.

When Teams Aren’t Allowed to Self-Manage What happens when we’re using Scrum but we’re not allowing teams to be self-managing?

One frequent complaint about Scrum is that, “There are too many meetings”. I talked about this in a Trainer Talk episode last year. This complaint is common when an organization imposes Scrum from the top down. Here, you’re going to do this. They don’t change anything about the way they work. So, all those other meetings that are on your calendar don’t go away, and here’s four more you need to do. Often, organizations that dictate Scrum as a veneer atop their existing processes don’t see any better delivery than they were before. Sometimes things get worse. Because now they have the added overhead of the events of Scrum and all the things that go with that.

And this leads to a lack of engagement, lack of ownership, it destroys morale, it causes turnover. You not only can’t retain talent, but you can’t attract talent. Because word gets out and people hear that yeah, you don’t want to work there because that’s a horrible place to work. Self-managing teams create a healthier workplace that people want to join and stay in.

Scrum and Autonomy In his book, Drive, Daniel Pink examined what really motivates people in complex knowledge work domains, which includes product development. What he found was that what motivated people wasn’t being rewarded with money. The three factors that motivate knowledge workers are autonomy, mastery, and purpose.

Autonomy is the ability to decide what I am going to work on and how I am going to work on it. Mastery is the ability to continually improve your skills. And purpose means doing something that’s meaningful. Self-managing teams leverage all three of those things. And Scrum done well has all three built-in.

A Scrum Team decides what it’s going to work on. A Product Goal is more than just a statement handed out. The Product Owner who creates it also collaborates with the Scrum Team on it and on what the Scrum Team needs to do to get there. The entire team gets involved in that emergent product backlog management. That’s autonomy.

Another way that Scrum gives teams autonomy is that they set their own Sprint Goal. No one says, “This is what you’re going to be doing this Sprint.” Instead, the Scrum Team talks about what would be valuable to do based on the feedback they’ve gotten so far and creates its own goal and plan. And then of course, every day in the daily Scrum, the Developers meet and figure out how they are going to move a little closer to the Sprint Goal that day. They’re responsible for coming up with that plan, nobody else.

Scrum and Mastery Scrum encourages mastery. The Scrum team is accountable as a whole for delivery, so there’s no idea that, “This is my area and I don’t have to do anything else”. We all expand our knowledge together and work together.

And then of course, purpose is built into Scrum. We have that important Product Goal that tells us what we’re building and why. And it should be exciting for us.

A benefit of self-managing teams is that there’s less overhead for managers. They don’t have to spend time directing people and telling them what to do. The manager who introduced Scrum to our team and asked me to be the Scrum Master was so relieved that he didn’t have to chase us down for status reports, that he didn’t have to be telling people what to do. He could just say, “Here’s what we need to accomplish.” And we figured it out on our own. His management activities became about helping us grow in our careers. He would ask, “What do you need to know? What do you need to learn? How can I help with that?” Both for technical skills and for navigating our organization. That was a much more fulfilling experience for him and for us.

Another benefit of self-managing is serendipity in development. Hand people a problem to solve and then get out of their way. They will solve it in ways that you never imagined. Maybe solve it better than you would have if you had told them what to do.

Using Scrum to manage a project instead of driving product development misses out on creating valuable products and valuable outcomes — especially in the face of uncertainty. We can pretend that we can predict the future, but we can’t. And in complex product development, something new is always going to come up. There’s an enormous amount of uncertainty. Scrum allows us to adapt to that uncertainty as it arises. Every Sprint we have a chance to change direction.

Getting to Self-Managing Teams So how do you get there? First, I would say abandon the illusion of control. I had a manager once who really struggled with that. He had a deliverable that he had been told must be completed by a certain date. He’d been told the scope, an immovable target date, a fixed budget. And he was obsessed with making sure that everyone knew what he wanted them to do. And I said, let’s try to leverage Scrum for this, and he said, “As long as everyone does what I say, we’ll succeed.” As a result, people didn’t take initiative when they needed to, for fear of getting slapped down. The project ran late, and there was hell to pay as a result.

This is a bad pattern. We need to let go of the idea that we can control everything, that we can predict everything up front.

Feed your teams with objectives, not tasks. Set the boundaries within which they can make their own decisions and steer their own course.

Empower your Product Owners to make decisions and shepherd their products. Certainly, they’ll need to take into consideration what stakeholders need and want, but allow Product Owners the latitude to make decision about what is most valuable to do and give them the resources they need to make those decisions. Things like access to market data, access to customers, etc.

Encourage the Scrum team as a whole to be accountable toward each other and toward achieving positive outcomes. Encourage teams to do small experiments until the goal is achieved or the goal becomes obsolete. And then create a new goal or a new objective. We can manage risk with small Sprints where we constantly inspect and adapt not only the product and our progress toward the product goal but also the team’s effectiveness, the processes they work with, and the objectives they’re being asked to work on.

As one of the principles behind the agile manifesto states, “Build projects around motivated individuals. Give them the environment and support they need and trust them to get the job done. And they will. That’s the promise Scrum offers.

I hope you benefited from this exploration of the changes in the new Scrum Guide. I’d love to hear your feedback. If you have a question or a comment, please email us at podcast@agilethought.com.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? * Register for our upcoming web meetings * See available training courses

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is excited to be joined by Johanna Rothman — also known as the Pragmatic Manager. Johanna is a management consultant for managers and leaders. She helps leaders identify their problems and seize the opportunities that they know exist — but just can’t find yet. She also provides assessments, workshops and training, coaching, speaking, and facilitation. Additionally, Johanna is also an author of some incredible books on the topics of amplifying your effectiveness, hiring, management, agility, scaling collaboration, and more.

Most recently, Johanna released a triad of management books called, Modern Management Made Easy. These three books are Practical Ways to Manage Yourself, Practical Ways to Lead and Serve — Manage — Others, and Practical Ways to Lead an Innovative Organization.

In their conversation today, Johanna unpacks these three books and shares some of the key pieces of information you will want to know as a manager or leader in managing and leading yourself, others, and an innovative organization.

Key Takeaways

Johanna’s Modern Management Made Easy Book Series:

Practical Ways to Manage Yourself

Practical Ways to Lead and Serve — Manage — Others

Practical Ways to Lead an Innovative Organization

Key lessons from Practical Ways to Manage Yourself:

“Managing oneself” myth: “I must solve the team’s problems for the team”

As a manager, you can’t solve your team’s problems or “inflict help”; instead, you should ask, “Do you need any information from me?” or, “Do you need my help to solve the problem?”

The manager stance of: “Don’t bring me problems, bring me solutions,” is not effective; you should be providing suggestions on where the team member can go next and engage in the problem-solving

Key lessons from Practical Ways to Lead and Serve — Manage — Others:

Myth: “Performance reviews are motivating” in truth, they can be incredibly demotivating

As a manager giving a performance review, you should be providing feedback that the team member can take action on and improve from

You shouldn’t be asking more from those that are doing incredibly well and expecting them to deliver even more than what you expect from other people

Don’t make the performance review all about money — this can be very demotivating

People do need feedback, just not often not in the form of performance reviews (“There is a difference between feedback and evaluation” — Johanna Rothman)

Conduct one-on-ones with everybody that you lead and serve on a regular basis (at least every two weeks), and you will come to understand what everyone wants and needs, and how they’re working within the organization

Key lessons from Practical Ways to Lead an Innovative Organization:

Offer feedback and coaching labs within the organization

“If we can focus more on what’s working in the organization and what’s working with people, we are more likely to achieve the results that we want.” — Johanna Rothman

Use change-focused feedback and ask for the change that you want

Peer-to-peer feedback works for almost anything (and the key is to do it as soon as you notice a challenge)

Congruence is key (balance yourself, the needs of others, as well as the context you are in)

Ask yourself: “How do we make it so the team can succeed?”

Resilience as a team is key and it’s important to make sure to balance the needs of everybody (i.e. sometimes we need flexibility and sometimes we can extend flexibility to others)

Intentionally practice management

You don’t have to be a manager all by yourself; you can talk to your peers and work together

Mentioned in this Episode:

AgileThought.com/Events — Visit for AgileThought’s upcoming virtual events & RSVP!

Johanna Rothman

Johanna’s Twitter @JohannaRothman

Johanna’s Books

Modern Management Made Easy Book Series

Kurt Lewin

Punished by Rewards: The Trouble with Gold Stars, Incentive Plans, A's, Praise, and Other Bribes, by Alfie Kohn

Pfeffer and Sutton

Behind Closed Doors: Secrets of Great Management, by Johanna Rothman and Esther Derby

Lean In: Women, Work, and the Will to Lead, by Sheryl Sandberg

“Why A Career Jungle Gym Is Better Than A Career Ladder”

Johanna Rothman’s Blogs

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, part two of a three part series on the new Scrum Guide, Professional Scrum Trainer Sam Falco helps you improve Sprint Planning by answering the question: "How has the Sprint Goal changed with the new Scrum Guide”?

The Sprint Goal and the Sprint Planning In my last episode I talked about introduction of the Product Goal and how that changes the way we see the Product Backlog. The Product Goal is the commitment associated with the Product Backlog. In this episode, we’re talking about the commitment associated with the Sprint Backlog: The Sprint Goal.

The Sprint Goal isn’t new to Scrum. It has been part of the Scrum Guide for at least as long as I’ve been practicing Scrum. It’s what the teams commit to at Sprint Planning. Scrum Teams are not supposed to commit to a scope of work but a goal which guides us in selecting and adapting the scope.

The new Scrum Guide underscores that commitment and its purpose. I think it will help teams understand why they’re doing Sprint Planning in the first place. That Sprint Planning is not merely an exercise in selecting the top X number of items off the Product Backlog and doing that until we’ve made sure that everyone is fully utilized. That’s not the purpose of Sprint Planning. And that view is one of the reasons that Sprint Planning becomes such a tedious chore for so many teams.

Earlier Scrum Guides talked about the need to craft a Sprint Goal as part of determining what Product Backlog Items we will select. In the new Scrum Guide, Jeff and Ken make it clear how important this is by introducing a new topic for Sprint Planning: “Why is this Sprint valuable”? In other words, what do we hope to get out of it? What’s our objective here? What are we trying to achieve? If we want to be blunt, we’re asking: What value are we going to provide in return for the stakeholder funding we’re spending?

So, we start by asking the question, why is this Sprint valuable? Answering that question helps us craft our Sprint Goal.

The Sprint Goal and SMART Goals I talked in the previous episode about the idea of SMART Goals – an acronym for specific, measurable, achievable, realistic, and time-bound. I said that a Product Goal fulfills the first two of those — and measurable — but it might not fulfill the other three. But with the Sprint Goal, I think we fulfill all five criteria.

Like the Product Goal, the Sprint Goal is specific and measurable. We’ll know whether we have achieved it. But here we have a much better idea of being able to be realistic and achievable. We want to achieve our Sprint Goal every Sprint, so we do need to select an achievable goal and of course, it’s also time bound by the length of Sprint itself.

When you Don’t Have a Sprint Goal If you don’t have a Sprint Goal, as I said earlier, the Sprint Backlog becomes just a list of Product Backlog Items to fill up our capacity. There’s no coherence to it. And often that leads to other bad patterns like everyone having their own PBIs that they’re working on and the team doesn’t collaborate. It’s everybody working in their own individual silos. I’ll hear people say things like, “We need to stay in our lane”. And then of course the Daily Scrum becomes a dry recitation of what I did yesterday. It becomes a status report and it’s not a collaboration meeting.

These dysfunctions can stem from not having a strong Sprint Goal. If we have a Sprint Goal, then we can create that coherent Sprint Backlog that will help us meet it.

How to Order your Product and Sprint Backlog Now ideally the Product Backlog is ordered so it’s easy to select items from the top and create a coherent Sprint Backlog, but there’s some finesse and negotiation in there, too. If the Product Owner comes to the team and says, “Listen, here’s what I’m thinking for this Sprint. We need to start generating revenue for our web application. We need to build a way to accept payments”. Just because something is at the top of the list, doesn’t mean we have to select it if it won’t help us achieve the Sprint Goal.

And there’s also some negotiation between the Product Owner and the Developers. The Developers might say, “Here’s how much we think we can do. We know you want all the credit cards and PayPal and Apple Pay, and so on, but we can’t do all of that. And we can further refine that Sprint Goal to make it really clear what it is we’re trying to accomplish. For example, we need to accept at least three methods of payment.

Sometimes, teams ask, “What about other stuff we have to do that isn’t directly tied to the product development”? We’re talking about things like technical debt, infrastructure that needs to be taken care of that maybe doesn’t contribute directly to the Sprint Goal but that needs to get done.

And that’s fine. There might be things in your Sprint Backlog that aren’t strongly correlated to the Sprint Goal. But doing what is necessary to achieve the Sprint Goal needs to be the priority. If you find that some of these other items keep getting pushed aside, maybe they should be the focus of a Sprint Goal themselves.

The Third Step of Sprint Planning Once we have a Sprint Goal and it has helped us select a coherent group of Product Backlog Items for our Sprint Backlog, the Sprint Goal also helps us in the third topic in Sprint Planning. Namely, how are we going to do it? Teams that work in silos, once they’ve selected the individual items that they’re each going to work on, they go their separate ways. If everyone has their work to do and they don’t really coordinate or collaborate with each other, there’s often no point in sitting there, figuring out a plan. Each person is going to go off and do their own thing. When we are truly working toward a common Sprint Goal, when we are working toward a common plan that derives from that Sprint Goal, it behooves us to sit down together and figure out what our plan is.

But even teams that aren’t working in silos will often skip the third part of Sprint Planning so that – and I hear this phrase a lot – “So that we can start working.” Well this is part of the work. Good Sprint planning includes creating a plan for working together. Breaking things down into the tasks we need to achieve. We don’t need to forecast every single thing we might need to do. Just enough to get started, that we can show progress every day and that we can uncover what else we need to do as we go.

Without that plan we have a lack of transparency. The Scrum Team can’t see every day at Daily Scrum whether it is making good progress toward the Sprint Goal. They don’t know if they need to adjust their scope. They don’t know if they need to renegotiate which Product Backlog Items belong in the Sprint or what the scope of each PBI is.

Lack of transparency also means that people outside the team can’t tell if the team’s being effective. And that probably means they’ll pester the team more, which has implications for self-management — which I’ll talk about in the next episode. So, having that plan means good transparency for everyone involved and it gives us a much better chance of achieving a positive outcome.

The Importance of the Sprint Goal So, a Sprint goal flows from our Product Goal. The Sprint Goal should be a step toward achieving the Product Goal. The Sprint Goal creates transparency, and it creates the ability for a Scrum Team to deliver reliably, predictably, each and every Sprint and to do it without having to overwork themselves. It helps us establish a sustainable pace, which gives us better morale and a more fulfilling work environment.

I’m going to talk about how they do that in the next episode when I talk about the term self-managing. So, I hope you’ll join me here for that episode. Meanwhile, if you have a question or a comment, please email us at podcast@agilethought.com.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? * Register for our upcoming web meetings * See available training courses

View Details

In this episode, co-hosts Dan Neumann and Sam Falco discuss the topic of filling the role of a Scrum Master. In particular, whether you should follow Scrum practices and patterns as opposed to using the Scrum principles, or vice-versa. They talk about what they see most Scrum Masters doing, some of the common mistakes they may make, how to take an effective approach as Scrum Master, and share some of the lessons they have learned throughout their careers as Scrum Masters themselves.

Key Takeaways

Advice for new Scrum Masters/What Scrum Masters should be aware of:

Get feedback and act on it — especially when it’s interpersonal feedback

Ask: “How can I be serving my team better?”

Build support for your team around Scrum (which may be new and uncomfortable to them)

The impulse may be to say, “I’m doing this because that is what it says to do in the book,” but that’s not a satisfying answer for anybody

If somebody asks, “Why do we have to have a daily Scrum?” Don’t just say it is because “daily” is in the title — instead, ask, “What value are you not getting out of the daily Scrum?”

Whenever your team is unsure about why they are doing a particular practice, ask, “Why wasn’t this valuable?” and “How can we get more value out of it?”

Getting a Scrum certification from 2006 or 2008 isn’t sufficient; you have to continuously learn and improve as a Scrum Master — new practices are constantly emerging and you have to adapt

“Let them fail” can be misconstrued as not giving someone enough support in their role and letting them fail (what it actually means is putting someone in the place to win and giving them the chance to fail)

The new Scrum Guide is an amazing resource because it strips away all of the prescriptive practices and is easier for new Scrum Masters to follow

Ask: “Is your daily scrum effective at helping you plan so that this won’t happen again?”

The Scrum Master has to guide the team in a way that’s not telling them what to do

Sometimes as a Scrum Master the best thing you can do is say nothing (which doesn’t mean sitting back and doing nothing; but actively observing, considering, and when your team asks a question, follow it up with another question [i.e. “What do you think you can do?” or “What are some options?” and allow them to figure things out])

Don’t give your team answers, this disempowers them; instead, allow them to try something on their own (they may solve the problem in a better way)

Even if a team member fails when you allow them to try something their own way, remember: you’re only one sprint away from recovering in Scrum

As a Scrum Master, there are times where you may need to step in (i.e. when you know something is going to result in something bad that will cause strife)

Upholding Scrum is a part of the Scrum Master’s accountability

The one situation in which a Scrum Master absolutely needs to step in is if there is abuse

If you feel things have gotten stale as a Scrum Master it is time to broaden your horizons and think about the different ways you can serve your team

Continue to learn and explore different options for how to build some excitement and make Agile principles and Scrum values more present

Patterns and Practices vs. Principles

Doing the practices in an inappropriate way can be harmful and the principles can really illuminate effective ways to do that

Patterns and practices are important (but equally as important is building the principles so that you’re doing them effectively at the right times)

The pattern is important but you need to understand the principle behind it and why you’re doing it so you can then adapt it

As a beginning Scrum Master, it is helpful to follow the practices but if you’re only following the rule because “it says so” or “I say so” it is not a good strategy to push forward with

As a Scrum Master, it is your job to help people become effective and figure out what patterns and practices work for them

Mentioned in this Episode:

AgileThought.com/Events — Visit for AgileThought’s upcoming virtual events & RSVP!

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 1: “Do Scrum Well Before Scaling!”

Agile Project Management with Scrum (Developer Best Practices), by Ken Schwaber

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 54: “The Concept of Shu Ha Ri and Why It’s Important to Agile Adoption with Che Ho”

The Scrum Field Guide: Practical Advice for Your First Year (Agile Software Development Series), by Mitch Lacey

Coaching Agile Teams: A Companion for ScrumMasters, Agile Coaches, and Project Managers in Transition, by Lyssa Adkins

Discover to Deliver: Agile Product Planning and Analysis, by Ellen Gottesdiener and Mary Gorman

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, part one of a three part series on the new Scrum Guide, Professional Scrum Trainer Sam Falco answers the question: "How Has the Product Goal Changed with the New Scrum Guide?"

What’s New in the Scrum Guide? The more I think about the new edition of the Scrum Guide, the more excited I am about the changes. Scrum is still Scrum of course. Nothing changed about how Scrum works or the value it brings.

But by stripping out prescriptive elements, Ken and Jeff have given us a Scrum Guide that makes its purpose and value clearer. Organizations that truly embrace this iteration of Scrum are going to supercharge their product development efforts.

Dan Neumann and I talked about the changes to the Scrum Guide in episode 106 of The Agile Coaches’ Corner podcast, titled “What’s new with Scrum?” That was a few days after the Scrum Guide came out. Now that we’ve had time to absorb the changes, I wanted to revisit them. In this three-part series, I’ll examine three changes that I think organizations using Scrum need to pay close attention to. And the one I’m going to talk about in this episode is the introduction of the Product Goal as the commitment associated with the Product Backlog.

The Product Goal and the Product Backlog As I mentioned in episode 106, a criticism that I’ve seen levied at Scrum is that it doesn’t provide a unified vision for the team to work toward. Without that vision, the team lurches from short-term goal to short-term goal and Developers struggle to understand what they’re building and why they’re building it.

It’s true that Scrum didn’t tell you to create that goal. Of course, nothing prevented a Product Owner from doing that, either, and the best Product Owners I’ve worked with did just that. With the Scrum Guide making that Product Goal an explicit part of Scrum, it’s going to make a big difference in the way people look at how they’re practicing Scrum. Here’s what the Scrum Guide has to say about the Product Goal:

“The Product Goal describes a future state of the product which can serve as a target for the Scrum Team to plan against. The Product Goal is in the Product Backlog. The rest of the Product Backlog emerges to define ‘what’ will fulfill the Product Goal”.

So, the Product Goal is the why and the rest of the Product Backlog is the what.

I like that statement because it describes a future state of the product to plan against. I think this shows us what the difference is between a Product Goal and a Product Vision.

How Does the Product Goal Create a Broader Vision? You’ve probably heard of SMART goals. SMART being an acronym for specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound.

A product vision may lack some of those characteristics.

Let’s imagine we are running a vacation resort and our vision is to become the destination of choice for travelers to our region. That is pretty broad, rather than being specific. It’s not measurable — or at least it’s not easily measurable. We don’t know if it’s achievable until we try. It is relevant to our business, but there’s no time statement in there. So it’s not a SMART goal. It’s inspiring, but by itself, that vision is not enough to give a Scrum Team what they need to know and how to move forward.

A Product Goal is a concrete step toward realizing that broader vision. It’s at the very least specific and measurable. We might not know if it’s achievable or realistic until we try. It might be time boxed, but it isn’t always. Sometimes, instead of setting a release date, the release boundary is the features the product must have. The release date is flexible. Often, of course, we have a time constraint. For our imaginary resort, we might want to make a new product available around the time people start planning their vacations for our tourist season.

So, our imaginary resort’s vision is to be the destination of choice for travelers to their region. What does a Product Goal look like?

It might be something like, “Create a rainforest hike package that will appeal to young couples”. That is specific and measurable: We know what it is we’re trying to achieve; we know who we’re targeting, and we will know when we’ve achieved it.

Looking back again at that definition of Product Goal: The Product Goal is in the Product Backlog. The rest of the Product Backlog emerges to define WHAT will fulfill the Product Goal. That has some specific benefits.

The Product Goal creates transparency. We know why we’re building the product, and we know whether it makes sense to keep building this product. Is the “why” still a concern? If not, we can end the product development effort. Our imaginary resort can look at whether young couples are responding to our offerings, or whether they even travel to our region at a rate high enough to justify the cost of developing the new product.

The Product Goal helps us understand what value we expect to create so we can validate if our efforts are creating the desired outcome. As our resort creates initial increments of the product, it can monitor how often young couples purchase the rainforest hike package, how much they’re willing to pay, and what they say would make it better.

The Product Goal helps us understand what should be in the Product Backlog and what should be out of it. Our resort’s goal is targeting young couples, so the team can weed out child-friendly options for the product.

How Does the Product Goal Help the Product Owner? I’ve seen a lot of Product Backlogs that are huge lists of unrelated requests. We just shove it in the junk-drawer and don’t think about whether or not we really need it. With a Product Goal being in the Product Backlog and the rest of the Product Backlog emerging around that, we can always validate our PBIs against the Product Goal. Should this be in here? Would this contribute to the Product Goal? When someone wants to ask the team to do something, it gives Scrum Teams a way to avoid non-value-added work or at least work that doesn’t contribute to the Product Goal.

Because remember, the Product Owner can delegate Product Backlog Management activities to others. With a Product Goal that provides guidance to those delegates as to what they should be doing, activities like Product Backlog refinement become easier.

The Scrum Guide also says that “The Product Goal is the long-term objective for the Scrum Team. They must fulfill (or abandon) one objective before taking on the next”.

I love this statement because it will help teams focus. A lot of teams face the problem of being asked to do too much. They are asked to work on multiple products or work on multiple goals within one product. Sometimes there’s not a specific product at all that they have in mind, they’re just working through that requirements junk drawer.

That damages morale, it damages performance. It damages the ability to deliver value for the organization.

With a Product Goal, and the expectation that the Product Backlog by and large contains items that emerge as a result of that Product Goal, we can make much more meaningful Sprint Goals. Remember that initial criticism that I talked about that teams lurch from Sprint to Sprint without any overall vision. This really helps that Sprint become a step toward the Product Goal which is a step towards a product vision. I’ll talk about the Sprint Goal and Sprint Planning in the next episode.

Having a Product Goal means that when the Product Owner isn’t available during a Sprint, Developers can make decisions about Product Backlog Items they’re working on to align what they’re building with the Product Goal. Because sometimes the Product Owner isn’t available.

People take vacations, for one thing. But beyond that, a Product Owner isn’t going to be with the Developers 100% of the time. Not if they’re going to be doing the rest of the job well, which is to be talking to stakeholders, understanding what they need. Talking to customers, understanding what they need. Doing market research. What is the competition doing? That all takes away from the Product Owner’s availability to Developers. With a solid Product Goal, Developers can move forward in the absence of the Product Owner, and then they can coordinate with their Product Owner when the Product Owner becomes available again.

The Product Goal helps the Product Owner move beyond being a mere order taker. Often, new Product Owners are just receivers of requirements. They’re told, “You just write down what stakeholders tell you. Your contribution is ordering the list, but we’re going to get all the stuff stakeholders ask for”. Those Product Owners are just proxies or scribes.

What’s better is when Product Owners can move away from that receiver of requirements stance and instead create a stance where they are initiating requirements. Where they are a true representative of what’s good for the business and what’s good for the product. Here’s how this product will help the business. When someone asks for a new feature, the Product Goal helps a Product Owner take a stand: That aligns with the Product Goal or it doesn’t, and here’s why. This helps Product Owners move toward an entrepreneurial stance which helps in creating good, valuable products.

Getting More out of Using Scrum So, if you want to get more value out of using Scrum, make sure you have a strong Product Goal. Empower Product Owners and the Scrum Teams of which they are a critical part, to focus on realizing that goal.

Next up, we’ll talk about how the new emphasis on the Sprint Goal as a commitment in the Sprint Backlog changes our approach to Sprint Planning. Meanwhile, I’d love to hear what you think. If you have a question or a comment, please email us at podcast@agilethought.com.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? * Register for our upcoming web meetings * See available training courses

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his regular guest/co-host, Sam Falco! Together, they’re exploring the topic of agility and some of the early decisions that either create difficulties or opportunities as organizations are moving towards agility.

The decisions that you make early on with your organization can strain you in ways that are unforeseen. It’s one of the reasons why agile coaches and leaders often say: “Don’t make a lot of decisions about your product up-front until you get some data back.” In this conversation, Dan and Sam highlight the key differences between the decisions that are made up-front that can impede a team in the long term vs. the decisions that can help move an organization forward in the right direction.

Key Takeaways

Why you shouldn’t make major decisions up-front:

Making a lot of decisions (or major decisions) up-front can often strain you in ways that are unforeseen

You shouldn’t make many decisions about your product up-front until you get some data back

I.e. If you build your entire architecture platform before you deliver any business features, you’re constraining yourself because you’ve built a lot of things that may never get used

The same goes for organizational design (if you make too many decisions about how you’re going to ‘do agile,’ you’ll experience constraints later on

Agility is suited for conditions of high uncertainty, so when you try to apply predictive thinking to an evolutionary approach you’ll run into many challenges

Decisions that are made up-front that can impede a team in the long term:

Avoiding rework (it is sometimes needed/important to revisit decisions you’ve made in the past and fix them)

I.e. If the bone that you broke when you were 10 healed wrong, you’re going to have to break it again to fix it — the same goes for some of the decisions you make in your organization (i.e. re-platforming)

Solution: Take on an experimental mindset and ask, “What would it look like to intentionally take on some rework?”

The key thing to say to clients that are resisting rework would be: “Rework for the sake of rework is bad. But, look at the value you can get and make a good decision based on that.”

Dedicated individuals on a team vs. shared resources across many teams

“We have to have people on multiple teams because we’ve got so much going on.” That’s a problem in itself — limit your work in progress; you’ve got too much going on

Solution: Stop saying, “We can’t do that,” and instead start asking, “How can we?”

Another team-oriented decision that can cause problems later is component teams vs. feature teams

It is better to all work together on the same thing and get it done rather than handing it off from team-to-team

Having one person do two roles (i.e. they’re the Scrum Master and the Product Owner)

If someone is trying to balance two roles they won’t do either well

Solution: Take a look at the roles and make sure that they’re being filled in a way that gives a person a chance to be effective

“Scrum has too many meetings”

Solution: Have everyone attend the same meetings which will eliminate additional meetings for separate teams — transparency and communication are key

New Scrum teams using the thinking of, “Let’s just put all of the items into the backlog, and then we will work the backlog until it is empty.”

This comes from a place of not trusting or understanding incremental delivery

Key takeaways and final tips:

Apply a systems-thinking pattern and an experimental mindset

Abandon the illusion that we can predict the future and that we can control the outcome

Having a forecast of where you’re going is valuable but it is important to realize that it is not certain

Mentioned in this Episode:

AgileThought.com/Events — Visit for AgileThought’s upcoming virtual events & RSVP!

Console Wars: Sega, Nintendo, and the Battle that Defined a Generation, by Blake J. Harris

26 Marathons: What I Learned About Faith, Identity, Running, and Life from My Marathon Career, by Meb Keflezighi with Scott Douglas

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Sam Falco is joined by Andrea Chiou to discuss the topic of clean language!

In their conversation, they discuss clean language; what it is, what it is not, where it originated from, its applications, and the barriers or challenges to using clean language (and how to address them). Andrea also outlines key clean language questions, how to know when and where to use them, and what you can do to further improve your clean language!

Andrea Chiou’s past work includes many roles within IT, from developer to business and process analyst, technical lead, and PM. Her main focuses include Scrum, Kanban, strategy, facilitation, remote working, product visioning, conflict management, leadership, user experience, clean language, organizational learning, and coaching. Andrea’s mission is to help people at work connect to one another so that the best possible outcomes are available not only in the moment but over a sustained period.

Key Takeaways

  • What is clean language?
    • A label that describes a set of questions that are used in a process to help people think through their intentions and better understand one another
    • Non-leading questions that elevate and amplify the inherent diversity of skills, knowledge, and styles of working in a team
    • A powerful way of getting everyone to pay attention to one another and create a system of learning, listening, inquiry, and mutual support
    • It is a set of 12 core questions that are non-leading and assumption-free
    • The use of these short “clean questions” puts the emphasis on the keywords that demonstrate to the person that you’re asking that you are hearing them and you empathize with them (i.e. you’re using their words, not your interpretation of their words)
  • Where clean language originated from:
    • There are four main branches of how clean language has evolved: 1) symbolic modeling 2) systemic modeling 3) clean space 4) clean interviewing
  • Clean language applications:
    • When interviewing others to gather information (ask questions that are not leading, so as not to influence the answers)
    • It is often used in person-change work (coaches, counselors, psychologists, etc.)
    • It can be used as an information-gathering tool by market researchers, journalists, business and systems analysts, developers, etc.
    • Using clean language in a team setting improves communication, empathy, and understanding
  • Barriers or challenges to using clean language:
    • Even though you’re using someone else’s words it may go unnoticed or be done in a way that can make someone feel uncomfortable
    • It’s easy to learn, but, much like Scrum, takes a lot of practice and support to become good at it
    • It can be challenging to know when to use it
    • Especially in IT, the pace and the need for quickness often hampers people’s ability to actually listen well
  • How to use clean language questions:
    • Two of the most common questions are 1) “What kind of…?” and 2) “Is there anything else about...” These get at the “nitty-gritty” details
    • You put your attention on the person you’re asking the questions to and hearing them fully
    • Repeating their words when asking follow-up questions, inviting them to continue
  • List of clean language questions:
    • Developing Questions
      • What kind of X?
      • Is there anything else about X?
      • Where is X? or Whereabouts is X?
      • Is there a relationship between X and Y?
      • When X, what happens to Y?
      • That’s X like what?
    • Sequence and Source Questions
      • Then what happens? or What happens next?
      • What happens just before X?
      • Where could X come from?
    • Intention Questions
      • What would X like to have happen?
      • What needs to happen for X?
      • Can X (happen)?

Mentioned in this Episode:

  • Agile Coaches’ Corner 101: “Are Scrum Masters Expendable?”
  • Clean Language: Revealing Metaphors and Opening Minds, by Wendy Sullivan and Judy Rees
  • The Work and Life of David Grove: Clean Language and Emergent Knowledge, by Carol Wilson
Tenable
  • Agendashift
  • Agendashift: Outcome-oriented change and continuous transformation, by Mike Burrows
  • Right to Left: The digital leader's guide to Lean and Agile, by Mike Burrows
  • Deep Listening — Impact Beyond Words Podcast by Oscar Trimboli

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on http://agilethought.com/podcast!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Dan Neumann is joined by Scott Brinker! Scott is the VP of Platform Ecosystem at Hubspot, the author of the ChiefMartech blog, and the founding program chair of MarTech Conference.

In their conversation today, they explore some topics around approaches with shifting from product to platform, organizational change with distributed agility, and exploring the Flywheel Model at Hubspot. Scott also shares his tips and advice around alignment, distributed authority, and preventing backsliding!

Key Takeaways

Hubspot’s shift from a product company to a platform company:

Hubspot made the shift in order to move beyond just building within their own organization to being able to open up APIs and extensibilities that would allow other companies and developers to build on top of that foundation (in turn, shifting the value proposition to customers)

Expanding from your own team(s)’ ability to innovate and experiment to empowering team(s) around the world to innovate and experiment

They went from focusing on an end-user audience to requiring the product teams to look at another dimension of what they were creating

The value in shifting from product to platform:

The ability to adapt to change at scale is an invaluable skill

This process helps pressure-test your ideas in a variety of different circumstances

Tips for shifting from product to platform:

You want a clear top-down strategy and a sense of where you’re going and why, but also the freedom to experiment and create

You don’t want to have top-down handcuffs but you do want a strategy so people can align

Experimentation is the pathway to greatness and the best way to have a great idea is to have a lot of ideas!

It is ideal to have a blend of a formal/informal experimental framework

Tips regarding alignment:

If you’re going to have a product in the ecosystem, you want to make sure it adheres to some basic governance

You want to make sure that the experience that customers have with anything in the ecosystem is good

You can’t have governance that strangles the teams but you also don’t want a lack of governance that puts your organization at risk — finding balance is key

How distributed authority works plus tips:

Distributed authority refers to giving someone the authority to take something and run with it (in turn, creating a tremendous pace for innovation within an organization)

To make this successful at scale, you need some scaffolding and governance increasingly over time so they are all tying back into a common foundation

When it comes to the product to platform, each individual team needs to come to terms with it (almost like a retail approach to change management)

Pro: Because you have these highly empowered teams, as soon as they “get it,” their ability to move very quickly and do amazing things is greatly increased

Con: ’Tis not a one-shot thing; you have to invest the time and go team-by-team

It may take longer than you think it will, but it leads to strong, genuine change that sticks

Tips and advice around backsliding:

Creating alignment between platform and ecosystem as a way to help your team(s) achieve their goals creates a strong bond

Things diverge for good reason; usually, it is an indicator that that team needs to adapt or that something is not a good fit and needs to be changed

What first might look like backsliding might actually be the discovery of finding a new path or possibility (so don’t quash things too early)

What is the Flywheel Model?

“The Flywheel is a model adapted by HubSpot to explain the momentum you gain when you align your entire organization around delivering a remarkable customer experience.”

“With the flywheel, you use the momentum of your happy customers to drive referrals and repeat sales.”

“Other models think of customers as an outcome — nothing more, nothing less.”

The most successful companies address all three components of a flywheel: how fast it’s spun, how much friction there is, and how big it is (which determines customers’ attraction, engagement, and delight)

Mentioned in this Episode:

Scott Brinker

Hubspot

ChiefMartech.com

MarTech Conference

The Flywheel Model | Hubspot

Antifragile: Things That Gain from Disorder, by Nassim Nicholas Taleb

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Joining the podcast today is Abiodun Osoba, the CEO and founder of The Agile Advisor Africa! Abiodun has over 20 years of experience in telecommunications, banking, retail, wholesale, technology, startups, and software industries, and over 16 years of experience working in Agile environments. She has provided executive Agile coaching in 10 countries; trained over 200 staff in Agile fundamentals, Scrum, and Kanban; and successfully led digital programs in six countries. Additionally, she is also on the Chair of the Board of Trustees of the Agile Practitioners Association of Nigeria, a founder of Globally Igniting Africa, a founder and speaker at the Agile Nigeria Meetup, founder of AGILE PLUS, Founder and CEO of The Agile Advisor Nigeria Limited, and Founder and coach at Agile for MEA.

Today, Abiodun and Dan are going to be exploring the role of the agile coach, specifically as it relates to the challenges of agile adoption and getting individuals in the community to really embrace agility in the agile framework. Abiodun shares about the challenges she has personally seen as an agile coach with organizations embracing the agile framework, her strategies and suggestions and mitigate said challenges, what she has done to help bring agility into organizations in Nigeria, and her advice in implementing agility in traditional organizations.

Key Takeaways

Challenges that Abiodun is seeing as an agile coach with organizations embracing the agile framework

Embracing agile values and principles can be difficult in places where the traditional culture is very strong

One of the biggest challenges for an organization in driving its team towards embracing an agile culture lies with leadership

If leadership is not able to make a decision quickly with regards to change (and instead, focusing on what they’re going to lose due to change rather than focusing on what they’re going to gain)

Leadership may struggle with the dynamic shifting from “managing” to “collaboration,” and losing their positional authority

Competitive storytelling

Abiodun’s strategies and suggestion to mitigate these challenges:

Openly talking about the everyday challenges you are facing (not as a professional, but as a person) into your network

It is important that people know that you have empathy and that you are wearing similar shoes to their own

If you communicate well, they will be more open to your advice and suggestions

When the organization or teams trust you can cite similar challenges you have faced and they will be more open to trying the solutions you used in those

Use stories and experiences to build empathy and connection

What Abiodun has done to help bring agility into organizations in Nigeria:

The Agile Nigeria Conference (hosted by the Agile Practitioners Association of Nigeria) has been a way for them to reach out to a lot of organizations and thought leaders to share about the agile framework

Partnerships through this have helped people become certified, access to certain resources, membership discounts, etc. Through this, there has been an influx of involvement in the Nigerian agile community

It has helped create a platform where lots of people can contribute to it which helps move the needle

How do organizations respond to implementing an agile framework? And what are some of the tactics that Abiodun suggests for getting more traction with implementing changes in an organization?

They generally respond in a very open way and know that change is important

They also generally respond in an open-minded way to these changes

What they’re doing as a community is having local people (project owners, scrum masters, etc.) to have open conversations about agility early next year

With Abiodun’s company, they are compiling their own thoughts and reflections on the new Scrum Guide, packaging that info, and sharing it with their clients

Spreading awareness and providing free education and resources can be helpful in gaining traction

Abiodun’s suggestions in implementing agility in a traditional organization:

The approach should look more evolutionary rather than prescriptive

Take advantage of what you already have and make some strides and efforts before you start implementing changes — especially in traditional organizations

Providing a roadmap without it being step-by-step satisfies clients/organizations in letting them not feel left in the dark without being overly prescriptive

Mentioned in this Episode:

Abiodun Osoba

The Agile Advisor Africa

Agile Practitioners Association of Nigeria

AgileThought’s “Virtual Community: Agile Heard Around the World” (with Quincy Jordan, Abiodun Osoba, and other featured guests)

Agile Nigeria Conference

The Scrum Guide

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by Jim Ewel, the President and founder of AgileMarketing.net.

Jim has been involved with agile and marketing for over 10 years and is a leading proponent of using agile in the marketing space. He was one of the original co-authors of The Agile Marketing Manifesto as well as his recently published book, The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing: Proven Practices for More Effective Marketing and Better Business Results. Additionally, he is also an agile marketing blogger, trainer, speaker, and angel investor.

In their conversation, Jim gives the lowdown on all things agile marketing. He shares how the world of agile marketing is both similar and dissimilar to agile for software developers, the key drivers that have led marketers to adopt agile (especially in the past year), the benefits for marketers adopting agile, and his coaching tips for getting started with coaching in the space of agile marketing!

Key Takeaways

The key drivers that have led marketers to adopt agile:

The pace of change (both with the pandemic and the shift to digital advertising, mobile devices, and technology tools)

With this shift to technology, marketers are having to become technologists (and part of how you do that is through agile)

The limited resources also have been moving marketers to agile with the increased demand

The benefits for marketers in adopting agility:

With the shift to digital, the opportunity for feedback is greatly accelerated in marketing to enable agility

Digital tools allow marketers to be more precise about the outcomes of their marketing than ever before

Agility creates a focus on outcomes rather than outputs which applies directly to marketing (because marketers want to make sure that they are continuously testing to improve business outcomes; not just simply putting out more content)

The process creates predictability

Understanding top-down decisions vs. decentralized decisions (knowing who gets to decide what, when, and with what information is really critical to moving fast)

Utilizing intent-based leadership (i.e. giving people permission to make the decisions and they tell you their intent. As a manager, your responsibility is to provide real clarity about what a good decision looks like and make sure that people are competent in whatever it is that they’re making decisions about)

Agile in marketing vs. agile in software:

How marketers use user stories (which, in turn, impacts how they build and process their backlog as well)

The agile marketing world uses the methodologies of Scrum, Kanban, and Scrumban

Which one they use depends on what kind of marketing they’re doing

Marketers are more likely to practice the informal kind of Scrumban rather than the formal kind (they typically adapt various practices to their various needs and company)

Marketers are less likely to do canonical Scrum than developers are

Jim’s coaching tips for getting started with coaching in the marketing agile space:

If you’re looking to practice agile marketing, start with a certification

Start with a marketing background before you become an agile marketing coach

Read Jim’s book, The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing

Before you teach the process of agile, you need to get alignment on why the team you’re coaching is implementing agile marketing, what problems they’re trying to solve, what success looks like, and how they can measure success

Structure is key for an agile marketing team

Check out the resources tab on AgileMarketing.net

Mentioned in this Episode:

Jim Ewel’s LinkedIn

Jim Ewel’s Twitter

The Agile Marketing Manifesto

The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing: Proven Practices for More Effective Marketing and Better Business Results, by Jim Ewel

Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David Marquet

“The 7 Levels of Delegation,” by Jurgen Appelo

SAFe

ICAgile

Hacking Marketing: Agile Practices to Make Marketing Smarter, Faster, and More Innovative, by Scott Brinker

AgileMarketing.net

Experiences: The 7th Era of Marketing, by Robert Rose and Carla Johnson

Practical Kanban: From Team Focus to Creating Value, by Klaus Leopold

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is excited to be joined by Ola Berg who is joining virtually all the way from Sweden! Ola is a Change Strategist and Agile Guide for Nimbletribe with a vision that every workplace should be a safe and exciting environment where people look after each other and are super productive — and not because he believes we should be superhumans, but because of the great procedures, collaborations, and culture we can achieve through agility.

In Dan and Ola’s conversation, they discuss Agile and the importance of connecting the “whole”; the mindset, the process, and the culture, in order to achieve true, “whole” agility. Dan shares his tips for agile coaches and guides alike on how to be more holistic in your approach to an agile transformation and the actionable steps you can take to get there.

Key Takeaways

What does “connecting the whole” refer to in agility?

It is more than just applying the Agile mindset, following the process, or focusing on culture; you need to consider all three together

You need to consider and address all three (i.e. the “whole”): mindset, process, and culture for agile to be successful

Ola’s advice in approaching an agile transformation as a whole:

Creating a bubble of a common culture where the agile values are prevalent is a crucial element to creating harmony between the process, culture, and the structure

Insulate the change from the rest of the organization so that it does not get killed off

The change always needs to be contained (if it is not it will spread too fast and will break things)

You need to introduce instability to the organization but not all at once (otherwise it will collapse)

You need to have elements in the change that are accepted by everyone

You need to be a team player and collaborate

Change needs to occur within but also in the API

Early on, create a map so that you can get situational awareness of what’s going on (from the process of how people are working, the culture, and the structure)

“Ultimately, it’s not my job or your job as an agile coach to change things. The only ones who can change things are the people doing the work. So our job must be very much directed towards creating awareness.” — Ola Berg

An agile coach or guide must work as if they could be removed at any time; It is crucial that they make sure the team has the same awareness of the environment as themselves

The goal as a guide is to instill awareness in all three of these topics: the culture, the processes, and the structure, at the same time

Ultimately, the goal is that the team/s will be able to do this themselves as well as the organization’s collective ability and maturity

The goal is a mature, self-directed team (but in order to get there it is important to be prepared as an agile coach to be able to play a more “parental” role to one of an advisor)

Dump any preconceived notions of what it means to be an agile coach when entering a new organization and instead look at the current situation (i.e. “How do I need to act now in this situation?”, “How mature are the teams?”, etc.)

Provide plenty of encouragement at the beginning and present more challenges as the team matures

If you’re ever unsure as an agile coach you can directly ask your team (i.e. “Do you want me to be more prescriptive or do you want me to guide you through an exploration process?”)

Take small steps first before taking a big leap so you can get a growing understanding of what the big leap/s you need to take is/are

Mentioned in this Episode:

Ola Berg’s LinkedIn

Nimbletribe

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Dan Neumann is joined by Senior Agile Coach at AgileThought, Adam Ulery, to discuss the concept of Agile forcing continuous improvement.

Does agile “force” continuous improvement? What does this mean? Is this inherently negative or positive? How does agile implement continuous improvement as a natural consequence? Dan and Adam address these questions and share their tips on how to leverage agile to maximize your continuous improvement in all levels of your organization!

Key Takeaways

What does “Agile forcing continuous improvement” mean?

Agile “forces” continuous improvement because continuous improvement is inherently baked into agility

“Force,” not as coercion, but as a natural outcome of adopting an agile mindset

The frequent use of feedback loops is built into the way you work in an agile environment, “forcing” continuous improvement

How Agile implements continuous improvement as a natural consequence:

Regardless of the framework, there is a feedback loop with the goal being to deliver as much value as possible to the end consumer

Inspecting and adapting the product and the process at regular intervals

Agile encourages and fosters teams to be able to talk about things transparently and openly and not see impediments as an indictment of their performance

Through failing fast (i.e. learning fast through your failures or mistakes) the team will continue to improve

Tips for leveraging Agile’s continuous improvement:

Address the fear of speaking up by teaching leadership roles on how to make the environment safe for the delivery teams

Acknowledge that the environment may have not been safe in the past but that changes are being implemented and it will be different going forward

The shorter the feedback loop, the shorter the risk (so if something doesn’t go right, you’re not that far from recovery)

Deliver early and often, get the feedback loops working so that teams can course-correct as they learn

It’s important to get to a point where it is understood that quick learning is what the team and leadership is looking for (and that failure is not failure; it’s learning)

Leadership needs to be supportive of the mindset shift regarding quick learning/failing fast so that the team can feel encouraged in exhibiting these behaviors

If you are a leader who wants to begin to make their team more comfortable with quick learning you need to educate yourself, believe it, communicate with your team, be transparent that you’re still learning and growing, set your expectations about what you’d like to see, and call out real examples as they happen so that the team can begin to recognize it

As a leader, display vulnerability and acknowledge that you have not done the best with communicating in the past but that it will be different, going forward

Model the behaviors you want to see as a leader

You need to create safety and support your team in order to thrive and increase performance

Mentioned in this Episode:

Leaders Eat Last: Why Some Teams Pull Together and Others Don't, by Simon Sinek

Radical Focus: Achieving Your Most Important Goals with Objectives and Key Results, by Christina R. Wodtke

Measure What Matters: How Google, Bono, and the Gates Foundation Rock the World with OKRs, by John Doerr

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Dan and Sam are exploring the topic of evidence-based management, which was first mentioned in Episode 101, “Are Scrum Masters Expendable?” In that conversation, they discussed some of the things that Scrum Masters could be doing beyond the team and one of them is in helping manage the product suite.

Dan and Sam unpack the concept of evidence-based management and share how this model can be used alongside Scrum to help people and organizations improve the way they deliver products and improve the value of their products.

This episode is rather timely too, with the newest edition of the Evidence-Based Management Guide just being released on Scrum.org! If you’re new to EBM (or didn’t fully understand it before) there is no better time than the present to learn about it.

Key Takeaways

What is evidence-based management?

It’s an empirical approach to help organizations

EBM provides a framework to get a better feel for what is valuable so you can base the decisions you make on actual data (rather than gut-feeling) and run experiments that improve metrics

Through intentional experimentation and evidence, EBM enables organizations to systematically improve their performance over time and refine their goals based on better information

The EBM model:

It has five key elements:

A Strategic Goal — something important that the organization would like to achieve; this goal is big and far away with many uncertainties (similar to a product goal) — because of this, the organization needs a series of practical targets, like:

Intermediate Goals — achievements which indicate that the organization is on the path to its Strategic Goal (the path to the Intermediate Goal is often somewhat uncertain but not completely unknown) (kind of like a release goal)

Immediate Tactical Goals — critical near-term objective toward which a team or group of teams will work help toward Intermediate Goals (similar to a sprint goal)

A Starting State — where the organization is relative to the Strategic Goal when it starts its journey

A Current State — Where the organization is relative to the Strategic Goal at the present time

EBM focuses on four Key Value Areas (KVAs):

These areas examine the goals of the organization

As an organization, you want to measure and evaluate these

Current Value (CV) – the current value that the product is delivering today

The purpose of looking at CV is to understand the value that the organization is delivering to customers and stakeholders at the present time

Organizations need to be continually re-evaluating and looking at customer/user happiness, employee happiness, and investor and stakeholder happiness

CV helps the organization understand the value that their customers or users are experiencing today

Unrealized Value (UV) — additional/potential value the product could realize if it was pursued

UV could be features that the organization hasn’t considered developed yet (but could) or markets that the product could serve (but doesn’t currently)

The organization should be thinking about: “Can we get any additional value out of this product?” and whether or not it’s worth it

Comparing UV and CV can help an organization decide whether or not they should continue investing in a product

Time to Market (T2M) — how long it takes the organization to deliver new value

The reason for looking at T2M is to minimize the amount of time it takes for the organization to deliver value (without it, the ability to sustainably deliver value in the future is unknown)

Ask: “Are we spending too much time estimating?”

Questions the organization needs to continually re-evaluate for T2M are: “How fast can the organization learn from new experiments and information?”, “How fast can you adapt, based on the information?”, and “How fast can you test new ideas with customers?”

Ability to Innovate (A2I) — the effectiveness of the organization at delivering value

The goal of A2I is to maximize the organization’s ability to deliver new features and capabilities that customers will find valuable

When evaluating A2I, an organization should be asking: “What is preventing us from delivering new value?” and “What prevents customers from benefiting from the innovation?”

Having a hypothesis and executing an experiment:

A hypothesis is a proposed explanation for some observation that has not yet been proven or disproven

After forming a hypothesis, run the experiments, and then inspect the results

Was the hypothesis proven or disproved? Once you have this data you can evaluate it and make adjustments as needed

“Explicitly forming hypotheses, measuring results, and inspecting and adapting goals based on those results are implicit parts of an agile approach. Making this work explicit and transparent is what EBM adds to the organizational improvement process.” — EBM Guide

Mentioned in this Episode:

Evidence-Based Management Guide | Scrum.org

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 101: “Are Scrum Masters Expendable?”

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 78: “Exploring OKRs with Felipe Castro”

Three Horizons Framework

The Anarchy: The East India Company, Corporate Violence, and the Pillage of an Empire, by William Dalrymple

The Creative Habit: Learn It and Use It for Life, by Twyla Tharp

Hillbilly Elegy: A Memoir of a Family and Culture in Crisis, by J.D. Vance

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Today marks an exciting day; the new Scrum Guide was released just this last Wednesday and marks some big, notable changes! The release of the new guide also marks Scrum turning 25 years old!

Join Dan Neumann and Sam Falco in this episode as they discuss all of the changes from the previous 2017 to the new 2020 guide; share their thoughts and key takeaways; and provide further insight on what some of these changes could mean for Scrum, Scrum teams, and Scrum Masters going forward.

Key Takeaways

Notable changes to the new 2020 Scrum Guide:

From 17 pages to 13 pages

Clarification on the daily Scrum; why you have it and what its purpose is

The statement about the immutability of Scrum went from being an endnote to being placed front and center

They’ve taken out all IT-specific language; the 2020 Scrum Guide is explicitly reaching out to an audience beyond IT and software development

“Developer” no longer means “coder”; it applies to anyone developing a solution (if you are developing a product, you are a developer)

The new language used in the guide will make it easier to teach and apply to a broader audience (such as marketing campaigns, artistic endeavors, etc.)

Doing away with two levels of teams (no more Scrum team which has a development team); it’s just a Scrum team now

All roles are within the Scrum team (i.e. the Scrum team is responsible for all product-related activities)

In the 2017 version, it spoke about potentially releasable increments but in the 2020 version, it says the increment must be useable

A greater emphasis on the fact that the Scrum Master is accountable for the Scrum team’s effectiveness by enabling the Scrum team to improve its practices within the Scrum framework

Clarification around one of the ways that the Scrum Master serves the team: “by causing the removal of impediments” (vs. “removing impediments” in the 2017 vers.)

From “self-organizing team” to “self-managing team”

Commitment has taken on a greater significance: each of the three artifacts now comes with an associated commitment

Before, the commitment on the Scrum team was to the sprint goal; now, the product backlog has its own commitment (the product goal), the sprint backlog retains the sprint goal as a commitment, and the increments commitment is the definition of done

This change emphasizes the importance of a long-term vision and eliminates the previous criticism that Scrum is just about going sprint-to-sprint

Closing thoughts:

Scrum itself inspects and adapts

Jeff and Ken are hearing and listening to what people are saying about the Scrum Guide and are striving to help people understand it better

It continues to evolve at a good rate

Be sure to go read it through start-to-finish!

Mentioned in this Episode:

The 2020 Scrum Guide Launch Event

Ken Schwaber’s 2020 Scrum Guide Teaser Blog Post

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Dan Neumann is joined once again by Quincy Jordan; Principal Transformation Consultant at AgileThought! Today, they’re exploring the concept of losing control to gain value.

Though the concept of “losing control” may sound a bit frightening, it is actually the most invaluable thing you can do as a leader of a team! Oftentimes, there are habits of control that can greatly impact a team’s ability to self-organize, mature, and deliver value. With less control, the team is able to produce better value.

In this episode, Quincy outlines the many interesting facets of losing control to gain value. He shares what this loss of control is, why losing control is key to gaining value, what you can do as a leader to let go of control and support your team in creating value, and much more!

Key Takeaways

Why is it important to lose control to gain value?

If you’re wanting to gain/produce value, you can run into roadblocks if you have a desire or habit of control

Oftentimes, leaders and senior leaders (especially managers, tech leads, etc.), primarily in the context of Scrum, struggle with a habit of control which can block them from achieving their desired result of more value

There are many habits of control that can impact the team’s ability to self-organize and deliver value

The leader can become accustomed to controlling the team’s narrative, leading the team to build mechanical habits (which doesn’t encourage self-organization, free-thinking, or experimentation)

Leaders are often inundated with fear that if they allow the team to self-organize they’ll make the wrong decisions or won’t produce as much (but this needs to happen in order for the team to mature properly)

When people want to direct and control what the team does (i.e. how they figure things out) they are hindering them from producing better results or better value (your team is full of smart people that can figure things out!)

If the team only knows the objective and they don’t understand the “why,” there is the potential that they’ll begin to do stuff mechanically (because it cripples them from making decisions in line with what the expectations are)

If you are directing your team’s day-to-day activities, you’re actually limiting/capping what they’re capable of

Exerting control of their activities makes you become the bottleneck

Why can a loss of control lead to more value?

Shifting the focus from trying to control what people are doing to instead trying to understand what they’re intending to do allows the team to mature

By removing yourself as the bottleneck of your team you’re allowing them to have room to grow and mature

Tips for leadership in letting go of control to support the team in creating value:

As a leader, it is important to not only understand the approach that’s being taken and where the parameters are/where the boundaries lie, but also that the team has the ability to self-organize and to figure out the best way to accomplish what is going to produce the most value

Your team just needs to know what the objective is that they’re trying to achieve (any more control is a hindrance)

It is critically important for teams to understand the “why” behind what the objective is (if they do, 9/10 times they’ll produce the best results and the best value that they’re capable of!)

Instead of controlling or directing the workflow, leaders should be focusing on improving the environment in which people work, closing skill gaps, and removing organizational impediments

As a supervisor or tech lead, you should serve as a mentor or be there as a resource for the team (i.e. a go-to point for team members if they get stuck or need some direction on finding resources that will help them do their work)

It’s important to be there as a support but not a person to direct day-to-day activities as a leader

Leaders at a program, VP, or portfolio level need to make sure that they’re supportive of an agile ecosystem

In David Marquet’s Turn the Ship Around!, he talks about intent-based leadership (where the team comes to leaders, not with a request for direction, but instead with a: “I intend to do x, y or x,” which gives the leader a chance to inquire if appropriate. Eventually, this leads to less checking as the team demonstrates competency and consistency of delivery)

Pivoting to intent-based leadership is only possible if the leader makes it clear what the outcome is that they’re expecting

How to balance giving your team room to grow with safety measures:

In taking a Scrum approach, there are many benefits (because the framework gives solid boundaries that allow for a good balance of self-organization and accountability)

Accountability to one another (and themselves) is created by having daily Scrums

The sprint review adds balance because nobody is going months at a time without feedback

There is a regimen within the flexibility that the Scrum framework provides

Mentioned in this Episode:

Quincy Jordan

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 101: “Are Scrum Masters Expendable?”

Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David Marquet

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In celebration of the two-year anniversary of the podcast, Dan Neumann is joined by Sam Falco, co-founder of the Agile Coaches’ Corner podcast. In the theme of continuous improvement, Dan and Sam take a look back on the last two years of the podcast and reflect on all that they’ve learned about podcasting and agility. They also invite on some of their favorite past guests and AgileThought colleagues to share their own biggest takeaways and lessons learned from the past two years on the theme of agility. Andrea Floyd, Agile Transformation Consultant; Adam Ulery, Senior Agile Coach; Quincy Jordan, Principal Transformation Consultant; Steven Granese, Managing Director of the Transform Practice; and Michael Guiler, Agile Consultant.

Key Takeaways

Andrea Floyd

Key lesson: the importance of the Agile mindset and an Agile culture coupled with any Agile journey

“What does it mean for us to be successful?” “What will that take from a mindset and culture perspective?” — Andrea Floyd

Tools and techniques: exercises around value stream mapping, understanding what value means to your customers and users, design-thinking techniques around customer journey mapping, good leadership, and commitment from the whole organization

Adam Ulery

Key lesson: the importance of having committed top-level leaders in an Agile transformation

The buy-in of leadership in a transformation is key (it makes the difference in creating real change or giving up)

Drawbacks that occur without leadership buy-in: change will only occur in small pockets at best, more than likely it will flounder and never transform the people and the way they work

Tools and techniques: in order for leaders to transform themselves they must be committed and willing, step out of their comfort zone, push through fears, and commit to change

In summary: it is important to have top-level leaders that are committed to the transformation and are committed to change

Quincy Jordan

Key lesson: Agile is Agile (it has transformed, evolved, and adapted over the years)

It used to be considered strictly for software development but has now been taken outside of IT; into HR, marketing, etc. The overall thinking has made a big splash in non-IT environments

A challenge with agility being adopted into non-IT environments: sometimes business and leadership have a misconception that agility is only IT so they believe it is not relevant to them

When agility ripples outside of IT, it can be really powerful

Michael Guiler

Key lesson: that the business side has really begun to take hold of agility

What has caused the shift from technology-driven agility to business-driven agility: the entire world has fundamentally begun to understand that agility is key (i.e. “We can’t just have really detail-oriented plans with a command and control structure and be able to compete in today’s world” — Michael Guiler)

Now, business wants to build an environment where they can really pivot on a dime and compete — and agility is the way to do that

Steven Granese

Key lesson: it is very difficult to define what agility is — especially with large organizations

There are a lot of different ideas and definitions about what agility is

It can be hard to define what problem the client is trying to solve and why agility would help them

How Steven has seen the problems that clients are trying to solve change over the years:

1) From a focus on speed (the speed with which they need to continuously adapt) to a focus on market changes (it’s the organizations that focus on market demands that are the ones having the most success)

2) There used to be more of a concern about leaning too much on tooling and automation but now it has become so good and there is so much more that is possible now due to the tools that are available

Sam Falco

Key lesson: Agility spreads beyond IT — even to a personal level

“Even on a personal level, I have taken a lot of the principles and ideas — and even the practices of Scrum — into my own personal life. I use Scrum on a weekly basis; I do one-week sprints for myself.” — Sam Falco

Sam has lowered his personal work-in-progress limit from three to two and his throughput shot way up

He’s learned how to apply agility in all sorts of situations

Dan Neumann

Key lesson: the power of collaboration (specifically, the value of collaborating with people)

You can riff off each other if a client isn’t quite hearing what one of you is trying to say

Diversity of perspective is tremendously valuable (just like on any well-functioning team)

Mentioned in this Episode:

Steven Granese

Andrea Floyd

Adam Ulery

Quincy Jordan

Michael Guiler

The Age of Agile: How Smart Companies Are Transforming the Way Work Gets Done, by Stephen Denning

Eric Landes

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Dan Neumann is joined by a frequent guest of his and AgileThought colleague, Quincy Jordan! Quincy is a Principal Transformation Consultant and has been with AgileThought for almost three years.

Together, they will be exploring when things are going so well that you just don’t notice that there are problems bubbling beneath the surface. They address what kind of problems show up when teams become complacent due to things going so well, how to spot these problems (and address them) before they start, and how to differentiate between when things are going “so well that you don’t notice” and actually being on the right path.

Key Takeaways

The problems that arise when things are going so well that you don’t notice that they’re not:

When a Scrum Master is doing super well in their role, those outside the team or the leaders in the organization begin to question if they really need the role

However, if you remove that Scrum Master when the team is doing great and maturing well, things will continue in a downwards trajectory (the same way a car does when a tire goes flat)

It’s the classic scenario of “you’ve done your job too well” and others don’t realize how valuable and important that is

Sometimes the role of Scrum Master role is switched up or rotated in a way that doesn’t fully fill it and the wheels eventually fall off

When things are going well those who suffer from a hero complex lose the opportunity to be the hero anymore — this can lead to situations such as:

When developers have an abnormal tolerance for tech debt (i.e. they are not paying as much attention to the quality of code or adhering to standards that are good for the team, which creates an abnormal amount of bugs that the team has to fix. Then, said developer jumps in as the hero)

I.e. Firefighters lighting fires to put them out

When things are going well there can be a tendency to start to question roles and processes (such as the Scrum Master role and the processes and organizational support that are in place to support the team/s)

When things are questioned, it can affect not only the team/s, but it also affects the organization as a whole

Both the team/s and the organization can become complacent if things are working so well

How to avoid getting trapped in this way of thinking:

Leadership should be constantly assessing whether or not they’re providing the right types of problems to solve

The team should be asking themselves if they’re looking at the right problems to solve

Is the team properly considering Horizons Two and Three if they are beginning to go down the path of the Three Horizons model?

Shift from “How much faster can the teams go?” and “How much more stuff can they deliver?” to “Are we delivering the right capabilities?”, “Are we delivering things customers want?”, and “Are we continuing to experiment and innovate?”

The wrong question is: “Can we get even more out of this team?” The right question is: “Can we make sure that we’re providing them with the right problems to solve?”; “Where can we, from a leadership standpoint, give more guidance to increase business value?”

How to differentiate between a mature and a complacent team:

Though they can sometimes look the same on the surface, a very complacent team will have far more carry-over stories than a mature team

Ask: ‘How well has this team challenged themselves in terms of their own velocity?’ and ‘Are they taking it upon themselves?’ A more mature team would exhibit these types of these behaviors as opposed to a complacent team

A more mature team makes time for continuous improvement and retrospectives whereas complacent teams make them cut them out or make them shorter

Mature teams dig deep and find opportunities to improve

Mature teams look below the surface and think more critically

Mentioned in this Episode:

Quincy Jordan

AgileThought Careers

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 101: “Are Scrum Masters Expendable?”

Three Horizons by McKinsey & Company

Measure What Matters: How Google, Bono, and the Gates Foundation Rock the World with OKRs, by John Doerr

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week you’re in for a treat (or trick)! It’s the Agile Coaches’ Corner special Halloween edition episode! Joining Dan for this spooktacular episode is frequent guest host, Sam Falco. Together, they will be exploring the Scrum treehouse of horrors!

Throughout their careers, both Dan and Sam have both experienced their fair share of horrific Scrum experiences. So, what better way to spend Halloween than to share some bone-chilling Scrum horror stories? From failing your sprint goal to poor planning and beyond, come join Dan and Sam by the campfire to hear some Scrum horror stories that will leave you shaking!

Key Takeaways

Bone-chilling Scrum horror stories:

A team that is not allowed to plan correctly

A team that doesn’t understand the concept of the sprint goal being different from the sprint scope

Failing your sprint goal!

Planning a sprint to 100% capacity and then getting a new request by a customer last minute (which leads to a spiral of frustration, bad morale, inability to deliver, and eventually, a huge quality problem)

When a team can’t cut scope and can’t cut time so they cut corners

Disrupted work which causes bugs to begin to be let through

When Scrum becomes a mechanism for developer abuse instead of a tool for the team/s to manage their work and deliver a higher return on investment

Hearing: “I thought Scrum was just a way of churning through requirements in two-week sprints.”

A bad culture built off ego and pressure

A manager that berates the team and tries to control them through power and fear

A manager that disrupts the team and creates a toxic environment with poor morale

A system based on fear with an emphasis on simply wanting to “look good” and not in supporting a culture of safety

Waterfalling through an 18-sprint project (with this, there is no room for improvement, adaptation, and iteration; the team/s can’t experiment their way to a valuable outcome because they’re simply being given a list of tasks to accomplish rather than being able to use their imagination and creativity to solve cool problems)

Not to fear about these Scrum horror stories — there’s still hope!

In most cases, a project is never unrecoverable; You can start building trust with stakeholders with just a little bit of openness (and by making sure to not point fingers or cast blame)

Honesty breeds more honesty — be as honest and transparent as possible!

Mentioned in this Episode:

Dark Scrum — Ron Jeffries

Live AgileThought Community Event: “Agile Heard Around the World” with Special Guests — Oct. 29th

Challenger: The Final Flight (2020 Series, Netflix)
Theranos

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Joining Dan today is his colleague and collaborator, Sam Falco, to discuss whether or not Scrum Masters are expendable. Is it possible for things to be running so smoothly that you’re working yourself out of a job as a Scrum Master? Is there anything left for a Scrum Master to do once best practices become team culture, the team is self-sufficient, and the organization reaches a high level of performance? Why or why not should an organization keep a Scrum Master around? How does the role evolve over time? Tune in as Sam and Dan answer all of these questions and more on this week’s episode!

Key Takeaways

  • Can or should a Scrum Master be trying to “work themselves out of a job”?
    • The idea that they can work themselves out of a job is an inherently flawed concept as it arises from the common misconception that they’re only a team coach
    • A Scrum Master can always serve an organization (as there is no such thing as 100% perfection; the goal post is constantly moving/evolving)
    • Sports analogy: If a team is doing really well, you don’t fire the coach! The same goes for Scrum (you still need the Scrum Master to keep the team and organization at a high-level and help finetune their performance)
  • Why is a Scrum Master necessary?
    • To help the team and organization continually improve (there is no ultimate level of performance)
    • What is perfect now, may change — there is no pinnacle; there is always room for improvement
    • If you reach a plateau, more experiments need to be conducted and other areas need to be examined
    • Even if everything seems perfect, it is important to stay on top of things and continue retrospectives, etc.
  • Qualities of a high-performing Scrum Master that delivers continuous improvement and value to the team and organization:

    • Help the entire organization embrace empiricism in what it’s doing; not just team development
    • Make decisions based on sound data (through transparency, inspection, and adaptation)
    • Teach about empiricism with the Product Owner, finding better ways to refine the product backlog, experiments to run, etc.
    • Help the whole organization improve; not just the team
    • Value outcomes rather than output
    • Make sure that the whole organization is living the Agile values and Scrum principles
    • Help the team and organization resolve problems themselves and remove impediments
    • Don’t trade efficiencies for throughput (a bit of slack in efficiency is actually beneficial for higher throughput)
    • Know that in any complex endeavor, there are many variables and you will never get everything correct; situations always change, so be sure to not be overly optimized and be willing to adjust and adapt
  • How does a Scrum Master’s role evolve over time?
    • Through innovation, experimentation, and creating new best practices
    • Always have something to do, reevaluate, and ask yourself, “How can I be of service? How can I help? What can I do that’s useful?”
    • Look at the overall system and figure out hidden/less obvious impediments
    • Always find opportunities to further optimize within an organization
    • Always find new ways to deliver value

Mentioned in this Episode:

Live AgileThought Community Event: “Agile Heard Around the World” with Special Guests — Oct. 29th

Peerfit

Cynefin Framework

The Age of Agile: How Smart Companies Are Transforming the Way Work Gets Done, by Stephen Denning

The Goal: A Process of Ongoing Improvement, by Eliyahu M. Goldratt and Jeff Cox

Clean Language: Revealing Metaphors and Opening Minds, by Wendy Sullivan and Judy Rees

Humble Inquiry: The Gentle Art of Asking Instead of Telling, by Edgar Schein

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Ed Buckley is the CEO of Peerfit, a company that creates a streamlined way for people to connect their health dollars with fitness experiences people actually want to use. When COVID-19 hit, the company underwent a large restructuring process. Because of the unknown nature of the virus, the company needed something that could provide structure but allowed for flexibility later down the road. This is why Ed decided to work with AgileThought and consultant Christy Erbeck.

In this episode, both Ed and Christy share their 90-day reflections on how agile has worked for Peerfit and what it looks like when decisions are made within teams and not from a sole leader. Ed himself shares how this restructuring has freed him up to think about the future of the company and how the 90-plus employees within the organization are managing the agile framework.

Key Takeaways

How AgileThought and Agile are applied in a business setting.

What gets you here doesn’t get you there. This year you were forced to take a different approach.

Christy, as an outsider, had to come in and really take a top-down approach to see where there was a duplication of efforts and how to streamline Peerfit more effectively.

Ed had to reduce his staff by a significant amount due to COVID-19, he was going to lose some key players and needed to adopt a more “fluid” approach in discussion making.

When you empower your people, you move faster.

Reflections on how Agile has helped Ed’s business

Ed feels free and can choose what actions to be involved with vs. letting his team handle it.

Ed now has the opportunity to look forward instead of being stuck in his business and being the central point for making all the company’s decisions.

Before, the company had very cleared departments or silos. AKA, the sales team, the account management team, etc. Now, they have three North-star teams and each team is attached to one north-star goal.

How Peerfit restructured their team

It was a messy process trying to figure out who should be on what team.

Some team members were afraid that if they weren’t put on the ‘right’ team, they didn’t feel part of the organization.

It is definitely a work in progress. However, Ed set up slack channels to help address concerns and keep people within the organization informed on upcoming changes.

Clear communication has been key to helping everyone feel at ease and understanding who is on what team.

In the beginning, the AgileThought team gave Peerfit a couple of options that they could implement and the pros and cons of each one.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Peerfit.com

Ed Buckley (LinkedIn)

Christy Erbeck (LinkedIn)

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Dan is excited today to be joined by his guest, Simon Holzapfel. Simon is the founder and Executive Director of Copper Beech & Company, where they provide financial literacy for high net worth families. He is also an educator, agilist, and learning innovator. He has dedicated his entire adult life to equipping young adults with the knowledge and skills they require to work, think, and live well.

In this episode, they will be exploring the topic of the Teal movement, Agile organizations, and education during the pandemic. Simon thoroughly explains what the Teal movement is, why it is important, and what it looks like when applied to a variety of organizations. He also shares about a unique project he is a part of and what they’re doing to bring authentic agile to the world.

Key Takeaways

What is the Teal movement?

A reference narrative for how the world of work is, how it has evolved, and where it is going

It is a navigation tool to understand how you can achieve the next level

Laloux (the founder of the movement) proposes that there is a concentric circle to how organizations have developed over time

Red: Command authority, division of labor, power, fear, and chaos (examples: street gangs, mafia, tribal militias)

Yellow: Hierarchy, stability, control, formal roles, long-term perspective (examples: traditional churches, governments, public schools)

Orange: Competition, accountability, meritocracy, objectives, profit (examples: public universities, large corporations)

Green: Delight customers, shared values, engagement, stakeholder balance, culture over strategy, empower (examples: Ben & Jerry’s, Southwest Airlines) — This is where agility tends to live right now

Teal: The next iteration of agility into antifragile organizations, built around higher purpose, self-management, distributed decision-making, wholeness, and evolutionary purpose

Laloux is not saying other colors other than teal is bad; he is saying that all of the other colors are instrumental and getting to where we are now — but they’re cruft

Laloux recommends, as a society, we shed these other colors as best as we can

Recommended further reading: Reinventing Organizations, by Frédéric Laloux

Where this movement connects to different organizations:

Teal education: Students are encouraged to ‘pull’ information into their lives rather than be pushed into learning (Examples: eduScrum, Montessori education)

Teal manufacturing: self-organization, teams pulling in work (as opposed to work being pushed on to them), and bringing your whole self to work (Examples: Morning Star, Buurtzorg)

What Teal organizations look like/involve:

A healthy bottom line

They are incredibly efficient at generating value

Employees are far more productive because they are listened to, encouraged, and engaged

They foster more active engagement which, in turn, creates better results and outcomes

It’s not about no rules or no structures; it is simply a different set of principles (by and large, the agile mindset)

Involves intent-based leadership

Trust is incredibly important — without it, everything will fall apart

Everything is visible and transparent (visibility is the trust builder)

The leaders or teachers create a feedback-rich environment so that the employees/students can learn quickly

About the BU Agile Innovation Lab:

The goal: Bring authentic agile to the world (including college students by meeting them where they are with the interests that they have)

They want to complement schools and not compete with them

They are striving to create a more open ‘meta’ that creates more equity

Authentic agility + trying to introduce more Teal structures

Mentioned in this Episode:

Simon Holzapfel’s LinkedIn

Teal Model (Image)

Reinventing Organizations: A Guide to Creating Organizations Inspired by the Next Stage of Human Consciousness, by Frédéric Laloux

Boston University Agile Innovation Lab: Agile in Education Conference (Oct. 23rd–24th)

Morning Star

Buurtzorg

Montessori Education

Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David Marquet

Willy Wijnands | eduScrum

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his co-host and collaborator, Sam Falco, to discuss the topic of professional Scrum.

What does professional Scrum refer to? What is professionalism? What does a professional Scrum Master look like? What does it look like to practice Scrum professionally through principles and values laid out in The Scrum Guide? What does professionalism look like on a Scrum team? Sam and Dan answer all of these questions and more in this episode!

Key Takeaways

What does professional Scrum refer to?

Ken Schwaber’s definition: “A professional is someone who works for money and follows the rules established for the profession. Professionals act and work according to standards where they exist. They also embrace and embody a set of ethical principles established by their profession.”

Adhering to the rules set forth in The Scrum Guide

The Scrum values fulfill the role of the “ethical principles” in the software development industry

A mindset of professionalism and a commitment to a certain set of standards

An emphasis on communication and empathy between business and development (so that you can ensure that you are delivering what the customer actually wants and can use)

Professionalism includes really understanding why you’re doing the things that you are doing

Examples of professionalism:

If you are shooting to release a product to end customers by a certain date, how do you use the Scrum events, the sprint planning, the daily Scrum, and the sprint review within the sprint timebox to make sure that you’re on track?

In the sprint review, identify which adjustments and decisions are needed, and iterate

Important notes about doing Scrum professionally through The Scrum Guide:

It’s not just about having the roles, artifacts, and events in place; you also need to be cognizant of the rules that bind these three things together

Commit each sprint (as a team) to a goal, not a scope

When a sprint goal is a laundry list of things to do it can become overwhelming — it is much better to commit to a goal and negotiate your scope as you go throughout the sprint

Focus on delivering on the goal; delivering on the value

It is important that the organization gives the Scrum team(s) space to be professional

“Professionalism is not just for the Scrum team, just as the Scrum values are not just for the Scrum team; they’re for the organization to live and make space for.”

The responsibilities of a professional Scrum Master:

They are responsible for coaching the Product Owner, the team, and the organization on how to use Scrum in an effective way

The Scrum Master should not be a glorified administrator

The Scrum Master should be working with the entire organization to help it achieve business agility and valuable outcomes rather than just lots and lots of output

Look for ways in which the organization is inhibiting your team’s further growth and success

Look for the areas and opportunities in the organization for further agility

Aspects of professionalism on a Scrum team:

Strong collaboration (i.e. the Product Owner and the team need to collaborate, and the Scrum Master needs to collaborate with the team, the Product Owner, and the organization)

“What does it mean to be a professional Scrum developer?” It’s more than “I’ve got my work done”

The team should not be working siloed

At the daily Scrum, the team should be collaborating on the most effective thing to do that day to get closer to the sprint goal, figure out who needs help, and understand who’s doing what

Toward the end of the sprint when development work is winding down, it is important that developers are helping the test activities happen

“The development team is not just the people that are writing the code; it’s all of the people on the Scrum team that are needed to deliver that increment, aside from the Product Owner and the Scrum Master.”

It is important to find the balance between being a “busybody” and being a “T-shaped person”

A healthy team spirit is vital

Reduncies in skill sets of team members are incredibly valuable

Being open to learning new things beyond your expertise and having the intellectual curiosity to step outside of your role makes for a healthy, well-rounded team

Mentioned in this Episode:

The lawsuit between Scrum Alliance and Scrum Inc.

Scrum Alliance

Scrum Inc.

Ken Schwaber

Mastering Professional Scrum: A Practitioner’s Guide to Overcoming Challenges and Maximizing the Benefits of Agility, by Stephanie Ockerman and Simon Reindl

The Scrum Guide

Arcade Perfect: How Pac-Man, Mortal Kombat, and Other Coin-Op Classics Invaded the Living Room, by David L. Craddock and Milan Jaram

Eric Landes

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

We have a special repeat guest on this week’s episode! It’s Barry Matheney. He is a Senior DevOps Consultant and one of Dan’s colleagues at AgileThought.

Get our Download Would you benefit from a DevOps Coach?

So often, teams operate on a “get it done” model and try to push their code out the door as quickly as possible, but that is not sustainable and not the markings of a high-class professional team. Barry understands the Scrum Teams’ main mission and purpose is often very wrong; it’s to appease the product owner, not create purposeful and meaningful end-results.

In this week’s episode, Barry shares his thoughts on when it’s time to hire a DevOps coach for an organization, some of the troubles organizations run into (problems with easy fixes!) when it comes to their Scrum Teams, and when you know when your team is on the right track in their DevOps journey.

Key Takeaways

What’s the working definition of DevOps?

  • It’s about delivering better value, sooner, safer, and happier.
  • The difference between Agile and DevOps’s motto is the definition of what “done” truly means.
  • True North for DevOps means there are a continuous delivery and a continuous deployment.
  • If you have some DevOps influence in what you’re doing, you’re on the right track.

What are the best ways a Scrum Team can get started?

  • Typically, when a Scrum Team gets started, the sole focus tends to be delivery of stories. AKA, making the product owner happy.
  • Most product owners don’t care about dashboards or reliability. However, they should. The scope of a product owner should include the production world, as well.

When do you need a DevOps coach?

  • It’s a tough answer. It depends on the team composition.
  • If you have a junior team, they won’t have the experience to know the consequences of bad code.
  • The journey begins as soon as you begin production.
  • You build resiliency by delivering something that cannot fail, something that was built to last. That takes planning and continuous development. Junior teams might not be thinking in these terms just yet.

How do you know when you should be leveraging DevOps?

  • What times do your deployments occur? If you deploy them during off-hours, then something is wrong.
  • Deployments should be normal working events and not interruptions to your life.
  • Do your organization’s security teams always seem to be diving into your business?
  • You can provide compliance and proof to your security teams you’re on the right track and have thought about all the possible security risks.
  • Anything that happens should be logged.
  • You don’t need to manually tinker in production.
  • Software teams want to get things out the door, but that’s not operating at a professional level.
  • The transformation is not about your scrum team. It is an organizational transformation.

What’s the distinction between an Agile coach vs. a DevOps coach?

  • Agile coaches plant the ideas.
  • DevOps coaches can help build the prototypes together and experiment with different theories.
  • DevOps coaches give a continuous approach and re-examine practices that were put into place 10 years ago that may not be relevant now.
  • DevOps is an organizational challenge, not necessarily a team challenge.
  • Waste is bad, so you need to either scrap the project or get it into production.
  • Remember, DevOps is a journey.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Would you benefit from a DevOps Coach? free download

AgileThought Event: “Virtual Community: Building an Agile Mindset During COVID-19”

Barry Matheney (LinkedIn)

Podcast Ep. 17: “Embedding DevOps in Large Organizations, with Barry Matheney”

Podcast Ep. 12: “The Importance of Embedding a DevOps Skill Set into Your Team”

Greenfield Project

Podcast Ep. 4: “Setting Up Working Agreements with Christy Erbeck”
Strangler Pattern

Podcast Ep. 2: “What is a Full-Cycle Developer?”

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In today’s episode, Dan Neumann is joined by AgileThought’s Managing Director of the Run Practice, Daniel Novelo! In his role, Daniel is in charge of defining the vision and strategic direction of the Cloud & Managed Services Portfolio at AgileThought, by understanding the market trends, designing the Digital Products & Services that our customers require, and by delivering the revenue and profit that AgileThought budgets. He also designs, coordinates, and executes business plans with AgileThought’s Partners, Sales, and Delivery Teams to achieve its yearly objectives.

In their conversation today, Daniel speaks about his role as Managing Director of the Run Practice at AgileThought, explains what the Run Practice is, and shares about the different ways that organizations have started down their path to Cloud adoption. He also addresses some of the possible risks associated with migrating to the Cloud, how to mitigate these risks, the benefits and opportunities the Cloud opens up, and how AgileThought works with companies in migrating to the Cloud or optimizing their Cloud usage.

Key Takeaways

What is the Run Practice? What does it do?

It delivers value to customers by providing Cloud & Managed Services and outsourcing the IT operations of its customers (with a modern approach and a mission-critical mindset)

They complement the portfolio of AgileThought’s transform, build, and run by operating and maintaining software, applications, and the underlying infrastructure in production environments

There are dedicated teams to review the cost and complexity of their customers to operate their systems

They accelerate the adoption of the Cloud with a set of services that go from the strategic aspects (like Cloud design, Cloud foundation, & assessments) to building strategies and performing the migrations to the Cloud for their customers

Once their customers are in the Cloud, they help modernize their business applications for optimal Cloud performance

Why Cloud adoption is becoming increasingly popular and why companies want to migrate to it:

It’s important to understand the reasons behind why some companies are adopting Clouds as well as the challenges and implications companies can face dependent on the type of workload they want to bring to the Cloud

It’s nearly impossible to find an organization that doesn’t at least partially rely on Cloud services (especially now, during the pandemic, is it becoming more popular than ever)

Modern workplace platforms are really encouraging the use their Cloud versions

The adoption of Cloud services has been key in accelerating the migration of enterprise workloads to the Cloud

Enterprise workloads show that Cloud Storage is the most widely adopted

You can easily scale up the Cloud Storage within minutes and then scale it down when needed

A Cloud Database setup empowers distributed teams because the team members working remotely can conveniently access data through the internet to perform their tasks

Publishing your dev and test environments to the Cloud is also becoming increasingly popular

Bringing environments to the Cloud gives the ability to use only what you need when you need it

Cloud technology can be a massive enabler for Agile teams (as you are able to spin up an environment, do the deploy, do the validation, and tear it all down once it’s done)

Analytics and big data are huge drivers for the Cloud (because when the data resides in the Cloud it’s easier to locate it, consume it, and to embed it into analytic solutions)

Daniel on Cloud risks and security:

Having partners who can walk organizations through an adoption/sticking their toes into the waters of the Cloud is very helpful in showing how secure it is

More than 90% of Cloud breaches are at the user’s fault

Possible security risks: loss of data (passwords, banking information, intellectual property, and other sensitive data), exposing confidential information (that leads to regulatory or legal actions against an enterprise), malware and ransom attacks, an employee who has left the company still having access to files and information (however, there are tools to mitigate and control this access)

Many risks can be mitigated through tools that can secure confidential documents in real-time

Tools and systems that are lagging behind in Cloud adoption:

A lot of companies that still rely on legacy systems (but there are strategies to migrate these companies to the Cloud [though additional scaffolding may be necessary])

Implementing APIs (and securing them) can be a way to bring a legacy system to the Cloud

How AgileThought works with companies that are new to the Cloud:

Customers should first perform a Cloud readiness assessment for their application and infrastructure

It is helpful to make an inventory of all of the assets within the company and identify which of them are supported in the Cloud and which need an upgrade

The assessment will also help map dependencies to understand the interfaces between all of the customer’s systems, which is key for developing a Cloud strategy

Time and effort should be invested into designing a desired state/a landing zone in applying the architecture best practices

AgileThought helps their customer establish their Cloud foundation and makes sure to include all of the security and compliance requirements

After this, AgileThought helps the customer build their rational decision map (figuring out the path forward, “bucket by bucket”)

AgileThought helps the customer identify which applications they want to modernize or refactor so that they really capture the benefits of the Cloud

Mentioned in this Episode:

AgileThought Event: “Virtual Community: Building an Agile Mindset During COVID-19”

Daniel Novelo’s LinkedIn

Amazon Web Services (AWS)

Microsoft Cloud

Dropbox

iCloud

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Joining Dan Neumann once again is Dr. Jerry Smith who you may remember from a bonus episode of the Agile Coaches’ Corner a few weeks back!

Dr. Jerry Smith is AgileThought’s Managing Director of Analytics and Data Science. As a practicing AI & Data Scientist, thought leader, innovator, speaker, author, and philanthropist, Dr.Jerry Smith is dedicated to advancing and transforming businesses through evolutionary computing, enterprise AI and data sciences, machine learning, and causality.

In this episode, Dan and Dr. Jerry Smith explore the topic of digital transformations. Jerry takes listeners through what the process of a six-step AI-driven digital transformation process looks like, the challenges of the process, as well as the key benefits.

Key Takeaways

What is a digital transformation?

Changing the behavior of the organization in relation to their customers

Changing their journey map so that they can achieve the business outcomes they want

Looks at changing the behaviors to create new opportunities

It is not ‘transforming digitally’ (i.e. moving to the Cloud, etc.) — the order of words is important to note

AgileThought’s AI-driven digital transformation:

It is a six-step process that gets a business to actually bend their business curve

It is implemented in a set of capabilities; there are over 67 capabilities that transition an enterprise’s data and transform it into insights and actions and is a systematic process

This process puts a customer into the position of changing their business

  • The six-step AI-driven digital transformation process:

(1) ‘Data is the debris of human activity. We collect it all, but all is not important.’

The first thing that is done is data collection

The most important question to ask when you begin is: “What is data?”

Data is because of us; not in spite of us

(2) ‘We determine what data is causal to the business problem. This allows us to only focus on those areas we can control.’

You need to ask: “Of all this data we collect, what is causal to my business problem? What should I be focusing on?”

(3) ‘Using causal data, we build digital twins — surrogates — of the problem. We create an artificial model of the real world.’

They build high-quality, predictive algorithms (from step two’s causal data/input)

Changing this data changes the business outcome

(4) ‘Within the artificial world, we organically grow perspective solutions designed to optimize the business outcome.’

Now that you have the model it is important to optimize the digital surrogate

(5) ‘We implement the prescriptive solutions, wait for change, and collect new data.’

In this step, you are running through optimization, changing those inputs, and looking for a combination that results in that output achieving the business goal

(6) ‘The cycle repeats, bending the business curve.’

When you have the behavior of the people that marketing, sales, and product development will have to change, you can then wash, rinse, and repeat

When you go through the six-step process in cycles you need to give enough time to see the ripples go through to see the changes and continue to iterate and refine

“This is why this six-step process is important for customers; because for the first time we’ve actually connected business and IT together.” — Dr. Jerry Smith

Mentioned in this Episode:

Agile Coaches’ Corner Bonus Podcast: “How to Make AI Work in Your Enterprise with Dr. Jerry Smith”

AgileThought Event: “Virtual Community: Building an Agile Mindset During COVID-19”

Six-Step AI-Driven Digital Transformation (Image)

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

On this week’s ‘solocast’ of the Agile Coaches’ Corner, Dan Neumann wants to talk a little bit about words and phrases! If you had a magic wand and could change any word or phrase in relation to Scrum and agility, what would it be?

In this episode, Dan shares the four words and phrases that he would change for all Scrum teams — and, if it were possible, why he would like to see them go away, altogether!

Key Takeaways

Resources vs. People

Don’t confuse the people on your team with resources

If you mean ‘people,’ say ‘people’; don’t say ‘resources’

You consume resources (i.e. time is a resource that you can use to achieve goals)

Commitment vs. Forecast

Commitments are something you keep, come hell or high water

When we’re dealing with a lot of uncertainty, a more appropriate term to use would be ‘forecast’ rather than a commitment

When you’re dealing with your Scrum teams, make sure that ‘commit’ is a term that is held back; think more in terms of forecasts (and especially forecasts with a probability of when you will be able to deliver, such as: ‘We forecast with 90% confidence’)

Grooming vs. Refining

Grooming is something you do to a dog; a more appropriate term for what you want to do to your product backlog in the Scrum world would be to ‘refine’ it

Think of ‘refining’ as the removal of things that are impure or low value

“Your product backlog [is] not a dog; don’t groom it!”

Deadlines vs. Goals & Targets

Deadlines traditionally refer to drawing a line in the sand (and if you cross said line, you’re dead) — which isn’t a very motivating term nowadays!

More appropriate terms would be: goals and targets

“We have a target of releasing the new product on January 1st.”

With targets, you can introduce the concept of a ‘cost of delay,’ when you miss a target date

Having goals and targets with specific dates coupled with a ‘cost of delay’ will allow you to make much more informed decisions about how to prioritize work

Mentioned in this Episode:

Top 30 Agile Leadership Podcasts To Follow in 2020

Agile Coaches’ Corner Bonus Podcast: “How to Make AI Work in Your Enterprise with Dr. Jerry Smith”

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this bonus episode of the Agile Coaches’ Corner podcast, Christy Erbeck, Chief People Officer at AgileThought, is serving as your guest host for today’s conversation with Steven Granese and Quincy Jordan. Steven Granese is the Managing Director of AgileThought’s Transform Practice and Quincy Jordan serves as the Agile Competency Lead and Principal Transformation Consultant at AgileThought.

In their conversation today, they discuss scaling and transformations and how to effectively lead organizations towards business agility. They speak about the role of scaling in transformations, the challenges of scaling, opportunities that arise as an organization begins to scale, how to know when it is appropriate to help a client scale, and how to know when you’re on the right path with a transformation.

Key Takeaways

Transformation & scaling:

Part of a transformation is in transforming how people think

There are a number of ways to scale

Though it is called “scaling,” oftentimes it is about breaking down the problem into smaller pieces (especially in organizations that are already large)

A real transformation is an organizational transformation throughout all departments

The long term goal is to achieve business agility

Tips for getting clients started on their scaling or transformation journey:

Break down the problem into more manageable pieces in order to be able to take action on them and deliver faster (by delivering faster in these smaller increments you are setting expectations with stakeholders, which increases transparency and creates an outcome of more trust)

Buy-in is needed from leaders

Make sure to employ roadmaps with clients which can help with expectations

Clarity and guidance alleviate stress during the scaling process

Leaders need to address problems upfront when it comes to adopting agile

Asking the question “why” is critical for transformations; it has to be answered first (especially if you’re looking at a true transformation)

“Why are you doing this?”

“What is it that you’re trying to change?”

“Why are you trying to change?”

“Are you confronting real organizational challenges and problems that you have?”

Knowing what your client wants to focus on fundamentally changes how you work with them

Note: A true transformation will take time (sometimes years) and oftentimes, things will get worse before they get better

Differences between the two modes of adopting agile: Delivery and Transformation:

Ask: If you’re interested in adopting an agile way of working, are you focused on improving your delivery OR do you want a transformation (i.e. change the way your business fundamentally operates)?

Knowing which your client wants to do is critical

If your client just wants to improve their process and doesn’t believe anything is broken, they just want to improve their delivery

There is no right or wrong answer, but it is important to clarify what outcome they’re looking for as it will greatly impact how you help them

If a client wants 10–20% better output for their teams they’re looking at improving delivery

If a client wants to fundamentally look at the way their business operates, the types of customers they’re going after, the way their teams are structured, their financial incentives, etc. they are looking at a transformation

It’s important to determine when a client wants to achieve certain outcomes so you know whether to focus on improving delivery first vs. long-term transformation (that will lead to better delivery down the line)

Benefits of an agile transformation/achieving true business agility:

Being nimble, adaptable, and being able to react quickly to changes and demands from customers or the business

With the right culture and infrastructure in place, an organization is able to move very quickly when an unknown market shift happens (such as with COVID-19)

A true agile transformation allows an organization to be in a position that can weather any storm

Allows for better reactions to the unknown

True business agility helps the business be adaptable

Tips for leaders during a transformation:

Encourage the ability to learn, relearn, and unlearn — this is critical because companies may get stuck in their past successes, which limits their ability to learn new things and/or do things in a new way

Be courageous and vulnerable

Be a learner, not a knower

Continuously adapt and learn

Have a growth mindset in order to be able to help your people

Leaders need to ask themselves: “Am I clear as to where I’m going in the future?”, “Do I know why I’m trying to get there?”, and “Can I deliver in small increments and learn from the feedback?”

Have humility in understanding that everything can change in a second — so the ability to learn, unlearn, and relearn is critical (if you don’t, your business will become vulnerable to competitors)

Mentioned in this Episode:

Christy Erbeck’s LinkedIn

Quincy Jordan’s LinkedIn

Steven Granese’s LinkedIn

What Got You Here Won’t Get You There: How Successful People Become Even More Successful, by Marshall Goldsmith

Unlearn: Let Go of Past Success to Achieve Extraordinary Results, by Barry O’Reilly

Start with Why: How Great Leaders Inspire Everyone to Take Action, by Simon Sinek

The Agile of Agile: How Smart Companies Are Transforming the Way Work Gets Done.
by Stephen Denning

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Dan Neumann is joined by AgileThought colleague and frequent guest of the show, Quincy Jordan. Quincy has been with AgileThought for just over two years as a principal transformation consultant and agile competency lead. Prior to AgileThought, Quincy was the transformation lead for Pivotal’s Atlanta office, where he consulted with clients to help them reach enterprise scale. He has also served as a principal consultant and agile coach at SCRUMstudy.com for over six years.

In their discussion today, Dan and Quincy explore the topic of culture as related to agile transformations. They define what culture is, why it is important, how it factors into agile transformations, and how to begin addressing it as an organization. Quincy also shares how to become more intentional about addressing culture early on as the company is moving toward a more agile way of working, the outcomes of being unintentional about addressing culture challenges, and additional tips and takeaways that are critical to keeping in mind when addressing culture.

Key Takeaways

What does ‘culture’ refer to?

A combination of the values, habits, and norms within a group or organization

The values that are present in everything that your organization does

It applies to any organization (whether it’s a religious institution, your family unit, company, etc.)

Can be characterized as “The way things happen around here” or “How we do things around here”

Quincy’s advice regarding how culture factors into agile transformations:

Culture cannot come last; if you want the ‘machine to run well’ and address the culture after, you have created a culture that says, “The machine is more important than the culture”

If a specific habit, such as courage, is not encouraged, you are building cultural debt; i.e., it will become more and more difficult for courage to be expressed

It is important to be intentional about culture upfront and incorporate it into your transformation as part of your strategy

If you don’t want certain habits to be a part of the culture, you have to intentionally set a new structure for everyone to transition to (otherwise it will continue to be pervasive)

Outcomes of being unintentional about addressing culture challenges:

If you’re not intentional about the culture and you develop a culture by default, it is likely to be riddled with cultural debt

If you don’t address having the proper culture that you want up front, you are going to have a mismatch of what you currently have and what it is that you really want

If the team/s are checklist-driven then they won’t have the opportunity to help the culture be values-driven

How to be more intentional about addressing culture early on as the company is moving toward a more agile way of working:

Ask: “Are we involving the teams in the actual planning or are they being given plans and milestones that they’re expected to hit without participating in the creation of those plans?”

Ask: “Is our culture checklist-driven rather than values-driven?”

The team/s should be involved in understanding what’s drawing value so they can better help accomplish the work that needs to be done for the values to be there

Set the culture upfront

Figure out the things that you are and are not aligned to as an organization

Decide on where the values lie and what they would be (ask individuals and teams: “What are the things that we value?”)

Have teams and individuals fill in the blank: “It really agitates me when _________.” It helps make clear what things affect their value system

Do a team working agreement where you establish what the values are

Once you establish what the values are, ask: “How can we act on these values?” and “What are the things that we can do, day-in and day-out, to express that those are our values?”

For example, if the value is: “Everyone has a voice,” then you need to provide opportunities for individuals to have their voice heard

Additional culture tips and takeaways:

You need to be intentional and know what your values are so that you can drive towards them (and be intentional about not allowing those values to be encroached upon)

If you address culture upfront, then you’re putting the organization in a position where you’re helping to impact the decision-making

Addressing the culture upfront helps the organization work towards their overall vision

It is important to have people within the organization that are carrying the culture forward so that when others are unsure/confused, they can look to those people

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Reengineering Alternative, by William E. Schneider

Measure What Matters: How Google, Bono, and the Gates Foundation Rock the World with OKRs, by John Doerr

Science of Running: Analyze your Technique, Prevent Injury, Revolutionize your Training, by Chris Napier

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this bonus episode of the Agile Coaches’ Corner podcast, Christy Erbeck, the Chief People Officer at AgileThought, is serving as your guest host for today’s conversation with Dr. Jerry Smith.

In their conversation today, they discuss how to make AI work for your enterprise. Dr. Jerry Smith explains why understanding causality is critical for AI-driven business transformation and how data science and analytics can help enterprise clients transform and become the digital winners that they desire to be.

Key Takeaways

  • How AgileThought aids enterprises in understanding AI-driven business transformation:
    • Come up with a working set of definitions for AI, machine learning, and data science
  • How AgileThought helps their enterprise clients solve their problems:
    • The question: “What is data?” should be asked (Dr. Jerry Smith’s answer: “Data is the debris of human activity; it’s because of us, not in spite of us”)
      • Note: Data is not just spontaneously created in your data systems; it’s created from an application which captures an interaction between a human being (you, your customers, or your admins/salespeople) and that system
      • Note: The data we see is because of human actions
    • When we look at our capabilities, we should be asking the fundamental question: “What data in our enterprise is causal to our business outcomes?”
      • For example, ask: “What data that you have spent time collecting is directly causing your revenue to perform the way it does?”
    • The very first thing to ask is: “What is causal?”
      • Once you know the causal data, you can go back to the application and the human and say, “How do I change the human behavior so that the application picks up the new behavior and changes the data?” This result is causal-based data engineering for AI, and is the only way to change your organization
  • AgileThought helps companies institutionalize data science, machine learning, and AI at the enterprise level by breaking down the process (as shown below), so that each and every process resides in infrastructure and a set of capabilities
    • There are three kinds of data: Your enterprise, your IT, and your opensource – the goal is to get this data into a single machine learning record
    • This single machine learning record is critical in showing all of the variables in columns and observations in rows – from there, you can do basic analytics, and then, data science
    • Data scientists make sense of the data and create models out of the data, so the data no longer has to be used
    • In the machine learning phase, data scientists try to predict what these models are trying to do and how they’re going to change under certain variables
      • Note: AI is about prescriptions; making decisions
      • Note: The biggest value is not in generating or reading reports; it is in making an appropriate decision based on these reports

About Dr. Jerry Smith: Dr. Jerry Smith is AgileThought’s Managing Director of Analytics and Data Science. As a practicing AI & Data Scientist, thought leader, innovator, speaker, author, and philanthropist, Dr. Jerry Smith is dedicated to advancing and transforming businesses through evolutionary computing, enterprise AI and data sciences, machine learning, and causality.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Professional Scrum Trainer Eric Landes addresses the questions: "How do you measure a Scrum Team's Performance?"

What Does the Scrum Guide say About Measuring Performance? In many of our Scrum classes, the issue of measuring performance is asked about how can we measure a Scrum team's performance. It is a good question that the Scrum guide does give some information on the guide states that one of the inputs of Sprint planning is past performance of the development team. It also States that the daily Scrum optimizes team collaboration and performance by inspecting work. In these two statements, we learn that Scrum does want to help optimize team's performance. So how do we measure that though? When we go back to our question, let's talk about why we should measure a Scrum team's performance as the Scrum Guide mentions, we do need that as an input to Sprint planning.

Velocity is not the Best Measure For this input, many teams use a velocity chart. A team's velocity chart to understand past performance. And this is a complimentary practice to Scrum. It's not actually asked for in the Scrum Guide or prescribed. But it is one well-established way to measure performance along with Sprint burndown charts and release burndown charts. I find that velocity may not be the best measure.

Use Kanban Metrics to Measure and Forecast If this question is more about helping the team understand and communicate delivery performance, there are tools like cumulative flow charts and throughput that could be used. These metrics come from a Kanban perspective and these tools help teams understand their flow and can be used to communicate forecasts.

For instance, your team may have a throughput of one PBI done each day. Just as an example, as a for instance, while using the past metrics are never one hundred percent accurate. It can help teams as they go into Sprint planning and Kanban even gives you a forecasting method called Monte Carlo simulations that can help with this. Now this is a complex topic for sure, but the main purpose of this Trainer Talk is to introduce you to concepts beyond team velocity charts, and burndown charts.

Many Kanban metrics can be used to help teams understand their delivery capabilities better and achieve a flow that many mature teams are hallmarks of many mature teams. Scrum.org even has a class called Professional Scrum with Kanban that teaches participants to get to that flow and to help measure that flow.

Find What Works for Your Team If you are interested in different ways to measure a Scrum team's performance, I urge you to check out some of these other metrics. There is no one size fits all. So, make sure it works for your team and self-organize around the way your team measures performance.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? Register for our upcoming web meetings by visiting agilethought.com/events

See available training courses at agilethought.com/training.

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes at AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In today’s ‘solocast’ of the Agile Coaches’ Corner, Dan Neumann is exploring the art of metaphors. Metaphors can be a powerful tool to illustrate important ideas and concepts of agility — if used well.

Dan shares the pros and cons of using metaphors in an agile setting, how to use them effectively whatever your role may be, and how metaphors can be a really powerful tool to add to your arsenal, regardless of what level you’re at in the organization and who you’re trying to communicate with.

Key Takeaways

What is a metaphor?

A metaphor is a way of using a concrete image/example to help connect to an abstract thought

Taking an abstract idea like agility and then comparing it to something that is very concrete

Metaphors help us connect abstract things to familiar ideas

Examples: “All the world is a stage.” — Shakespeare, “Life is like a box of chocolates.” — Forrest Gump

What to keep in mind when using metaphors:

Be aware that we can sometimes bring in biases and/or unintended constraints that are not helpful

Using a metaphor may impact the way a person is looking to solve a problem

The way in which a metaphor is used is going to affect the way that someone is going to think about different problems

Common (and not-so-common) agility metaphors:

An 8-hour endurance race (where the goal is to see how many miles you can go in a set amount of time) can be compared to an agile software development project

Building a car as compared to product development (the metaphor of construction helps to connect the thought of agility with regard to transportation)

Agile gardening vs. Agile farming (illustrates the contextual differences when you’re doing small-scale agility [the gardening] vs. commercial, industrial-scale agility [farming])

Sailboat (a metaphor technique used in retrospectives): i.e. “What are the fair winds that are blowing your boat across the water?” and “What are the anchors?” (i.e. what is keeping your boat moving forward to its destination)

Metaphors can also be used to show where agility does not make sense (i.e. you don’t exactly want a McDonald’s lineworker being agile when they’re making your burger; you want the same burger every time you go there)

House metaphors: “If you’re building a house you have to build a solid foundation” and “You wouldn’t build a house one room at a time” (these can be good for user stories as well as illustrating the desire for pre-planning)

Pros

Metaphors are powerful in that they cause the brain to react differently

Metaphors can help teams move away from a really concrete way of thinking about a problem to a much more abstract way, unlocking some new potential

There are lots of different ways of using metaphors to help connect people to this abstract concept of agility

Cons

An issue with metaphors is that they can sometimes be militaristic (i.e. using military metaphors, such as those seen in Team of Teams)

Some metaphors bring in gender biases (i.e. “don’t get your panties in a twist”) — this baggage is not appropriate and brings in stereotypes

Metaphors about games and sports (because agility isn’t a win/lose scenario)

Art metaphors — not everyone will be able to relate to the message (it’s important to be aware of your audience)

Imagining your team as a machine in a metaphor can bring in some constraints you don’t necessarily want

Mentioned in this Episode:

“How the brain finds meaning in metaphor,” ScienceDaily

“Through Their Own Words: Towards a New Understanding of Leadership Through Metaphors”

“Why Metaphors Are Important: Metaphors are not just a literary technique; they are a psychological technique”

“The Power of Metaphors in Communication”

Team of Teams: New Rules of Engagement for a Complex World, by Stanley McChrystal with Chris Fussell, Tantum Collins, and David Silverman

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Dan Neumann is joined by not one — but two! — AgileThought Colleagues; Quincy Jordan and Christy Erbeck!

In their conversation today, Dan, Quincy, and Christy discuss the key qualities to look for when bringing a new Scrum Master into your organization. They discuss the important characteristics you should be on the lookout for, the key skillsets, important soft skills, and some of the qualifiers (and disqualifiers!). They also share what to pay attention to when hiring, red flags to watch out for, and insightful questions you can ask during the interview process to make sure they’re a good fit.

Key Takeaways

What to consider when beginning to look for a Scrum Master:

Key characteristics

Skillsets

Soft skills

Qualifiers and disqualifiers

Good qualities:

Humbleness — they focus on the betterment of the team rather than shining the limelight on themselves

They are a servant leader

A capacity to focus on the strengths of others

A good balance of leadership and humility

Open to feedback

They have a growth mindset

They are a learner; not a knower

They come from a place of curiosity vs. judgment

What to pay attention to when hiring:

They understand the five Scrum values

Mastery of the Scrum guide

They are staying up-to-date on the Scrum framework

They purposefully model the behaviors and values of Scrum

Listen to how they use their words; i.e. are they phrasing from a competitive standpoint or a collaborative standpoint? Are they phrasing from a comparative standpoint or an inclusion standpoint?

They should have stories and anecdotes of how they have applied the Scrum guide in real life

They should take on the role of a Maestro rather than a ‘Master’

In the interview process, identify how they apply values, think through problems, and how they recover and ‘rise strong’ from a failure

If they don’t have any certifications, inquire why that is and how they have self-taught

If they do have certifications, ask when they received them and what they have done with them since

Ask how they are participating in the agile community in their area

Disqualifiers:

Humility to the point where they are not actually leading anything

Having too much knowledge and have a hard time pulling their weight from their own experience/knowledge and not allow the team to determine the ‘how’ for themselves

They are not open to self-evaluation or evaluation from others

They have a fixed mindset

They are a knower; not a learner

Misconceptions:

Do not assume that you can take all of your project managers and turn them into Scrum Masters

“We need a very technical person to be a Scrum Master” — untrue; in many cases, a less technical person makes a better Scrum Master

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

Today on the podcast, Dan Neumann and Christy Erbeck are discussing how to lead in times of crisis and come out of it stronger than ever.

As a leader, it is critically important to take care of yourself during crises to be able to lead others through them, as well. In this episode, Christy shares her tips for leading through crisis, key strategies leaders can begin to implement, and how to cultivate a healthy work environment for everyone involved.

Key Takeaways

Christy’s tips for leaders, leading in a time of crisis:

Use it as a time to reflect on where you are now and where you want to be on the other side of it all

Take time to process your emotions and lead from a place of truth

Lead by example; take care of yourself and work at a sustainable pace while encouraging the rest of the team

Transparency is key — be transparent about where you are, as a team, as an organization, and in relation to the difficult decisions you’ve had to make to survive the crisis (transparency offers the opportunity for growth and building trust within the organization)

Understand your audience in your approach with being transparent; it is important to care for the person receiving the information

Going hand-in-hand with transparency, it is also critical to communicate (and the need for communication exponentially rises, the greater the crisis)

Meaningful, intentional communication and on-going dialogue between the employee and the leader (or the team and the team members) is critically important for minimizing the stories they may be telling themselves when there is a gap in communication or lack of communication

Connect in a meaningful way with your employees vs. walking away or being silent

Authenticity is critically important in leading through a crisis — it’s not about what you know; it’s about what you’re willing to learn

Do not defer taking action until the last possible moment

How to come out of a crisis stronger than ever with your team:

Delegate decision-making and allow other people to make decisions within a framework

Take pragmatic action

Ensure you are still meeting and talking about your longer-term strategy beyond COVID-19

Examine how to position your organization so that when you come out on the other side of COVID-19 you are attractive to the marketplace and your customers

Leverage OKRs

Apply an experimental mindset and conduct experiments (one way you could do this is to utilize Kanban boards)

Implement empirical process control

Cultivate a culture steeped in trust and forgiveness

Continual planning

Reach out to others as a leader so that you’re not making decisions in a vacuum and are leveraging other people’s expertise

Imagine what the leader that you most respect would do; how would they handle this situation? And how can you tap into this person’s expertise?

Make the time to reflect and gain perspective

Be courageous as a leader by being vulnerable

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Dave Ramsey Show

Brené Brown

“A Guide to OKRs,” KOAN

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 5: “Exploring an Experimental Mindset with Adam Ulery”

“What is a Kanban Board?”

Small Business Administration (SBA)

SCORE — Service Corps of Retired Executives

Gartner

The Conference Board

Harvard Business Review

“Microsoft Analyzed Data on its Newly Remote Workforce,” Harvard Business Review

“Managing When the Future is Unclear,” Harvard Business Review

“Leadership in Times of Crisis,” American Psychological Association

“How to Survive a Recession and Thrive Afterward,” Harvard Business Review

“The Downside of Flex Time,” Harvard Business Review

“The Reopening Challenge: 5 Tips for Getting Back to Business,” Inc.

“COVID-19 is Reshaping Business: 6 Tips for Coming Back Even Stronger,” Forbes

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Professional Scrum Trainer Eric Landes addresses the questions: "Will the Professional Scrum Master Certification help me get a job as a Scrum Master?"

The Professional Scrum Master certification Bolsters your Credentials Of course there is no guarantee of a job with a certification, but I believe it helps you have the intelligent conversations around scrum when you have the background from passing a certification in the Scrum framework. If you are already working in IT, one way to do bolster your chances for a job would be to take the class and go for the certification. Then in your current job, use Scrum with your team, at any opportunity you have.

Get Experience in the Scrum Master Role If you can volunteer for other teams within your organization. This will help you get experience with the concepts. Then you are positioned to be a Scrum Master in your current organization should the opportunity present itself. Having the certification helps, and get as much experience as you can as you attempt to become a full time scrum master.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? Register for our upcoming web meetings by visiting agilethought.com/events

See available training courses at agilethought.com/training.

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes at AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week, Dan Neumann is joined by his AgileThought Colleague, Quincy Jordan!

In their conversation today, Dan and Quincy are diving into the world of online videogames — specifically Fortnite; the popular battle royale, sandbox game — and drawing comparisons between it and agility.

Having watched his son play Fortnite over the summer, Quincy saw how he remotely communicated with his friends online to come together as a team, seek out an objective, collaborate, and go after that goal. In this episode, Quincy not only highlights many of the similarities between online gaming and having an agile mindset, but he also shares some of what we (and our kids) can learn from playing these sorts of games and further improve our agility.

Key Takeaways

The overlap between an agile mindset and Fortnite/other online games:

In the game, you play in teams and the players coordinate and collaborate remotely through headsets

In both agile teams and Fortnite, you need to come together as a team, seek out an objective, collaborate, and go after that goal

In the game, you gather raw materials and architect right on the spot to create structures such as barriers or ramps (similar to the agile concept of solving problems with the resources you have at your disposal)

They do team working agreements (i.e. before they start, they set out their goals and agree on what they’re trying to achieve)

When their objective is at risk of reaching its goal (similar to a sprint goal), they reevaluate quickly, make adjustments, stay adaptable, and continue without losing sight of the goal

What Fortnite/other online games can teach us about having an agile mindset:

The team collaboration in Fortnite emphasizes teamwork and shows how having ‘hero complex’ does not get you to your goal (you have to work together, one person cannot do everything)

In Fortnite, your character can lose energy and need time to recuperate. In this scenario, a teammate will ask another for help to spot them as they recover, which is very similar to how high-performing agile teams should behave (i.e. being transparent with one another if you need help)

There’s a collective recognition that you win and lose as a team

The teams in Fortnite are self-organized and not afraid to take risks and fail fast — this is key to growth

They always stay focused on the overall objective, which is a crucial mindset piece for agile teams to have

Mentioned in this Episode:

Fortnite

Halo

Discord

The Decision: Overcoming Today’s BS for Tomorrow’s Success, by Kevin Hart

Quincy Jordan’s Book Pick:

Measure What Matters: How Google, Bono, and the Gates Foundation Rock the World with OKRs, by John Doerr

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Professional Scrum Trainer Sam Falco answers the question: "Why do you say that Sprint Zero is an anti-pattern?"

Why do you say that Sprint Zero is an anti-pattern? “Sprint Zero” is a label applied to the indeterminate period of time used to gather product requirements and analyze them before a Scrum Team can start developing the product. Although “Sprint Zero” appropriates a Scrum term, it isn’t part of Scrum, nor is it a Complementary Practice that enhances Scrum. Sprint Zero undermines Scrum and agility.

Sprint Zero isn’t a Sprint The Scrum Guide tells us that “The heart of Scrum is a Sprint, a time-box of one month or less during which a "Done", useable, and potentially releasable product Increment is created.”

That’s enough on its own to dispel the idea that Sprint Zero is a good Scrum practice. Sprint Zero rarely has a timebox— I have seen organizations where Sprint Zero lasted for months—and no potentially releasable product is produced by it.

Sprint Zero inverts agile values The purpose of Sprint Zero is to generate comprehensive documentation. The practice rests on the false belief that we can and should understand and predict all of a product’s requirements before we start building. We often use the phrase “gather requirements,” as if they are some harvestable commodity. For complex efforts like software development, nothing could be farther from the truth. Requirements emerge as we build and are often obvious only in hindsight. Spending time trying to predict them is wasteful.

Not only does Sprint Zero value comprehensive documentation over working software, it values contract negotiation over customer collaboration. The implicit promise of Sprint Zero is that once we have defined and analyzed our requirements, we can arrive at an agreement about scope and no further interaction with customers will be necessary until the product is completed. By attempting to define scope up front, we miss out on the value of working with the customer over the course of the development effort to ensure that the customers true needs are met.

Sprint Zero undermines agile principles It delays the beginning of product development—so forget about satisfying the customer through early delivery of valuable software. It violates the principle of welcoming changing requirements. It prevents emergence of requirements, designs, and architectures.

Articulate a vision and start building Sprint Zero is nothing more than the earliest stages of waterfall disguised by an agile-sounding term. But it’s not necessary—or possible—to know everything up front. All those features and requirements that seem so important during a requirements-gathering phase often turn out to not be needed at all.

The best way to handle the uncertainty of product development is not extensive up-front analysis, but to articulate a clear product vision and start building toward it.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? Register for our upcoming web meetings by visiting agilethought.com/events

See available training courses at agilethought.com/training.

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes at AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In today’s episode, Dan Neumann is joined by return guest, Andrea Floyd! Andrea is an enterprise agile transformation consultant at AgileThought. Andrea has 25 years of experience in software development and management. She is an innovator who has led multiple organization-wide scaled agile implementations, and she has also architected innovative solution strategies and roadmaps across many frameworks (including Scrum, Kanban, and the Scaled Agile Framework).

Dan and Andrea will be discussing the premise of agility and the common misunderstanding that it is only an IT ‘thing’ and is software-centric. Andrea explains how agility addresses needs across the enterprise and that it is about collaboration with many different areas of the business beyond IT. She shares how a shift from software agility to business agility drives the enterprise; and talks collaboration, feedback loops, design-thinking techniques, the importance of being customer-centric, applying agility across the organization, and key considerations around bringing the technology side and business side together.

Key Takeaways

Considerations when shifting to a more business agility:

Be careful not to create “us vs. them” scenarios (‘us’ as in the technology side and the ‘them’ being the business side)

As leaders, it is important to open up about the way you think about Agility and the principles

It is important to create a united effort of working together to achieve the desired outcomes (moving from ‘doing’ to ‘understanding’)

Be aware of cognitive biases, for instance, the ingroup and outgroup bias (where people tend to ascribe positive behaviors/attributes to people they consider to be in their group vs. ascribing/amplifying negative behaviors/attributes to people they consider to be outside of their group)

It is important to expand your ingroup bubble to at least your whole company (which would lead to more interpretation of positive intent and better collaboration)

It’s not about the individual developer getting to done; it’s about the team getting to done

Being more inclusive and valuing what every individual is bringing to the table has an incredibly profound impact

Key pieces in shifting from a software (or IT-centric) view of agility to business agility:

Start to reimagine roles and how you operate together

The business side needs to welcome the technologists to their side/domain and vice versa

Everyone needs to understand that there is huge value in understanding their customers/users and understanding the ‘why’ behind delivering

Allow people to be free and feel safe enough to create and innovate

Invite everyone into the full conversation

Truly value being engaged

Work towards building empathy between the people building the software and the people who will be using it

Apply the Agile principles, practices, and mindset pieces across the organization

Understand the ‘why’ behind why you’re doing agile practices as well as the intention behind them

Key places to have dynamic conversations with technology and the business:

Through backlog refinement — the inclusiveness comes from the product owner being able to articulate

Come up with a more creative ‘how’ or an ‘incremental how’

The product owner can communicate “no” or “not yet” to their stakeholders

The software on its own is not the product; there are other key pieces that create the ‘shrink-wrapped’ product

“When we think about business agility, what we want to do is understand what it takes to really get that product into the hands of our customers”

How you coordinate across the teams so you get that “shrinkwrapped product increment” is important

Think beyond just getting the software to ‘done’

Key points around accelerating the value chain:

Look to make ‘idea to value’ as short of a line as possible

Reference The Age of Agile’s three laws of business agility: the law of the customer, the law of a small team, and the law of the network

Empower your team and allow for autonomy

Feedback loops with your users/customers are key

Design thinking techniques are a great way to learn more about your customers/users

Empathy is huge — it is the basis for innovation and creativity

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Agile Manifesto

Modern Agile — Joshua Kerievsky

The Age of Agile: How Smart Companies Are Transforming the Way Work Gets Done, by Stephen Denning

The Decision: Overcoming Today’s BS for Tomorrow’s Success, by Kevin Hart

Andrea Floyd’s Book Picks:

Shelter in Place, by Nora Roberts

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Professional Scrum Trainer Sam Falco answers the question: "Is it OK to plan several Sprints in advance?"

I’ve seen this practice in many organizations. Product Owners plan four, five, even six Sprints of work for their teams. The result is something like a Gantt chart with Sprints instead of weeks as the unit of measure. It’s a bad practice with many drawbacks and no real benefit.

It diminishes transparency The Scrum Guide’s description of the Product Backlog gives us our first clues that planning Sprints in advance is a bad practice.

  • “The Product Backlog is an ordered list of everything that is known to be needed in the product. It is the single source of requirements for any changes to be made to the product.”

Assigning Product Backlog items to future Sprints means that you’re splitting your Product Backlog into multiple lists. The order is more difficult to see, and instead of a single source of requirements, you now have several.

The Scrum Guide also says that the Product Backlog is dynamic and constantly changing. Having Product Backlog Items scattered over a number of Sprints makes managing this dynamic change more difficult than if you have a single artifact. In one organization I was in, Product Owners would plan an entire Program Increment and then spent a significant amount of time trying to manage multiple forecasted Sprint Backlogs as well as the remaining Product Backlog.

It diminishes self-organization When multiple Sprints are planned in advance, the Development Team loses its role in collaborating with the Product Owner to craft a Sprint Goal and select Product Backlog Items into the Sprint Backlog that they believe will help achieve that Sprint Goal. Often, no Sprint Goal is identified—instead, the goal is for the Development Team to “do all the things.” The Development Team’s autonomy is hobbled, and it is robbed of the opportunity to self-organize around a coherent, meaningful goal.

It diminishes inspection and adaptation The Scrum Guide closes its definition of the Product Backlog by pointing out that while forecasting progress may prove useful, forecasting techniques “do not replace the importance of empiricism. In complex environments, what will happen is unknown. Only what has already happened may be used for forward-looking decision-making.”

Planning multiple Sprints in advance means that we are making decisions about the future based on what we expect will happen. Sprint six is planned based on what we expect to do in sprints one through five, for example. We’re making assumptions about the future before we have a chance to validate what we’re doing right now. It tends to result in attempting to produce to a forecast rather than basing our work on current business conditions.

But how do I forecast? Proponents of planning multiple Sprints in advance say that they need to do it in order to forecast release dates. But as Scrum Master Yoda said, “Always in motion is the future.” Planning several Sprints at a time, only to have to re-plan them as things change is wasteful and doesn’t create certainty.

Instead, we should embrace uncertainty and incorporate it into our forecasts, providing a target range that widens the farther out we look.

Forecasting with Scrum is best done by understanding our team’s velocity (as it actually is, not as we want it to be). We can use what we know about the team’s historical ability to deliver to make a “good enough” estimate of the least and most they are likely to produce.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? Register for our upcoming web meetings by visiting agilethought.com/events

See available training courses at agilethought.com/training.

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes at AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

This week on the Agile Coaches’ Corner, Dan Neumann is joined by a new guest, Michael Guiler! Mike is an Agile Consultant at AgileThought. He has been an Agile coach for over 13 years now and has tons of experience helping geographically dispersed organizations (both business and technology) transform to better achieve their goals. His focus is on helping organizations learn and apply the values and principles of the Agile mindset to continuously improve.

In this episode, Dan and Mike will be focusing on the topic of intent-based leadership and the key leadership characteristics that allow for intent-based leadership. Mike shares how an organization can begin to take the first steps towards intent-based leadership, how to avoid common pitfalls, and shares his best practical tips and advice on embracing intent-based leadership throughout the organization.

Key Takeaways

What is intent-based leadership? What problems does it solve?

Helps to get the entire team to chip in and no longer wait for approvals and sign-offs

Takes the pressure off of one single leader and unlocks the potential of every employee

The opposite of directive leadership

Changing the pattern from leader-follower to leader-leader

Those in the leadership level are not telling people what to do/how to do it; they are setting goals and directions

The ‘followers’ are engaging their creativity, mind, and intelligence and leveraging those skills and sharing their solutions with the leadership (this gives the organization a great opportunity to learn and exposes leaders to things they hadn’t thought about before)

Getting started with intent-based leadership/Characteristics of leadership to allow for intent-based leadership:

Before the leader-leader pattern can take place a lot of growth has to take place

Keep in mind that this process won’t happen overnight

Immediately begin to address competence — leadership at all levels can’t thrive if your team doesn’t have the skills or knowledge to prioritize and take action

Establish safety — mistakes will happen; it’s how we react to those mistakes that will enable leadership at all levels to thrive or to fail miserably

Use mistakes as a learning opportunity rather than punishing an individual

Be curious and ask good questions from a place of true curiosity

Challenge your preconceived notions of how things have always been done

Embrace new ideas and thoughts — there’s a real chance you’ll learn something!

Allow time for the team to talk out loud

Respect others opinions and encourage others to have their own point of view

It’s hard and will take a lot of time and investment (but it’s money well-spent — the productivity will explode)

It’s important to set guide rails in the technology world

Focus on the goal/outcome instead of the ‘how’; set clear intentions and let the team figure out how

Adopt the “I intend to” language pattern

Mike’s intent-based leadership tips:

Once the competency is established and you’ve gotten your organization thinking about it, it is important to establish safety (without safety people won’t bring their creative-selves or do anything new)

It is key crucial for the team to know what the goals are

Have an “ish” mindset; decisions and actions being taken won’t match yours and that’s OK!

Overcome urges to command and control

Be tolerant of differences and encourage different points of view

Mike’s recommendation to further learn about intent-based leadership:

Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David L. Marquet

Mentioned in this Episode:

Michael Guiler

Agile Coaches’ Corner Ep. 84: “Getting to ‘Finish’ as a Scrum Team with Andrea Floyd”

Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by David L. Marquet

Forbes article regarding psychopathology in CEOs

Michael Guiler’s Book Picks:

The Age of Agile: How Smart Companies Are Transforming the Way Work Gets Done, by Stephen Denning

Leaders Eat Last: Why Some Teams Pull Together and Others Don't, by Simon Sinek

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Professional Scrum Trainer Sam Falco addresses the question: “How do you escape the tyranny of the burndown chart?”

The Problem with Burndown Charts This was the question a student asked last week. I knew exactly what he meant. I experienced it myself with my first Scrum Team, and I’ve seen it many time since. Teams try to predict every task they’ll have to do during a Sprint, estimate the hours for each, and make sure that the team’s capacity is fully allocated. As the Sprint progresses, they discover new work. Work that was predicted takes longer than usual. The burndown rises instead of falling, or it plateaus. The burndown chart becomes a burden that destroys morale and effectiveness.

After a few Sprints of this experience, teams either abandon the burndown chart or they start playing games to make the burndown “look right.” In both cases, the team loses out on a valuable tool for helping them achieve the Sprint Goal.

Does the Scrum Guide Require Burndown Charts? To be clear, the Scrum Guide does not mandate the use of a burndown chart. Here’s what it says about tracking Sprint progress:

“At any point in time in a Sprint, the total work remaining in the Sprint Backlog can be summed. The Development Team tracks this total work remaining at least for every Daily Scrum to project the likelihood of achieving the Sprint Goal. By tracking the remaining work throughout the Sprint, the Development Team can manage its progress.”

Tracking total work remaining provides transparency about the team’s progress toward the Sprint Goal. That transparency allow the team to make informed decisions about how to adjust the scope of its work throughout the Sprint. If the team doesn’t know how much forecasted work remains, the Sprint Goal may be placed in jeopardy.

A sprint burndown chart is one way to fulfill the need to sum up the remaining work and make that data visible. So why does the burndown chart so easily become a burden to the team, rather than a tool?

Often, it’s because of a holdover from the mistaken belief that software development can be managed through predictive processes. Even in organizations that recognize the folly of predictive planning on a macro level, teams fall into the trap of thinking they can and should plan every minute of a team’s capacity.

How do we use a Burndown Chart Effectively? Software development falls into the realm of complexity. Even within a Sprint, we have to allow for emergent understanding of the work. Requirements, understood well enough for the work to begin, become clearer. New work emerges as a result. Teams that have strived for efficiency in allotting their time find that there’s no room to adjust as new information and understanding becomes available.

The secret to avoiding the tyranny of the burndown chart has nothing to do with the burndown chart itself. The secret is to let go of the belief that we can know everything up front and that efficient time usage is a worthwhile goal. Instead, strive for value delivery, select work that the team understands well enough to start on, and don’t strive for 100% utilization. The only thing certain about software development is that it is filled with uncertainty. In Sprint Planning, you need only look a few days into the future, and allow remaining details to arise as work gets underway.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? Register for our upcoming web meetings by visiting agilethought.com/events

See available training courses at agilethought.com/training.

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes at AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this week’s episode, Dan Neumann is joined by frequent guest of the show, Quincy Jordan — principal transformation consultant and agile competency lead at AgileThought! Together, they are exploring COVID-19 as an agile accelerator.

In the agile space, there has been a long-time myth that face-to-face is synonymous with colocation and that you cannot have effective agile teams if they are not colocated. However, in the past year or so, many companies have been beginning to consider going to a hybrid remote model. But, when COVID-19 hit, their 12-month transition plans quickly became one-week transition plans. And though this has been very difficult for many, this acceleration due to COVID-19 has actually been a good thing in many cases — which is what Dan and Quincy will be talking about today!

They discuss which types of things got accelerated, beliefs about agility that got challenged due to COVID-19, what the ‘new normal’ post-COVID-19 may look like, and how these changes will be made to be sustainable going forward.

Key Takeaways

Beliefs about agility that got challenged due to COVID-19:

Those people in the agile space that were especially adamant that you cannot have effective agile teams that are remote were shown that it was possible

Some people believed that doing training in a distributed way would bring the quality down — however, the quality of training that is being delivered has not gone down since going remote

What COVID-19 has accelerated:

When pressed, many people are able to do very impressive things and accomplish more than they thought possible

It accelerated ingenuity and creativity

It accelerated the decisions to collaborate with one another as teammates and to quickly come together on a situation to figure out the most effective solution

It helped accelerate clarity on what was truly important to accomplish

It has driven companies to really start embracing business agility a lot more

Agility went from a concept that companies only thought about to a concrete concept that they embraced

Organizations have been focusing on value more due to embracing the agile mindset (and COVID-19 has been pushing this to further bounds)

It has helped push organizations to further their alignment on business agility and focus on the problems that need to be solved

COVID-19 has also accelerated businesses beyond those in software (it permeated into all facets)

Challenges regarding COVID-19 and the acceleration it has brought:

How do we maintain alignment between business and IT in this remote world? (How often do we need to meet? What do we need to be aligned on?)

Video conference fatigue

How do we ensure that the right problems are being solved, that the vision is clear, that the business objectives at hand are clear, and that the teams know how to tie their work to meaningful outcomes for the business?

People don’t adapt as fast as technology

What might the new ‘new normal’ look like post-COVID-19?

There most likely will be more remote work and more emphasis on collaborating remotely

There may be a bigger demand for remote tools (such as digital whiteboards) and they will become even more efficient going forward

People will most likely be more intentional about how they are showing up to video conferences with clearer goals in mind

Mentioned in this Episode:

From Chaos to Successful Distributed Agile Teams: Collaborate to Deliver, by Johanna Rothman and Mark Kilby

The Decision: Overcoming Today’s BS for Tomorrow’s Success, by Kevin Hart

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch?

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

View Details

In this episode, Professional Scrum Trainer Sam Falco addresses the question: "How do we avoid Scrum adoption pitfalls?"

Last week, a student asked me what are some common pitfalls that we see when organizations shift to Scrum from a “big design upfront” process like waterfall.

A big one is that they think it’s a silver bullet

Adopting Scrum doesn’t solve problems overnight. It doesn’t solve problems at all! Scrum will surface the problems in your ability to deliver so that you can fix them. Too many organizations falter when Scrum runs up against an organizational impediment and “the way we’ve always done it” wins out. One example of this phenomenon is when there’s an onerous change management system that prevents code from getting into production. Scrum teams complete an increment and it sits there waiting until someone approves it to be moved to production. Sometimes, the wait is so long that multiple increments pile up.

Some organizations will cling to that change management system even though it’s getting in the way. Success comes when they adapt to the new way of working. At one organization I worked with, the solution was to set up an experiment with one team working on a less risky area of code. Once they proved that they could safely put code into production without breaking things, it paved the way for broader changes to their process.

Another pitfall is that the organization doesn’t really adopt Scrum

In many cases, organizations claim to adopt Scrum, but what they really do is apply Scrum terminology to existing roles and processes. I frequently see the term “Product Owner” used—or maybe I should say abused—as a new name for a Project Manager. But those Project Managers carry on pretty much the way they did before. They lack any of the accountabilities or authority of a Scrum Product Owner. They shift from using Gant charts measured in weeks to plotting out a project in Sprints over several months.

And that’s another way this behavior manifests. They’ll use the name of Scrum events without understanding their underlying purpose. A Sprint lacks the focus of creating a usable increment. “Daily Scrum” is a daily status report. “Sprint Review” is a carefully orchestrated smoke-and-mirrors show with limited, if any feedback or collaboration with stakeholders.

Without using all of its roles, events, and artifacts—and the rules that bind them together—you’re not using Scrum. You’re probably perpetuating your existing system. You know, the one that wasn’t working for you before. This is the realm of “Scrum, but.” And “Scrum, but” is not Scrum at all.

They don’t make other necessary changes

Even when an organization adopts Scrum’s mechanics, they sometimes find that Scrum doesn’t provide the benefits they hoped for. Delivery improves a little, but it soon plateaus and it’s a struggle to keep improving. That’s because other changes are necessary to really reap the gains of Scrum.

A common organizational structure is to have teams organized around technical layers or components. For example, a User Interface team, a Data Access Team, a Service gateway team, and so on. Scrum requires that we produce a working increment each Sprint, which means one that’s in usable condition. Teams organized by layers or components face numerous handoffs and challenges integrating their work. There’s a loss of transparency, and they struggle to compete that working increment.

The solution is to form teams that can deliver complete features that cut across all layers. Scrum doesn’t tell you to do that, but it works best if you do.

Scrum also doesn’t tell you to adopt good DevOps practices, or incorporate Kanban techniques, or to refactor your code. They’re all still good ideas.

Scrum is incomplete for a reason and that’s so that you can identify what works best for your organization. You have to go beyond Scrum. I talked about the pitfall of “Scrum, but,” earlier. But “Just Scrum” isn’t enough. You need “Scrum, and.”

Adopting Scrum requires a shift in organizational mindset. Without that, people revert to familiar behavior, even if that behavior wasn’t effective. And adopting Scrum can’t be an endpoint. It’s the beginning of a journey of experimentation and continuous improvement. In the Trainer Talk episode “Why Does Scrum Have So Many Meetings?” a few weeks ago, I mentioned that implementing Scrum requires intentional, thoughtful organizational redesign. That’s true of implementing the basics of the framework, but it’s equally true about the wider ecosystem that Scrum teams work in. And just like I said in that earlier episode, that’s why you need a good experienced Scrum Master—and sometimes more than one—to guide your organization’s Scrum adoption.

Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? Register for our upcoming web meetings by visiting agilethought.com/events

See available training courses at agilethought.com/training.

Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes at AgileThought.com!

Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!